R. W.

VAN BEMMELEN
THE GEOLOGY OF INDONESIA
GENERAL GEOLOGY
VOL. I B
(PORTFOLIO)
LI TERATURE REFERENCES 1-32
LI ST OF FI GURES . . . . . . . . 33-38
LI ST OF TABLES . . . . . . . . .39-41
I NDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42-60
I
I
$
1 L I T E R A T U
R E R E F E R E N C E
LITERATURE REP~ KENCES
VOLUME I
GENERAL GEOLOGY O F I NDONESI A AND ADJ ACENT
ARCHI PELAGOES
In this list stress is laid on the geological literature which appeared since 1927, the year of edition
of RUTTEN'S lectures on the Geology of the East Indies. The older literature has amply been
discussed in the forementioned book. A more complete list of the geological publications on the
East Indies and adjacent areas has been compiled by VERBEEK, WING EASTON, and STEENHLTIS. This
list, completed up to 1947, comprises about 6700 titles and has been edited in four volumes
by the "Nederlands Geologisch Mijnbouwkundig Genootschap" (see note 1 of the Foreword).
In the following list only those papers are mentioned, which are quoted in the text of Volume I.
ABADILLA, Q. A. (1931): Geological reconnaissance of
northwestern Capiz Province, Panay, Philippine
Islands. Phil. J. Sci. 45, 3, 393414.
ABELLA Y CASARIEGO, E. (1890): Descripci6n fisica, geo-
16eica v minera de la isla de Panav. Manila. Chofrk
(1890),-203 pp.
ABENDANON, E. C. (191 51191 8): Geologische en geografische
doorkruisingen van Midden Celebes. I (1915); I1
(1915); I11 (1917); IV (1918).
ADAM, J. W. H. (1932): Kaksa - Genese. De Mijningenieur,
13. 1932. 217-221.
ADAM, J. W. H. (1933): Kaksa - Genese. De Mijningenieur,
14, 1933, pp. 1-5, 20-26, 81-87, 167-171.
ADAMS, G. I. (1910): Geologic reconnaissance of south-
!
western Luzon. Philip. J. Sci. A 5 (1910), 57-116.
AERNOUT, W. A. J. (1922): Een geologisch-mijnbouw-
kundige verkenning der Karimata-eilanden. Jaarb.
i
Mijnw. Ned. Ind., 1920, Verh. I, 3-116, Batavia 1922.
AHLBURG, J. (1 91 3): Versuch einer geologischen Darstellung
der Insel Celebes. T.K.N.A.G. 30, 1913, 611-618.
AKKERSDUK, M. E. (1928): Het Tenggercaldera probleem.
De Mijningenieur 1928.
AKKERSDIJK, M. E. (1932): Enkele geologische gegevens
betreffende het Pemali-tinerts-voorkomen op het
eiland Banka. De Mijningenieur, 13, 1932, 6-10.
AKKERSDIJK, M. E. (1933): Eenige opmerkingen over
Kaksagenese. De Mijningenieur, 14, 1933, p. 176.
ALBRECHT, J. C. H. (1946): Contributions to the Geology
I
of the region between Soengai Klindjau and Soengai
Belaian. Northern Koetai. Borneo. Doctoral thesis.
~t r echt ; pp. 115.
ALLAN. R. S. (1948): Geological correlation and Pale-
o&ology. BUII. ~ e o l . SO^ Am. 59, 1-10.
ALLIED MINING CORPORATION (1937): Mineral resources
of Portuguese Timor. "Exploration of Portuguese
Timor". Report of Allied Mining Corp. to Asia
Investment Comp. Ltd, 1937, Chapter 11, pp. 23-62.
ALVIR, A. D. (1926 a): A theory on the major tectonic
structure of Luzon, Philippine Islands. Proc. 3rd
Pan Pac. Sci. Congr., Tokyo 1926, Vol. I, 451454.
ALVIR, A. D. (1926 b): The History of the deformative
movements in the Philippine Islands. Proc. 3rd Pan
Pac. Sci. Congr., Tokyo 1926, Vol. I, 454-456.
ALVIR, A. D. (1926 c): Some observations on active faults
in the Philippine Islands. Proc. IIIrd Pan Pac. Sci.
Congr., Tokyo 1926, Vol. I, 457462.
ALVIR, A. D. (1926 d): Pre-tertiary intrusions in the
Philippine Islands. Proc. IIIdr Pan Pac. Sci. Congr.,
Tokyo 1926, Vol. I, 767-770.
ALVLR, A. D. (1929): A geological study of the Angat-
Novaliches Region (Philippines). The Phil. J. Sci., 40,
1929, 359-415.
ALVIR, A. D. (1930): Geology and underground-water
resources of Central Panay. Phil. J. Sci., 42, 443463.
AMPFERER, 0. (1934): uber die Gleifformung der Glarner
Alpen. Sitzungsber. Ak. d. Wiss. Wien, Math.-naturw.
Klasse, Abt. I, 143, 314, p. 109-121.
ANDREWS, CH. W. A. (1899): A description of Christmas
Island (Indian Ocean). J. Roy. Geogr. Soc., New
series, 13, 1899, 17-39.
ANDREWS, CH. W. A. (1900): A monograph of Christmas
Island. Physical features and geology. London 1900.
Publ. of the Brit. Museum.
ANONYMUS (Staff of the Geol. Survey) (1939): Delfstoffen
op Java (met uitzondering van aardolie, kolen en
ertsen). Verslagen en Meded. betr. Ind. Delfst. etc.
No. 22 Dienst Mijnb. Ned. Indie, Batavia 1939.
ANSEL, E. A. (1935): Massenanziehung begrenzter homo-
gener Korper von rechteckigem Querschnitt und des
Kreiszylinders. Beitr. z. angewandten Geoph. 5,
3 (1935), 263-295.
ANSEL, E. A. (1936): Schwereanomalien in Beziehung zu
der Form der Storung des Schichtenverbandes in
der Erdkruste. Beitr. z. angewandten Geoph., 6,
2 (1936), 141-167.
ANSEL, E. A. (1937): Zur Analyse von Schwereanomalien.
Beitr. zur angew. Geoph. 7, 1, 21-38.
ARCHBOLD, R. & RAND, A. L. & BRASS, L. J. (1942):
Results of the Archbold Expeditions No. 41. Summary
of the 1938-1939 New Guinea Expedition. Bull. Am.
Museum Nat. History 79, 111, 197-288, New York
1942.
BAARTMANS, J. A.; BOISSEVAIN, H.; GALEN, J. VAN; KUENEN,
PH. H.; RAVEN, TH.; SMIT SIBINGA, B. L.; WEEDA, J.;
ZONNEVELD, J. I. S. (1947): De morfologie van de
Java- en Soenda Zee. Tijdschr. Kon. Ned. Aardr.
Gen. 64 (4) 442-465, and (5) 555-576.
BACKER, C. A. (1929): The problem of Krakatau as seen
by a botanist. Batavia 1929, 299 pp.
BACKLUND, H. G. (1938): Zur Granitisations-Theorie.
Geol. Foren. i Stockholm, Forhandl. 60,2,1938, p. 190.
2 LITERATURE REFERENCES
BACKLUND, H. G. (1946): The Granitization Problem.
Geol. Mag., 83, 105-117.
BADINGS, H. H. (1936): Het Palaeogeen in den Indischen
Archipel. Verh. Geol. Mijnb. Gen. v. Ned. en Kol.,
Geol. Serie, 11, 233-299.
BADINGS, H. H. (1937): Het Palaeogeen in den Indischen
Archipel. Verh. Geol. Mijnb. Gen. v. Ned. en Kol.,
Geol. Serie, 12, 41-42.
BAGGELAAR. H. (1937): Tertiary rocks from the Miso01
Archipelago.' ~r0.c. Kon. ~ k a d . Wet. Amsterdam,
40, 285-292. 1937.
BAGGELAAR, H. (1938): Some correcting notes on Tertiary
rocks of Misool. Proc. Kon. Akad. v. Wetensch. .
Amsterdam, 41, 301, 1938.
BAKER, G. (1944): Preliminary note on volcanic eruptions
. in the Goropu Mountains, SE Papua, during the
period Dec. 1943 to August 1944. The J. of Geol. 54,
1, 19-31.
BAKX, L. A. J. (1932): De genera Faxciolites en NeoaIveolina
in het Indo-Pacifische gebied. Verh. Geol. Mijnb.
Gen. Ned. & Kol., Geol. Serie 9, p. 205.
BAREN, F. A. VAN (1939): Petrographisch en mineralogisch
onderzoek van enkele gesteenten en zanden van de
Gajo Loeeus (Atjeh). Proc. Kon. Ak. v. Wetensch.,
Amsterdam, 42, 79-82.
BAREN, F. A. van (1947): Erosie. Oorzaak, gevolgen en
bestrijding. Meded. Dep. v. Econ. Zaken in Ned.
Indie, No. 8, 135 pages, Batavia 1947.
BAREN, F. A. VAN (1948 a): On the petrology of the volcanic
area of the Goenoeng Moeria (Java). Meded. Alg.
Proefstat. v. d. Landb. (Comm. of the general agri-
cultural experiment station), Buitenzorg, Java. No. 60,
69 pages.
BAREN, F. A. VAN (1948 b): Wetenschappelijke, practische
en sociale aspecten van het bodemkundig onderzoek
in Indonesie. Chronica Naturae, 104, 7, 214-219.
BARTH, T. F. W. & CORRENS, C. W. & Eskola, P. (1939):
Die Entstehung der Gesteine. J. Springer, Berlin, 1939,
422 p.
BARTH, T. F. W. & OFTEDAHL, CHR. (1947): High-tempera-
ture plagioclase in the Oslo igneous rocks. Trans-
actions American Geophys. Union, 28, 1, Febr. '47,
102-104.
BAUMBERGER, E. (1925): Die Kreidefossilien von Dusun
Pobungo, Batu Kapur Menkadai, und Sungi Pobango
(Djambi, Sumatra). Verh. Geol. Mijnb. Gen. v. Ned.
& Kol. Geol. serie 8, 17-47.
BEARTH, P. (1938): Gesteine der Peruanischen Anden.
Schweiz. Min. Petr. Mitt. 18, 1938.
BEAUFORT, L. F. DE (1923): On a collection of upper-
cretaceous teeth and other vertebrate remains from a
deep sea deposit in the island of Timor. Jaarb. Mijnw.
Ned. Ind. 1920, Verh. IV, 50-70, The Hague 1923.
BEAUFORT, L. F. DE (1925): Het voorkomen van een Osteo-
glosside visch in het Tertiair van Sumatra. Verh. Geol.
Mijnb. Gen. Ned. & Kol. Geol. Ser. 8, 1925, p. 49.
BEAUFORT, L. F. DE (1926 a): On a collection of marine fishes
from the Miocene of South Celebes. Jaarb. Mijnw.
Ned. Indie, 1925, Verh. I, 115-148, the Hague 1926.
BEAUFORT, L. F. DE (1926 b): Zoogeographic van den
Indischen Archipel. Volksuniversiteits bibl. Vol. 35,
202 pp. De Emen F. Bohm, Haarlem.
BEAUFORT, L. F. DE (1928): On a collection of miocene
fishteeth from Java. Wetensch. Meded. Dienst Mijnb.
Ned. Indie, No. 8, 1928, 1-6.
BEAUFORT, L. F. DE (1931): Pisces, Reptilia and Aves in
the Netherlands Indies. Leidsche Geol. Meded. 5,
1931, 461-470.
BEAUFORT, L. F. DE (1948): Paleontology, zoogeography
and zoology. Rep. scient. work done in the Neth.
on behalf of the Dutch overseas terr. (1918-1943)
publ. by assoc. of scient. org. in the Netherlands,
pp. 198-215. North Holl. Publ. Cy., Amsterdam, 1948.
BECKERING, J. D. H. (191 1): Bexhrijving van de eilanden
Adonara en Lomblen behoorende tot de Solor groep.
Tijdschr. Kon. Xed. Xardr. Gen. 28, 191 1, 167-202.
BEETS, C. (1941 a): De waarde der mollusca voor de
stratigrafie van her Jon%-rertiair van Borneo. Hand.
28e Nat. & Geneesk. Congr., Lhwht , 4e afd., 272-274.
BEETS, C. (1941 b): Eine jun-wioc2ne Mollusken-Fauna
von der Halbinsel Mangkalihat, Ost-Borneo, (nebst
Bemerkungen iiber andere Faunen von Ost-Borneo;
die Leitfossilien-Fraze~. \erh. Geol. Mijnb. Gen. v.
Ned. & Kol. 13, 1, 1-219.
BEETS, C. (1942 a): Mollusken aus d m Tertiar des Ost-
indischen Archipels. Leidsche Geol. Meded. 13,
218-254, 1942.
BEETS, C. (1942 b): Beitriige zur Kenntnis der angeblichen
oberoligocanen Mollusken-Fauna der Insel Buton,
Niederl. Ost Indien. Leidsche Geol. Meded. 13,
256-328.
BEETS, C. (1942 c): Brechites venusrulus, ein neuer Fund
aus dem Miocan der Landschaft Serawak (NW-
Borneo). Leidsche Geol. Meded. 13, 1 , 329-333.
BEETS, C. (1942 d): Note on a new species of the venerid
genus. Atopodonta from the Vigc~Sliocene of Luzon
(Philippine Islands), with remarks upon the generic
character. Leidsche Geol. Meded. 13, 1, 1942,334-340.
BEETS, C. (1942e): On Waisuithyrina, a new articulate
brachiopod Genus from the Upper-Oli$ocene of
Buton (SE Celebes) Dutch East Lndies. Leidsche Geol.
Med. 13, 341-347, 1942.
BEETS, C. (1942 f): Weitere Verwandschaftsbeziehungen
zwischen den oberoligocaenen Mollusken von Buton
(SE Celebes) und den Neogen-Faunen des Ostindi-
schen Archipels. Leidsche Geol. Meded. 13, 348-355,
1942.
BEETS, C. (1942 g): Notizen iiber Thatcheria angas, Clinura
bellardi und Clinuropsis vincent. ~eidsche Geol.
Meded. 13, 1942, 1, 356-367.
BEETS, C. (1943-a): Onderzoek van Nederlandsch Indische
tertiaire Mollusken. Hand. 29e Nat. & Geneesk.
Congres, Amsterdam, 4e afd., 330-332.
BEETS, C. (1943 b): Notiz iiber die Gattung Cardillia
Deshayes. Verh. Geol. Mijnb. Gen., Geol. Ser. 13,
355-362, 1943.
BEETS, C. (1943 c): Die Gattung Galeodea LINK im Tertilr
von Insulinde. Verh. Geol. Mijnb. Gen. Geol., Ser. 13,
435-445, 1,943.
BEETS, C. (1943 e): Ueber PurunineIIa permodesta MAR^-)
aus dem Javanischen Obereoziin von Nanggulan.
Geol. & Mijnb. 5, 92-93, 1943.
BEETS, C. (1943 f): Die Gastropodengruppen Ootoma
und Eosioho im indo~acifischen Gebiet. Basteria.
8, 112, 1543, 2-8.
BEETS, C. (1944 a): Die Gattung Buccinulum im Al t mi d n
der Insel Madura (Ost Indien). Geol. & Mijnb. 6,
14-16, 1944.
BEETS, C. (1944 b): Die Lamellibranchiaten Gattung
Julia Gould. Geol. & Mijnb. 6, 28-31, 1944.
BEETS, C. (1944~): uber Ootomella und Bucci ~r i a.
Basteria, 9, 112, 32-38.
BEETS, C. (1947 a): Note on fossil echinoidea and gastro-
poda from Sarawak and Kutei, Borneo. Geol. en
Mijnb. 9, 3, 40-42.
BEETS, C. (1947 b): On probably pliocene fossils from
Mahakam delta region, East Borneo, and from
dessah Garoeng (Lamongan), Java. Geol. & Mijnb.
9, 10, 200-203, Oct. 1947.
BEHRMANN, W. (1921): Oberflachenformen in den feucht-
warmen Tropen. Zeitschr. Ges. f. Erdk. Berlin, 1921,
44-60.
BEHRMANN, W. (1937): Der Malaische Archipel. Handbuch
d. Geogr. Wiss. Vol. SO Asien, copyright 1937, Luf.
180-183,452-533. Ak. Verlagsges. Athenaion, m.b.H.,
Potsdam.
L I T E R A T U R E R E F E R E N C E S 3
BELTZ, E. W. (1944): Principle sedimentary basins in the East
Indies. Bull. Am. Ass. Petr. Geol. 28, 10, 1440-1454.
BEMMELEN, W. VAN (1907): Magnetic survey of the Dutch
East Indies made in the years 1903-1907. App. I to
"Observ. made at the Royal Magn. & Meteor. Obs.
at Batavia 30, 1907, Batavia, 1909.
BEMMELEN, W. VAN (1919): Bezoek aan de Rindjani. Nat.
Tijdschr. Ned. Ind. 78, 1919, 45-54.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1928 a): Over de toekomst van een
met vulkanischen stoom gedreven centrale in Neder-
landsch Indie. De Mijningenieur, 9, 5, 67-72.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1928 b): De agrogeologische kaar-
teering van Sumatra. Hand. v. h. Vde Ned. Indisch
Natuurwet. Congres te Soerabaja 1928, 492499.
. BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1928 c): Geologische en agrogeo-
logische kaarteering. Aln. Landbouw Weekbl. v.
~ e d . Ind. 13, 12, f89-393.
BEMMELEN. R. W. VAN (1929 a): The Origin of lake Toba
(N. hmat ra). 4th ' ~ a c . ~ c i . ~ o n g r r Bandung 1929,
Proc. I1 A, 115-125.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1929 b): Het Caldera probleem.
De Mijningenieur 10, 4, 101-112.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1930): De Tengger Strijdvraag.
Nat. Tijdschr. v. Ned. Ind., 90, 1, 90-161.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1931 a): Het Boekit Mapas-
Pematang Semoet vulkanisme (Zuid Sumatra). Verh.
Geol. Mijnb. Gen. v. Ned. en Kol., Geol. Serie, 9,
2. 57-76.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1931 b): Positieve en negatieve
wlkaanvormen (with Engl. Summ.). Tijdschr. Kon.
Ned. Aardr. Gen. 2e serie, 48, 1, 1-9.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (193 1 c): Is de Oeloebeloe een vul-
kaan? De Mijningenieur, 12, 3, 30-32, Bandung
1911
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1931 d): Kritische beschouwingen
over geotektonische hypothesen. Nat. Tijdschr. v.
Ned. Ind., 91, 1, 93-117.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1931 e): Magma- und Krusten-
undationen (Eine Erganzung von Haarmann's Oszil-
lations-Theorie). Hand. 6e Ned. Ind. Natuurwet.
Congr. Bandoeng 1931, Geogr.-geol. sect., 645-653.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1931 f): De bicausaliteit der
Bodembeweainaen. Natuurk. Tiidschr. v. Ned. Indie.
tische' eruptie van den bazaltischen 'Tanggarnoes
vulkaan. Wetensch. Meded. 22. 33-62. Dienst v. d.
Mijnb. in Ned. Ind.
BEMMELEN. R. W. VAN (1932 a): Een voorbeeld van winst
en vklies van stroomgebied door een Mllkanische
eruptie. De Mijningenieur, 13, 11, 1932.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1932 b): Over de genetische
classificatie van nenatieve vulkaanvormen. Geol. &
Mijnb., 1932, 1 .Tan., No. 19.
BEMMELEN. R. W. VAN (1932 c): Uber die modichen Ur-
sachen der ~ndat i bnen der Erdkruste. Froc. Kon.
Acad. v. Wetensch. Amsterdam, 35, 1932, 3, 392-399.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1932 d): Geologische waarnemingen
in de Gajo-landen (Noord Sumatra). Jaarb. Mijnw.
Ned. Ind., 1930, Ve~h. III, 71-94, Batavia 1932.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1932 e): Toelichting bij blad 10
(Batoeradja). Geol. kaart Sumatra, 1 : 200,000, Dienst
Mijnb. Ned. Indie.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1932 f): De Undatie-theorie (hare
afleidina en toevassinn OD het westeliik deel van de
~oenda-boog). ~ a t u u i k . - Tijdschr. ; . Ned. Ind.,
92, 1, 85-242.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1932 g): Nadere toelichting van
de Undatie-theorie. Nat. Tijdschr. v. Ned. Ind.,
92, 2, 373-402.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1933 a): Toelichting bij blad 6
(Kroe'i). Geol. Kaart van Sumatra 1 : 200,000, Dienst
Mijnb. Ned. Ind.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1933 b): Das Kraftevroblem in der
Tektonik. Proc. on. cad. v. ~et ensch. , Amsterdam,
36, 1933. 2, 197-202.
BEMMELEN, R. -w. VAN (1933 c): On the geophysical
foundations of the Undation theory. Proc. Kon.
Acad. v. Wetensch., Amsterdam, 36, 1933, 3, 336343.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1933 d): Versuch einer geotekto-
nischen Analyse Siidostasiens nach der Undations-
theorie. Proc. Kon. Acad. v. Wetensch., Amsterdam,
36, 1933, 7, 730-739.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1933 e): Versuch einer geotekto-
nischen Analyse Australiens und des Siidwest Pazifiks
. nach der Undationstheorie. Proc. Kon. Acad, v.
Wetensch., Amsterdam, 36, 1933, 7, 740-749.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1933 f): Die neogene Struktur des
Malayischen Archipels nach der Undationstheorie.
Proc. Kon. Acad. v. Wetenschap., Amsterdam, 36,
1933, 10, 888-897.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1933 g): Die Undationstheorie und
ihre Anwendung auf die Mittelatlantische Schwelle.
Zeitschr. d. deutsch. Geol. Ges. 85, 10, 762-780.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1933 h): Die Anwendung der
Undationstheorie auf das alpine System in Europa.
Proc. Kon. Acad. v. Wetenschap., Amsterdam, 36,
6, 1933, 686-694.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1933 i): Moderne richtingen in de
geotektoniek (in verband met de geotektonische
positie van den Ned. Indischen Archipel). De Mijn-
ingenieur, 14, 12, 205-212.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1934 a): De tektonische structuur
van Zuid-Sumatra. Natuur. Tijdschr. v. Ned. Ind., 94,
1, 7-14.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1934 b): Ein Beispiel fur Sekundar-
tektogenese auf Java. Geol. Rdsch. 25, 3, 175-194.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1934 c): Toelichting bij blad 36 (Ban-
doeng). Geol. Map of Java 1 : 100,000, Bandung 1934.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN & BERLAGE, H. P. (1934 d): Versuch
einer mathematischen Behandlung geotektonischer
Bewegungen unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der
Undationstheorie. Gerl. Beitr. Geoph., 43, 19-55.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1935 a): uber die Deutung der
Schwerkraft-Anomalien in Niederlandisch Indien.
Geol. Rdsch., 26, 3, 199-226.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1935 b): Over het karakter der
jong tertiaire ertsgangen in den vulkanischen binnen-
boog van het Soendasysteem. Geologie & Mijnbouw,
Juli, 1935, pp. 1-4, den Haag 1935.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1935 c): Vulkano-tektonische de-
pressies op Sumatra. Hand. 25ste Ned. Nat. & Genees-
kundig Congres, Leiden, April 1935, 5 p.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1935 d): The Undation theory on the
development of the earth's crust. Proc. 16th Int. Geol.
Congress, Washington D.C., 1933, Vol. 11, 965-982.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1936 a): The cause and mechanism
of igneous intrusion; with some Scottish examples.
Trans. Geol. Soc. Glasgow, 29, III, 455-490. (Read
12the Nov. 1936, issued separately 15th June 1937).
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1936 b): Kritische beschouwingen
naar aanleiding van Bijlaard's theorie over plastische
deformaties van de aardkorst. De Ing. in Ned. Indie,
1936, 7, Sect. I, 87-93.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1936 c): Geologische contra
mechanische analyse der geotektoniek. De Ing. in
Ned. Ind., 1936, 3, 11, sect. I, 15C160.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN & ZWIERZYCKI, J. (1936 d): Het
Paleogeen van Sumatra. De Ing. in Ned. Ind., 3, 9,
section IV, 160-161.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1937 a): De isostatische anomalien
in den Indischen Archipel. De Ing. in Nederl. Indie,
1937, 4, 2, Section IV, 9-29.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1937 b): Examples of gravitational
tectogenesis from Central Java (Karangkobar Region).
De Ing. in N.I., 4, 3, IV, 55-65.
4 L I T E R A T U R E RE F E RE NCE S
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1937 c): Igneous geology of the
Karangkobar region (Central Java) and its significance
for the origin of the Malayan Potash provinces.
Ing. in Ned. Ind., 4, 7, IV, 115-135.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1937 d): Toelichting bij blad 66
(Karamkobar). Geol. Kaart van Java. 1 : 100.000.
. ,
~ a n d o e i ~ 1937.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1937e): The volcano-tectonic
struct'ure of the ~esidency of Malang (Eastern Java).
(An interpretation of the structure of the Tengger
Mts.) De Ing. in Ned. Ind., 4, 9, IV, 159-172.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1937 f): Korte schets van de geo-
logie van Java (in het bijzonder van Oost-Java). .
De Bergcultures, 11, 41, 1454-1461.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1938 a): The Distribution of the
Regional Isostatic Anomalies in the Malayan Archipel-
ago. De Ing. in Ned. Ind., 5, 4, Sect. IV, 61-67.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1938 b): De Ringgit-Beser (een
geplooide alkali-vulkaan in Oost-Java). Nat. Tijdschr.
v. Ned. Indie, 98, 4, 171-194.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1938 c): On the Origin of the
Pacific Magma Types in the Volcanic Inner Arc of
the Soenda Mountain System. De Ing. in Ned. Ind.,
4. 1. Section IV. 1-15.
BEMIGLEN, R. W. VAN (1938 d): Les recherches gkologiques
theoriaues et avvliauCes aux Indes Nterlandaises.
congr& de la -~echerche Scientifique Coloniale B
Paris, Sept. 1937. Publ. du Bur. d'ttudes geol. et
minikres coloniales Paris. No. 9, 1938, pp. 37-40.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1939 a): The volcano-tectonic
origin of Lake Toba -(North Sumatra). De Ing. in
Ned. Ind., 6, 9, 126-140.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1929 b): De geologie van het
westelijke en zuidelijke deel van de Westerafdeeling
van Borneo. Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind., 1939, Verh.,
187-319. Batavia 1939.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1939 c): The geotectonic structure of
New Guinea. De Ing. in Ned. Ind., 6, 2, sect. IV, 17-27.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1939 d): Das Permanenzproblem
nach der Undationstheorie. Geol. Rdsch. 30. 1939.
112, 10-20.
BEMMELEN. R. W. VAN (1939 e): Gravitational tectownesis
in t h i ~o e n d a ~ o &t a i n system. Report XVII intern.
Geol. Congr., Moscow 1937, Vol. 2,361-382, Moscow,
1939.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1939 f): De Geologische Dienst
in Nederlandsch Indie van 191 9-1 939. De Mijnbond,
Jubileum nummer, Bandoeng 1939, 55-57. .
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1940 a): .Verslag van een petro-
graphisch onderzoek der gesteente collectie van het
Boven Digoelgebied, verzameld tijdens de derde
Expeditie der N.V. Mijnbouw Maatschappij Neder-
landsch Nieuw Guinea (1938-1939) (with Engl.
Summary). Ing. in Ned. Ind., 7, 10, IV, 137-145.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1940 b): A limestone-block in
hypersthene dacite from the Koeda-neck (Kromong
Complex, near Cheribon, W Java). De Ing. in Ned.
Ind., 7, 3, IV, 37-41.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1940 c): De agmatitische graniet
van Tandjoeng Binga (NW-Billiton). De Ing. in
Ned.-Indie, 7, 5, IV, 63-66.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1940 d): Komen op Bangka pre-
triadische kristallijne schisten voor? Ing. in N.I.,
7, 5, IV, 67-68.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1940 e): Bauxiet in Nederlandsch
Ihdie. Verslagen & Meded. betr. Ind. Delfst. en hare
toepassingen, No. 23, Dienst v. d. Mijnb., pp. 115.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1940 f): On the Origin of some
Granites from singapore. De Ing. in Ned. Ind.,
7, 2, IV, 23-35.
BEMMELEN. R. W. VAN 11941 a): Origin and mining of
bauxiie in ~et herl ahds 1nhia. ion. Geol., 36; 6,
630-640.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1941 b): Granitische intrusies in
het Zuidergebergte van West Java. De Ing. in Ned.
Ind., 8, 2, section IV, 9-18.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1941 c): Voorloopig bericht over
de Semeroe-eruptie van Sept./Oct. 1941. Ned. Ind.
Geogr. Meded. 1, 6, 136-142.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1941 d): Toelichting bij blad 73
(Semarang) en 74 (Oengaran). Geol. kaart van Java,
1 : 100,000, Dienst Mijnb. Ned. Ind., Batavia 1941,
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1941 e): Delfstoffen van Nederl.
Indie als grondstoffen der inheemsche industrie.
Natuurw. Tijdschr. v. Ned. Ind., 101, 1, Jan. 1941,
11-19. (Repr. in T.K.N.A.G., 65, 1, 1948.)
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1941 f): De beteekenis van den
Ned. Indischen Mijnbouw. Koloniale Studien, 1941,
No. 2, pp. 15.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1941 g): Bulletin of the Netherlands
Indies Volcanological Survey for the year 1940.
Dienst Mijnbouw Ned. Ind., Batavia, 1941.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1943): Bulletin of the East Indian
Volcanological Survey for the year 1941. War emerg-
ency edition, Bandung, Java, 42 fig., 24 tables, pp. 110,
1943.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1947 a): The Muriah Volcano
(Central Java) and the origin of its leucite-bearing
rocks. Proc. Kon. Ned. Akad. v. Wetenschap.,
Amsterdam 50, 6, 653-658.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1947 b): Notes on: The Semeru
eruption of 1946, and The earthquake on Java of
July 23, 1943. Geologie & Mijnb. 9, 11, p. 219.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1947 c): Het vulkanologisch onder-
zoek in Nederlandsch Indie. Resume 26ste Geografen
vacantie cursus van het Indisch Instituut, Amsterdam,
Dec. 29, 1947.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1948 a): Voorloopig bericht over
de Semeroe eruptie van Sept.-Oct. 1941. (Met na-
schrift over de werking sinds 1945.) Tijdschr. Kon.
Ned. Aardr. Gen. 65 3 333-341.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1948 b): Cosmogony and geo-
chemistry. Rep. XVIIIth Int. Geol. Congress, London,
1948.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1949 a): De physisch-chemische
ontwikkeling der aarde. Geologie & Mijnbouw,
Jan. 1949, 11, 1, 1-21.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1949 b): Distribution and evolution
of igneous rocks in the Indian Archipelago (with
three maps). Proc. VIIth Pac. Sci. Congr., New
Zealand, Febr. 1949.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1949 c): The geological evolution
of the East Indies. (With one map.) Proc. VIIth Pac.
Sci. Congr., New Zealand, Febr. 1949.
BENTHEM J ~ N G , T. VAN (1937): Non-marine Mollusca
from fossil horizons in Java with special reference
to the Trinil Fauna. Zool. Meded. 20, 1937.
BENTHEM J U ~ N G , W. S. S. VAN (1941): Non-marine
mollusca from the Satellite Islands surrounding Java.
Arch. Neerl. Zool. 5, 1941.
BENTHEM JUTTING, W. S. S. VAN (1948): On the present state
of the malacological research in the Malay Archi-
pelago. Chronica Naturae, 104,5, May 1948,129-138.
BERLAGE, H. P. (1933): Ueber die Horbarkeit der Knalle
einer semi-vulkanischen Dampfexplosion auf Su-
matra. Gerl. Beitr. zur Geoph. 40, 1933.
BERLAGE, H. P. (1934): De aardbeving in Zuid-Sumatra
van 25 Juni 1933 (waarnemingen in het epicentrale
gebied). Nat. Tijdschr. v. Ned. Ind., 94, 1, 15-36.
BERLAGE, H. P. (1935): The earthquake in the Flores Sea
on June 29, 1934, with a focal depth of nearly 700 km.
Hand. VIIde Ned. Ind. Natuurwet. Conar. 658-665.
-
Batavia, Oct. 1935.
BERLAGE, H. P. (1937): A provisional catalogue of deep-
focus earthquakes in the Netherlands East Indies
1918-1936. Gerl. Beitr. zur Geophysik 50, 7-17, 1937.
LITERATURE REFERENCES 5
BERLAGE, H. P. (1939 a): One hundred deep-focus earth-
quakes in the Netherlands Indies. Proc. sixth Pac.
Sci. Congr. 1939, 135-138.
BERLAGE, H. P. (1939 b): Note on the deep focus earth-
auake of Avril 4. 1938. Natuurk. Tiidschr. N. I.
99, 136-137,- 1939.'
BERLAGE, H. P. (1940): Aardbevinnen in den Oost In-
dischen ~r c h: l ~e l , .waargenomen gedurende het jaar
1938. Natuurkundig Tijdschr. v. Ned. Ind. 100,
1, 45-75.
BERLAGE, H. P. (1941): Anomalien der zwaartekracht in
de omgeving van Japan vergeleken met die in Nederl.
Indie. Natuurw. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind. 101, 49, 1941.
BERTRAND, M. (1887): La chaine des Alpes et la formation
du continent europken. Bull. Soc. G801. de France,
1887.
BEYER, H. OTLEY (1942): Philippine tektites and the tek-
tite problem in general. Smithsonian report for 1942,
Washington D.C., pp. 253-260.
BIJLAARD, P. P. (1935): Beschouwingen over de knik-
zekerheid en de plastische vewormingen van de aard-
korst in verband met de geologie van den Oost-
Indischen Archipel. De Ing. in N.I., 1935, 11, section
I, 135-156.
BI J L~ RD, P. P. (1936 a): Poging tot verklaring van het
vulkanisme en de geologie van den westelijken Paci-
fic. De Ing. in Ned. Indie, 1936, 4, Section I, 3743.
BIJLAARD, P. P. (1936 b): De verklaring voor het optreden
van zwaartekracht anomalieen. dievzeetro~gen. Preo-
, & -- , -
synclinalen, gebergtevorming en vulkanisme bij
vlaatseliike -vlastische vervorming van de aardkorst.
b e 1ng.-in Ned. Indie, 1936; 7, Sect. I, 93-97.
BIJLAARD, P. P. (1936~): Thkorie des deformations plastiques
et locales par rapport aux anomalies negatives de la
gravitation, aux fosses ockaniennes, aux gkosynclinaux,
au volcanisme, A I'orogenie et ti la gkologie de I' odan
pacifique occidental. Rapp. A l'ass. de I'union gkodbsi-
que et gi5ophysique intern. Congr., Edinbourgh, 1936.
BIJLAARD, P. P. (1948): On the linear patterns of the earth's
crust. Proc. Kon. Ned. Akad. v. Wetensch. 51, 4,
450-456.
BLAZTMANN, S. (1938): Basaltisch andesitische Gesteine
des Salak-Gebirges in West-Java. Neues Jahrb. f.
Min. etc. Beil. Bd. 73, Abt. A., 352-374.
BLOM, J. C. E. (1934): Geologische Probleme im Malay-
ischen Archipel. Inaug. Diss. Univ. Jena, 1934,
72 pages, Ed. Muller & Bass, Tiibingen.
BOEHM, G. (1905): Ueber Brachiopoden aus einem alteren
Kalkstein der Insel Ambon. Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind.
1905, Wetensch. ged., pp. 88-93..
BOEHM, G. (1906): Neues aus dem Indo-australischen
Archive]. N. Jahrb. f. Min. etc. Beilage Bd. 22.
1906, -385412.
-
BOEHM. G. (1908): Voriurassische Brachiovoden von Am-
bbn. ~ 6 u e s ~ahrb."f. Min. etc. B.B. i5, 1908.
BOEHM, G. & PENECKE, K. (1908): Liste der permischen,
jurassischen, und cretaceischen Versteinerungen aus den
Molukken. Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind. 1908, Wetensch.
Ged., 660-665.
BOEHM, G. (1910): Zur Kenntnis der Siidkiiste von Misol.
Centralblatt f. Min. 1910, 197-208.
BOEHM, G. (1924): uber eine senone Fauna von Misol,
In: Palaeontologie von Timor. Edited by J. Wanner.
XIV, 1924.
BOHRER,.K. (1939): Papua. Physische Landeskunde von
Britisch Neuguinea. Albr. Beck, Frankfurt, 1939,
86 pages.
BOISSEVAIN, H. (1941): De riviervormen in sedimentatie
gebieden. Tijdschr. Kon. Ned. Aardr. Gen. 58, 5,
722-756.
BOISSEVAIN, H. (1944): De morfologie van Zuid Sumatra
en de Soenda Zee. Tijdschr. Kon. Ned. Aardr. Gen.
64, 4, 446448.
BOK, J. C. (1939): De Kjokkenmodding van Bindjai-
Tamiang. Geol. & Mijnb. 1, 12, 298-300.
BOLD, W. A. VAN DEN (1942): Some rocks from the course
of the Digoel, the Oewi-Merah and the Eilanden
River (South New Guinea). Proc. Ned. Akad. v.
Wetensch., Amsterdam, 45, 8, 850-855.
BOLD, W. A. VAN DEN & SLUIS, J. P. VAN DER (1942):
On rocks from the isle of Batam (Riouw Archipelago).
Proc. Ned. Akad. v. Wet., Amsterdam 45, 10, 1003-
1009.
BOOMGAART, L. & VROMAN, J. (1936): Smaller Foramini-
fera from the marl zone between Sonde and Mod-
- jokerto (Java). Proc. Kon. Akad. v. Wetensch.,
Amsterdam, 39, 3, 419-425.
BOOMGAART, L. (1947): Some data on the Muriah Volcano
(Java) and its leucite-bearing rocks. Proc. Kon. Ned.
Akad. v. Wetensch., Amsterdam 50, 6, 649-652.
BORN, A. (1932): Der geologische Aufbau der Erde.
Handbuch der Geophysik, Bd. 11, Berlin 1932.
Bo s c ~, C. A. VAN DEN (1929): The History of the Tengger
mountains. Proc. IVth Pac. Science Connres. Ban-
- ,
dung, 1929.
Bos c ~. C. A. VAN DEN (1931): Noe eens: Caldera-vorminn.
~' at uur . Tijdschr. ; . id. ~nd. , 91, p. 118 a.f.
-
Bo s c ~, C. A. VAN DEN (1941): Lavagrotten in het dal van
de Brantas bij Malang. Natuurwetensch. Tijdschr. v.
Ned. Indie, 101, p. 152. .
B o d , A. CH. D. (1926): Het voorkomen van tinerts in
den Riau-Archipel en op de eilandengroep van
- Poelau Toedjoe (Anambas- en Natoena eilanden).
Versl. en Meded. betr. Ind. delfst. en hare toev., Nr.
- .
18, Dienst Mijnb. N.I., 1925.
BOTH& A. Ck. D. (1927): Voorloovine mededeelinn betref-
fende de geolbgie 'van zuidoost Celebes. D; Mijn-
ingenieur 8, 1927, 97-103.
BOTH^, A. CH. D. (1928 a): Brief outline of the geology of
the Rhio Archipelago and the Anambas Islands.
Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind. 1925, Verh. 11, 97-100,
Batavia 1928.
BOTH^^, A. Ck. D. (1928 b): Geologische verkenningen in
den Riouw-Lingga Archipel en de eilandengroep der
Poelau Toedjoeh (Anambas- en Natoena eilanden).
Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind. 1925, Verh. 11, 101-152,
Batavia 1928.
BOTH$ A. CH. D. (1929): Djiwo Hills and Southern
Range. Exc. nuide IVth Pac. Sci. Congress Java.
~ a n i u n g 1929; 1-14.
-
boss^, P. M. VAN (1932): Boetoniet. De Mijningenieur
1932, No. 8, p. 143.
BOWEN, N. L. (1947): Magmas. Bull. Geol. Soc. of America
58, 263-280.
BOWEN. N. L. (1948): The granite vroblem and the method
of'multiple p;ejudic&. ~ e ~ ; i n t e d from "Origin of
granite". Geol. Soc. America, Memoir, 28, pp. 79-90,
1948.
BRAAK, C. (1925-1929): Het klimaat van Nederlandsch
Indie. Kon. Magn. en Meteor. Observ. te Batavia,
Verh. 8, 528 pages. Javasche Boekh. & Drukkerij,
Batavia.
BRAAK, C. (1929): On the climate of and meteorological
research in the Netherlands Indies. I n "Science in
the Netherlands East Indies" 1929, pp. 50-64. Re-
published in HONIG & VERDOORN Science and Scient-
ists in the Netherlands Indies. New York 1945,
pp. 15-22.
BRAAK, C. (1931): Klimakunde von Hinterindien und
Insulinde. Handb. d. Klimatologie. IV. Part R.
- , ,
Berlin 1931.
BRAAK. C. (1948): Climatolom and meteorolo~v. Revort
on the'scientific work &ne in the ~et hei l ands on
behalf of the Dutch overseas territories (1918-1943).
pp. 67-70. North Holl. Publ. Cy., ' ~mst erdam
1948.
6 L I T E R A T U R E
R E F E R E N C E S
BRAAKE, A. L. TER (1945): Volcanology in the Netherlands
Indies. In "Science & Scientists in the Netherlands
Indies", New York 1945, 24-35.
BRANSON, C. C. (1941): Age of abyssal deposits of the
East Indian Archioelago. Bull. Amer. Ass. Petr.
Geol. 25, 320-322, -1941.
BREST VAN KEMPEN. C. P. (1942): Earthquakes in the
Netherlands ~ndies. ~ a t u u r &. ~ijdschr. v. Ned.
Indie, 102, 1, 1942. Reprinted in Science and Scien-
tists in the Netherlands Indies. New York. 1945.
35-36.
BROEK, J. 0. M. (1945): Diversity and unity in Southeast
Asia. Geogr. Review 34, 1944, 175-195, Reprinted
in Science and Scientists in the Netherlands Indies,
edited by HONIG and VERDOORN, 1945, 36-48.
BROILI, F. (1915): Permische Brachiopoden der Insel
Letti. Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind. 1914, Verh. I, 187-207,
the Hague, 1915.
BROILI, F. (1922): Permische Brachiopoden von Timor.
Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind. 1920, Verh. 111, Leiden
1922.
BRONGERSMA, L. D. (1934): Contributions to the Indo-
Australian Hervetologv. Doct. Thesis Univ. of Amster-
-v
dam, 1934.
BRONGERSMA, L. D. (1935): Notes on some recent and
fossil cats, chiefly from the Malay Archipelago.
Zool. Meded. 18, 1935, 1-89.
BRONGERSMA, L. D. (1936): Some comments upon H. C.
Raven's paper: "Wallace's Line and the Distribution
of Indo-Australian Mammals". Arch. Neerl. 2001. 2,
1936.
BRONGERSMA, L. D. (1937 a): Notes on fossil and pre-
historic remains of "Felidae" from Java and Sumatra.
Comptes rendus XI1 Congres Int. Zool. 1935, Lisbon
1937, pp. 1855-1865.
BRONGERSMA. L. D. (1937 b): On fossil remains of a Hv-
amid from ~a v a . Zoo]. Meded. 20, 1937, 186-262.
BRONGERSMA, L. D. (1941): On the remains of carnivora
from cave deposits in Java and Sumatra with notes
on recent specimens I. Zool. Meded. 23, 114-147.
BROUWER, H. A. (1909): Glimmer leucietbazalt van Oost-
Borneo. Versl. Kon. Akad. v. Wetensch., Amsterdam,
Wis- en Nat. Afd. 26 Juni 1909, 18, 85-91.
BROUWER, H. A. (1915 a): Bijdrage tot de geologie van
Boven-Kampar en Rokanstreken. Jaarb. Mijnw. 1913,
Verh., 130-170, Batavia 191 5.
BROUWER, H. A. (1915 b): Gesteenten van het eiland Letti.
Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind. 43, 1914, Verh. I, 89-159,
the Hague 1915.
BROUWER, H. A. (1917 a): Over den ouderdom der eruptief-
gesteenten in de Molukken. Akademie verslagen,
Amsterdam 25, 1917, 1004-1017.
BROUWER, H. A. (1917 b): Uber Gebirgsbildung und
Vulkanismus in den Mulukken. Geol. Rundsch. 8,
197-209.
BROUWER, H. A. (1918 a): Der Granodioritkontakt des
Bolio-Hutu-Gebirges siidlich von Sumalata. Centralbl.
f. Miner. Geol. u. Pal. 1918, 297-306.
BROUWER, H. A. (1918 b): Gesteenten van het eiland Moa.
Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind. 1916, Verh. I, 11-35, the
Hague, 1918.
BROUWER, H. A. (1918 c): Geologie van een gedeelte van
het eiland Moa. Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Indie 1916, Verh.
I, 37-56, The Haque, 1918.
BROUWR, H. A. (1918 d): Gesteenten van Oost Neder-
landsch Timor. Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind. 1916, Verh. I,
67-260, The Hague 1918.
BROUWR, H. A. (1919 a): Geol. overzicht van het oostelijk
deel van den Oost Indischen Archipel. Jaarb. Mijnw.
Ned. hd. , 1917, Verh. 11, Batavia 1919.
BROUWER, H. A. (1919 b): Geologische onderzoekingen
in Oost-Ceram. Tijdschr. Kon. Ned. Aardr. Gen. 2,
36, 6, p. 715.
BROWNER, H. A. (1920): Uber die horizontalen Bewegungen
der Inselreihen in den Molukken. Nachr. Ges. Wiss.
Gottingen f. 1920, math.-phys. Kl., 172-173.
BROUWER, H. A. (1921 a): Geologische onderzoekingen
op de Sangi eilanden en op de eilanden Ternate en
Pisang. Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind. 1920, Verh. I1 5-30,
's Gravenhage 1921.
BROUWER, H. A. (1921 b): Geologische onderzoekingen
op de Soela Eilanden I. Jaarb. Mijnw. N.I. 1920,
Verh. 11, 's Gravenhage 192 1.
BROUWER, H. A. (1921 c): The horizontal movement of
Geanticlines and the fractures near their surface.
Journ. of Geol. 29, 560-577.
BROUWER, H. A. (1921 d): Geologische onderzoekingen
op de eilanden Loeang en Sermata (Sermata eilanden).
Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind. 1920, Verh. 11, 207-222.
The Hague 1921.
BROUWER, H. A. (1921 e): Sur les dBrnes volcaniques des
volcans actifs de 1'Archioel Malais. Z. f. Vulk. 6.
1921, 37-46.
BROUWER, H. A. (1922 a): Geologische onderzoekingen
op het eiland Roti. Jaarb. Mijnw. N.I. 1920, Verh.
111, Leiden 1922.
BROUWER, H. A. (1922 b): The major tectonic features of
the Dutch East Indies. J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 12, 7,
172-1 85.
BRQUWER, H. A. (1923 a): ~eologische Onderzoekingen
op het eiland Halmaheira. Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind.
1921, Verh. 11, 73-105, Batavia 1923.
BROUWER, H. A. (1923 b): Bijdrage tot de geologie van
het eiland Batjan. Jaarb. Mijnw. N.I. 1921, Verh. 11,
73-105, 's Gravenhage 1923.
BROUWR, H. A. (1923 c): Geologische onderzoekingen
op de Tenimber eilanden. Jaarb. Mijnw. N.I. 1921,
Verh. 11, 's Gravenhage 1923.
BROUWER, H. A. (1923 d): Bijdrage tot de geologie van
Groot-Kei en de kleine eilanden tusschen Ceram en
de Kei eilanden. Jaarb. Mijnw. N.I. 1921, Verh. 11,
143-1 68, 's Gravenhage 1923.
BROUWER, H. A. (1923 e): Bijdrage tot de Geologie van
Groot Kei, en de kleine eilanden tusschen Ceram en
de Kei eilanden. Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind. 1921, Verh.
11, 143-168, Batavia 1923.
BROUWER, H. A. & BEAUFORT, L. F. DE (1923 f): Tertiaire
marine afzettingen met fossiele visschen van Zuid
Celebes. Verslagen Kon. Acad. v. Wetensch., Amster-
dam, 32, 1923, 3340.
BROUWER, H. A. (1924 a): Bijdrage tot de geologie der
Obi-eilanden. Jaarb. Mijnw. N.I. 1923, Verh. 5-62,
's Gravenhage 1924.
BROUWER, H. A. (1924 b): Bijdrage tot de geologie der
Radja Ampat eilandengroep (Waigeoe, Salawati, etc.).
Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind. 1923, Verh., 63-136, Batavia
1924.
BROUWER, H. A. (1924 c): Geologische beschrijving der
omgeving van de tertiaire fossielrijke lagen nabij
Patanoeang Asoe E in Z Celebes. Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned.
Ind. 1923, Verh., 153-165, 's Gravenhage 1924.
BROUWER, H. A. (1925 a): The Geology of the Netherlands
East Indies. Macmillan Co., New York, 160 pages.
BROUWER, H. A. (1925 b): Over insluitsels en cordieriet-
gehalte van bronzietdacieten van het eiland Amboina.
Verh. Geol. Mijnb. Gen., Geol. Ser., 8, 1925, 73-79.
BROUWER, H. A. (1926): Geologische onderzoekingen op
de Soela Eilanden 11. Jaarb. Mijnw. N.I. 1925, Verh. I,
3-1 1, 's Gravenhage 1926.
BROUWER, H. A. (1927): Over mesozoische afzettingen en
eenige vulkanische gesteenten van het eiland Ambon.
Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind. 55, 1926, Verh. 111, Den
Haag 1927.
BROUWER, H. A. (1928): Alkaligesteenten van den vulkaan
Merapi (Java) en hun ontstaan. Versl. Kon. Akad. v.
Wetensch., Amsterdam, 37, 2, 330-344.
LITERATURE R E F E R E N C E S 7
-
.4 :
BROUWER, H. A. (1930): The major tectonic features of
Celebes. Proc. Kon. Akad. v. Wetenschap., Amster-
dam 1930, 338-343.
BROUWER, H. A. (1931): Paleozoic. Feestbundel Martin.
Leidsche Geol. Meded. 5, 552-566.
BROUWER, H. A. (with W. H. HETZEL and H. E. G.
STRAETER) (1934): Geologische onderzoekingen op
het eiland Celebes. Verh. Geol. Mijnb. Gen. Ned. &
Kol. Geol. Serie, 10, 39-171.
BROUWER, D. (1935): Bijdrage tot de Anthropologie der
Alor eilanden. Doctorate thesis Univ. of Amsterdam
1935.
BROUWER, H. A. (1938): The tectonic evolution of the
Lesser Sunda Islands, near Australia. Abs. Proc.
Geol. Soc., London 1938, 6-9.
BROUWER. H. A. (1939 a): On the tectonic evolution of
the Gsser ~ u n d a ~slands near Australia. Quart. J.
geol. SOC., 95, VI-IX.
BROUWER, H. A. (1939 b): Leucite rocks of the active
volcano Batoe Tara (Malay archipelago). Proc.
K. N. Ac. Wet., Amsterdam 42, 1, 23-29.
BROUWER, H. A. (1939 c): Exploration in the Lesser
Sunda Islands. Geogr. J., 94, 1, 1-10.
BROUWER, H. A. (1940): Geological and petrological
investigations on alkali and calc-alkali rocks of the
islands Adonara, Lomblen and Batoe Tara. Geol.
exp. to the Lesser Sunda Islands, Vol. IT, Amsterdam,
94 pages.
BROUWER, H. A. (1941): Tektonik und Magma in der
Insel Celebes und der indonesische Gebirgstypus.
Ned. Ak. v. Wet., Proc. 44, 3, 253-261.
BROUWER, H. A. (1942 a): Granodioritic intrusions and
their metamorphic aureoles in the Young-tertiary of
Central Flores. Geol. Exp. to the Lesser Sunda
islands Vol. IV, page 291-317, Amsterdam.
BROUWER, H. A. (1942 b): Summary of the results of
the expedition. Geol. Exped. to the Lesser Sunda
Islands under leadership of H. A. BROUWER, Vo1. IV,
345-402.
BROUWER, H. A. (1943): Leuciethoudende en leucietvrije
gesteenten van den Soromandi op het eiland Soem-
bawa. Versl. Ned. Ak. v. Wet., Amsterdam, Afd.
Natuurk. 52, 6, 303-307.
BROUWER, H. A. (1945 a): The association of the alkali
rocks and metamorphic limestone in a block ejected
by the volcano Merapi (Java). Kon. Ned. Akad. v.
Wetensch., Amsterdam, Proc., 47, 1945, 166-189.
BROUWER, H. A. (1945 b): Over vulkanische gesteenten
van Oost-Flores. Verh. Geol. Mijnb. Gen. Geol.,
Serie 14, 95-103.
BROUWER, H. A. (1947): De metamorphose der gesteenten.
Lecture April 14, 1947. Jaarb. Kon. Ned. Akad. v.
Wetensch., 1946-1 947, 16 pages.
BRUGGEN, G. TER (1935): De eocene Fylliet formatie in
Centraal Borneo. Diss., Delft 1935.
BRUGGEN, G. TER (1936 a and b): De eocene fylliet
formatie in Centraal Borneo. Een wedenvoord. De
Ing. in Ned. Ind., 3,7, sect. IV, 124, and ibidem, 9, 18 1.
BRUYNE, D. L. DE (1941 a): Sur la composition et la genkse
du bassin central de Timor. Doctoral Thesis, Amster-
dam, Geol. Exp. Lesser Sunda Islands, Vol. 111,
98 pages, Amsterdam 1941.
BRWNE, D. L. DE (1941 b): Plioplistocene tektoniek in het
centrale bekken van Timor. Hand. 28e Nat. & Geneesk.
Congres, Utrecht, 4e Afd., 245-247.
BUBNOFF, S. VON (1942): Die Tektonik Japans und der
Bau des pazifischen Saumes von Ost Asien. Die
Naturwissenschaften, 30, 38/39 569-576, Sept. 1942.
BUGGE, JENS (1946): The geological importance of diffusion
in the solid state. Norske Videnskaps Akad., Oslo,
1 Mat. Nat. Kl. 1945, 13, 5-59.
BYERLY, P. (1942): Seismology. Prentice-Hall inc., New
York.
CADMAN, J. et al. (1931): The Oil exploration work in
Papua and New Guinea. 4 Vol., London 1931.
CAUDRI, C. M. B. (1933): De foraminiferenfauna van
eenige Cycloclypeus-houdende gesteenten van Java.
Verh. Geol. Mijnb. Gen., Geol., Ser. 9, 171-204.
CAUDRI, C. M. B. (1934): Tertiary Deposits of Soemba.
Doct. Thesis Amsterdam, 1934, 223 p.
CAUDRI, C. M. B. (1939): Lepidocyclinen van Java. Verh.
Geol. Mijnb. Gen., Geol. Ser., 12, 135-257.
CHHIBBER, H. L. (1934): The Geology of Burma. Macmillan
and Co., Ltd., London.
CHINNERY, E. W. P. (1934): The Central Ranges of the
Mandated Territory of New Guinea from Mt Chap-
man toMt Hagen. Geogr. J. 84, (1934), 398-412.
COLBERT, E. H. (1 943): Pleistocene vertebrates collected
in Burma by the American Southeast Asiatic Expedit-,
ion. Trans. Arner. Phil. Soc. Philadelohia. new ser.
z ,
32, 3, 395-429.
COLLINGS. H. D. (1938): Pleistocene site in the Malav
Peninsula. ~ a t u r e , 142, London 1938, 575-576.
-
COSTER, CH. (1938): Bovengrondsche afstrooming en
erosie op Java. Tectona, 31, Sept.-Oct., 457-572.
Korte meded. v.h. Boschbouwproefstation No. 64.
COSIJN, J. (1932): Voorloopige mededeeling omtrent het
voorkomen van fossiele beenderen in het heuvel-
tertein ten N van Djetis en Peraing. Verh. Geol.
Mijnb. Gen., Geol. Serie, 9, 1932, 113-1 19 and
135-148.
COSIJN, A. J. (1938): Statistical studies on the Phylogeny
of some Foraminifera. Leidsche Geol. Med., 10, 1938.
Cox, L. (1924): Some late kaenozoic pelecypoda from the
Aru Islands. Geol. Mag. 1924, 56-63.
CURRIE, E. D. (1924): On fossil Echinoidea from the Aru
Islands. Geol. Mag. 1924, 63-72.
CUSHMAN, J. A. (1910-1917): Monograph of the Fora-
minifera of the North Pacific Ocean. U.S. Nat. Mus.,
Bull. 71.
CUSHMAN, J. A. (1921): Foraminifera of the Philippines
and adjacent Seas. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 100, pl. 4.
CUSHMAN, J. A. (1918-1931): The Foraminifera of the
Atlantic Ocean. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 104.
DAMMERMAN, K. W. (1934): On prehistoric mammals
from the Sampoeng Cave, Central Java. Treubia,
14, 477-486.
DAVID, SIR T. W. ETHERIDGE (1932): Explanatory Notes
to accomDanv a New Geological Mav of Australia.
Sydney, i93i.
-
DENINGER. K. (1908): Zur Stellung des Pithecanthro~us
erectus DU'BOIS, ' auf Grund der neuesten ~esul t at e.
Zeitschr. f. induktive Abstamm. & Vererbungslehre, 1,
1908, 121-124.
DENINGER, K. (1910 a): Ueber einen Menkiefer a 4 den
Kendengschichten von Java. Centralblatt f. Min.
1910, 1-3.
DEMNGER, K. (1910 b): Einige Bemerkungen iiber die
Stratigraphie der Molukken etc. N. Jahrb. f. Min.
etc. 1910, 11, 1-15.
DENINGER, K. (1918): Zur Geologie von Mittel-Seran
(Ceram). Palaeontographica 4, 3, 2.
DICKERSON, R. E. (1922): Review of Philippine Paleonto-
logy. Phil. J. Sci., 20, 195-229.
DICKERSON, R. E. (1924): Tertiary paleogeography of the
Philippines. Phil. J. Sci., 25, 1, 11-50.
DIECKMANN, W. & JULIUS, M. W. (1925): Algemeene
geologie en ertsafzettingen van Zuidoost Celebes.
Jaarb. Mijnw. in Ned. Ind. 1924, Verh., 11-65,
Batavia 1925.
8 LI TEE R E F E R E NC E S
DIETRICH, W. 0. (1924): Zur Altersbestimrnung der
Pithecanthropus-Schichten. Sitz. Ber. d. Ges. naturf.
Freunde, Berlin, 1-10, 1924, 133-138.
DIJK, J. W. VAN & VOGELZANG, W. L. M. (t) (1948): The
influence of improper soil management on erosion ve-
locity in the Tjiloetoeng Basin (Residency of Cheribon,
West Java). Comm. of the general agricult. exp. stat.
Buitenzorg, Java, No. 71, 10 p. Buitenzorg 1948.
DOCTERS VAN LEEUWEN, W. M. (1936): Krakatau, 1883
to 1933 Botanv. Ann. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorn 46/47,
- . .
1936, 506 ~ ~ . , - 3 5 pl.
DOEDERLEIN. L. (1911): Ueber Echinoidea von den Aru
Inseln. ' ~ b h : ~enckenberg Naturf. Ges. 34, 1911,
237-248.
DOLLFUS, G. F. (1917): PalBontologie du voyage ZL I'ile
Celebes de M.E. Abendanon. In Abendanon: Geol.
& Geoer. doorkruisingen van Midden Celebes I11
(1917), 355-958.
-
DOEGLAS. D. J. (1931): Ostrakoden van NO-Borneo.
~et ens ch. ~ e d e d . ~ i e n s t Mijnb., Ned. Ind., No. 17,
1931, 2548.
DOEGLAS, D. J. (1940): The importance of heavy mineral
analysis for regional sedimentary petrology. U.S.
Nat. Research Council, Washington 1940.
DOEGLAS, D. J. (1947): De ontwikkeling van de sediment
petrologie. Inaugural lecture Wageningen 1947,
H. Veenman & Zonen, Wageningen.
DOORNINK, H. W. VAN (1932): Tertiary nummulitidae from
Java. Verh. Geol. Mijnb. Gen. 9, 1932 (Thesis Univ.
of Amsterdam).
DOUVILL~, H. (1911): Les foraminifkres dans le Tertiair
des Philippines. Phil. J. Sci. sect. D, 6, 1911, 53-80.
DOUMLL~, H. (1912): Les foraminifires de I'ile de Nias.
Samml. geol. Reichsmus Leiden, 8 (1912), 5, 253-278.
DOUVILLB, H. (1912 b): Quelques foraminifkres de Java.
Samml. Leiden (I), 8, 1912, 279-294.
DOUVILL~, H. (1923): Sur quelques foraminifkres des Molu-
ques orientales et de la Nouvelle GuinBe. Jaarb. Mijnw.
in Ned. Ind., 1921, Verh. 2, 109-116, Batavia 1923.
DOZY, J. J. (1938): Eine Gletschenvelt in Niederlandisch
Neuguinea. Zeitschr. f. Gletscherkunde 26, 1938,
112, 45-51.
DOZY, J. J. (1939): Geological results of the Carstensz
Expedition 1936. Leid. Geol. Meded. 11, 1, 68-131.
DRESCHER, F. (1921): Eruptivgesteine der Insel Flores.
Doctoral Thesis Univ. of Bble (Basel). Stein (Aargau),
1921, 49 p.
DRUIF, J. H. (1932): De bodem van Deli I. Inleiding tot de
geologie vanDeli. Med. Deli Proefst. 2eSerie75, pp. 158.
DRUIF, J. H. (1934): De bodem van Deli 11. Mineralogische
Onderzoekingen van de bodem van Deli. Bull. Deli-
Proefst. 32, pp. 195.
DRUIF, J. H. (1935 a): Over gesteenten van Poeloe Berhala
(Straat van Malakka, Gouv. Sumatra's Oostkust).
Proc. Kon. Acad. v. Wetensch., Amsterdam, 38, 6,
639-649.
DRUIF, J. H. (1935 b): Some remarks about soil mapping
in Deli by aid of microscopical mineralogical in-
vestigation. Hand. VIIde Ned. Ind. Natuunv. Conar.
666-1679, Batavia Oct. 1935.
-
DRUIF. J. H. (1939 a): De bodem van Deli 111. Toelichtinn
b i de a~ogeologische kaarten en beschrijving van
de grondsoorten van Deli. Meded. Deli-Proefstation,
3e Serie 4, pp. 74.
DRUIF, J. H. (1939 b): De bodem van Deli (slot). De Deli-
gronden en hun eigenschappen. Buitenzorg, pp. 140.
DRUIF, J. H. (1948 a): On the occurrence of diaspore
and zunyite in detrital sediments of Palembang.
Comm. gen. agricult. exp. stat., Buitenzorg, No. 67,
5 p. Buitenzorg 1948.
DRUIF, J. H. (1948 b): On the occurrence of the mineral
orthite on Sumatra. Comm. general agricult. exper.
stat. Buitenzorg, No. 68, 8 p., Buitenzorg 1948.
EARLE, W. (1845): On the physical structure and arrange-
ment of the islands of the Indian Archipelago. J.
Royal Geogr. Soc. of London 15 1845, 358-365.
EATON, J. E. (1932): Decline of Great Basin, Southwestern
United States. Bull. Am. Ass. Petr. Geol. 16, 1,149.
EDELMAN, C. H. (1941 a): Studien over de bodemkunde
van Nederlandsch-Indie. Publicatie v.d. stichting
"Fonds Landbouw Export Bureau 1916-1918", Nr.
24. First edition, Wageningen 1941. Second edition
1947 (unaltered).
EDELMAN, C. H. (1941 b): De bodemkunde van Neder-
landsch Oost Indie. Verleden, heden en toekomst.
Hand. 28ste Ned. Nat. Geneesk. Congr., Utrecht
1941, 262-264.
EDELMAN, C. H. (1946 a): Fragmenten van het college
"bodemkunde van Nederlandsch Indie", deel I,
asgronden. Publ. 5 v.d. Centr. Comm. v. Wagening-
sche Studenten, 34 p., 1946.
EDELMAN, C. H. (1946 b): De voornaamste gronden van
Java. Tijdschr. Kon. Ned. Aardr. Gen. 62, 764-771.
EEK, D. VAN (1937): Foraminifera from the Telisa- and
Lower Palembang Beds of South Sumatra. Ing. in
Ned. Ind. 4, section IV, 47-55.
D R ~ , J. H. (1948 c): On the occurrence of a new mineral
species in the deposits of the river Pekoeringan,
District Masamba, Celebes (Wisaksonite). Comm.
general agricult. exp. stat. Buitenzorg, No. 69, 8 p.,
Buitenzorg 1948.
Duaors, E. (1892): Voorloopig bericht omtrent het onder-
zoek naar de pleistocene en tertiaire vertebraten-fauna
van Sumatra en Java gedurende het jaar 1890. Nat.
Tijdschr. N.I., 51, 1892, 93-100.
DUBOIS, E. (1907): Eenige van Nederlandschen kant ver-
kregen uitkomsten met betrekking tot de kennis der
.Kendeng-fauna (Fauna van Trinil). Tijdschr. Kon.
Ned. Aardr. Gen. 24, 1907, 449458.
DUBOIS. E. (1908): Das geol. Alter der Kendenn- oder
Trinil-~auna.. Tijdsch;. Kon. Ned. Aardr. en. 25,
1908, 1235-1270.
DUBOIS, E. (1922): The Proto-Australian fossilman of
Wadjak, Java. Proc. Kon. Acad. Wetensch., Amster-
dam 23, 1013-1051.
DUBOIS, E. (1924): On the principle characters of the
brain, the mandible and the teeth of Pithecanthropus
erectus. Proc. Kon. Akad. Wetensch. Amsterdam,
27, 265-278, 459-464.
DUFOUR, J. (1 941): Eenige opmerkingen uit de practijk van
een micro-paleontoloog. Geol. & Mijnb., 5, 68-74.
DURHAM, J. W. (1940 a): Oeloe Aer fault zone, Sumatra.
Bull. Am. Ass. Petr. Geol., 24,2, Febr. 1940), 359-362.
DURHAM, J. W. (1940 b): Aturia in the Upper Miocene of
Java. J. of Paleont. 14, 160-161.
DUTERTE, E. & FELICIANO, J. M. (1930): The Geology
of Southern Cebu. Univ. of the Phil. Nat. and appl.
Sc. Bull., 1, 1930, Manila, 41-61.
DWFJES, J. (1936): Zur Geologie und Stratigraphie des
Kendenggebietes zwischen Trinil und Soerabaja
(Java). De Ing. in Ned. Ind. 3, 1936, 8 sect. IV, p. 136.
DUYFJES, J. (1938 a): Toelichting bij blad 109 (Lamongan).
Geol. Map of Java 1 : 100,000, Dienst Mijnb. Ned.
Ind., Bandoeng 1938.
DUYFJES, J. (1938 b): Toelichting bij blad 115 (Soerabaja).
Geol. Map of Java 1 : 100.000, Dienst Mijnb. Ned.
Ind., Bandoeng, 1938.
DUYFJES, J. (1938 c): Toelichting bij blad 110 (Modjokerto).
Geol. Map of Java 1 : 100,000. Dienst Mijnb. Ned.
Ind., Bandoeng 1938.
DWFJES, J. (1938 d): Toelichting bij blad 116 (Sidoardjo).
Geol. Map of Java 1 : 100,000, Dienst Mijnb. Ned.
Ind., Bandoeng 1938.
L I T E R A T U R E R E F E R E N C E S 9
EGELER, C. G. (1946): Contribution to the petrology of
the metamorphic rocks of Western Celebes. Doctoral
Thesis Univ. of Amsterdam, 165 pages, 1946, Noord
Holl. Uitg. Mij.
EGELER, C. G. (1948): On amphibolithic and related
rocks from Western Celebes and the Southern Sierra
Nevada, California. Proc. Kon. Ned. Akad. v.
Wetenschappen, Amsterdam 51, 1, 100-105.
EHRAT, H. (1928 a): Geologisch-mijnbouwkundige onder-
zoekingen op Flores. Jaarb. Mijnw. 1925, Verh. 11,
221-315, Batavia, 1928.
EHRAT, H. (1928 b): Die Tiefengesteine der kleinen Sunda
Inseln. N. Jahrb. f. Min. etc. Beil. Bd. 58 A, 1928,
433-452.
EHRAT, H. (1929): Die tatigen Vulkane des G. Api
. (Sangean) bei Bima, Niederlandisch-Indien. Z. f.
Vulkan. 12, 8-14.
ELBERT, J. (1911/1912): Die Sunda Expedition. Frankfurt
am Main, Vol. I, 1911, Vol. 11, 1912.
ERM, A. (1944): Ein Cenoman Ammonit Cunningtoniceras
holtken nov. sp. aus Neu Guinea, etc. Ecl. Geol.
Helv. 37, 468-475.
ERNST, A. (1934): Das biologische Krakatauproblem.
Vierteljahrschr. Naturf. Ges., Zurich 79, 1934, 187 pp.
Es, J. L. C. VAN (1925): Relations between the new volcano
of "Isle des Cendres" (Annam) and extinct volcanoes
in Borneo. Bull. volc. 1925, 516, 4 p.
Es, L. J. C. VAN (1931): The age of Pithecanthropus.
Thesis Delft. M. Nijhoff, the Hague, 1931.
Es, L. J. C. VAN (1938): Erosie (Voordracht te Malang,
21 April 1938). Tectona, 31, 297-321.
ESCHER, B. G. (1919): De Krakatau groep als vulkaan.
Hand. l e Ned. Ind. Natuurwetensch. Congr. Batavia,
Oct. 1919, pp. 28-35 and 198-219.
ESCHER, B. G. (1920): Atollen in den Nederlandsch Oost-In-
dischen Archipel. Med. Encycl. Bur. Batavia 22, 1921.
ESCHER, B. G. (1925): L'kboulement prbhistorique de
Tasikmalaja et le volcan Galoungoung (Java). Leid.
Geol. Meded. 1, 8-21.
ETCHER, B. G. (1927): Vesuvius, the Tengger Mountains
and the problem of Calderas. Leidsche Geol. Meded.
3, 2, 1927.
ETCHER, B. G. (1931 a): Gloedwolken en Lahars. Tropisch
Nederland, 3, 19/20, pp. 291-304 and 307-320.
E~CHER, B. G. (1931 b): Over het vulkanisme in Java in
verband met de uitbarsting van den Merapi. De
Ingenieur 1931, 46, 37, A 357-369.
ESCHER, B. G. (1933 a): On a classification of central
eruptions according to gas pressure of the magma and
viscosity of the lava. Leidsche Geol. Med. 6, 1, 45-49.
ETCHER, B. G. (1933 b): On the relation between the
volcanic activity in the Netherlands East Tndies and
the belt of negative gravity anomalies. Proc. Kon.
Akad. v. Wetensch., Amsterdam, 36, 1933.
ETCHER, B. G. (1937): Rapport sur les phenomknes volca-
nologiques dans 1'Archipel Indien pendant les annbes
1933, 1934 et 1935 et sur les ouvrages de volcanologie
publiCes durant ces annCes concernant les volcans
des Indes NCerlandaises. Bull. volc. 1, 124-177, 1937.
ESCHER, B. G. (1948): Grondslagen der Algemeene Geo-
logic. N.V. Wereldbibl., Amsterdam, 7th edition,
1948, 442 pages.
BENWEIN, P. (1930): Petrographische Untersuchungen
an Gesteinen von Paloeweh. Vulk. & Seism. Meded.,
No. 11, Bandung 1930.
BENWEIN, P. (1933): Die Eruptiv-, Sediment- und Kon-
taktgesteine der Karimata-Inseln. Wetensch. Meded.
Dienst Mijnbouw in Ned. Ind., No. 24.
ESKOLA, P. (1932): On the origin of granitic magmas.
Mineral. Petrol. Mitteil. 42, 455-48 1.
ESKOLA, P. (1948): Nature of metasomatism in the process-
es of granitization. 18th. Int. Geol. Congr., London
1948, Abstr. p. 13.
EVANS, R. D. and KIP, A. F. (1938): The Radium content
of marine sediments from the East Indies, the Philip-
pines, and Japan, and of the mesozoic fossil clays
of the East Indies. Am. J. Sc. 36, 321-336.
EVANS, P. & CROMPTON, W. (1946): Geological factors
in gravity interpretation, illustrated by evidence from
India and Burma. Quart. J. Geol. Soc. London,
102, 3, No. 407, 212-249, Dec. 1946.
EVERWIJN, R. (1872): Verslag van een onderzoek naar
tinerts op eenige eilanden behoorende tot de residentie
Riouw. Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind., 1872, 11.
FAIRBRIDGE, R. W. & GILL, E. D. (1947): The study of
Eustatic Changes of Sea-level. The Austr. J. of Sci.,
10, 3, 63-67.
FAIRBRIDGE, R. W. (1948 a): The juvenility of the Indian
Ocean. "Sco~e". J. of Sci. Union. Univ. W. Austr.
. ,
1, 3, 29-35.
FAIRBRJDGE. R. W. (1948 b): Gravitational tectonics at
~horncliffe, S.E. ~ueensland. Proc. Roy. Soc. Queens-
land, 59. 10, 179-201.
FAUSTINO, L:A. (1926 a): Stratigraphy of the coalmeasures
of the Philippine Islands. Proc. IIIrd Pan Pac. Sci.
Congress, Tokyo 1926, Vol. 11, 1535-1539.
FAUSTINO, L. A. (1926 b): History of the strandline of
the Philippine Islands during Pleistocene and Post-
pleistocene time. Proc. IIIrd Pan Pac. Sci. Congr.,
Tokyo 1926, Vol. 11, 1807-1811.
FAUSTINO, L. A. (1928): Correlation of the tertiary for-
mations of the Philippines with those of Europe,
Asia, and America. Phil. J. Sci., 35, 119-125.
FAUSTINO, L. A. (1931): Coral reefs of the Philippine
Islands. Phil. J. Sci., 44, 1931, 291-305.
FEHN, H. (1933): Die Oberflachenformen der Insel Borneo.
Mitt. Geogr. Ges. Munchen, 26, 1-52, 1933.
FELICIANO, J. M. (1926): A study of thermal springs in
the Philippines. Proc. 3rd Pan Pac. Sci. Congr. Tokyo
1926, VO~. I, 804-81 1.
FELICIANO, J. M. & PELAEZ, V. (1940): Pleistocene orogenic
movements in the Philippines. Sixth Pac. Sci. Congress
1939, Vol. 11, pp. 811-814, Univ. of Calif. Press 1940.
FELIX, J. (1915/1920): Jung tertiare und quartare Anthozoen
von Timor und Obi. I und 11. Pal. von Timor I1 and
XIII, edited by Wanner, 1915 and 1920.
FENNEMA, R. (1887): Topogr. en geol. beschrijving van
het noordelijk gedeelte van het Gouvernement
Sumatra's Westkust. Jaarb. Mijnw. 1887, Verh.,
129-252.
FENNEMA, R. (1897): Over de oorzaken van aardbevingen.
Natuurk. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind. 56, 59-80.
FENNER, C. N. (1923): The origin and mode of emplace-
ment of the great tuff deposit of the Valley of the
Ten Thousand Smokes. Paper Geoph. Lab. Carn.
Inst. of Washington, No. 480, 1923.
FERGUSON, H. G. (191 1): The geology and mineral re-
sources of the Aroray district, Masbate. Phil. J.
Sci., A 6 (1911), 397-425.
FERSMANN, A. (1929): Geochernische Migration der
Elemente, etc. Abh. prakt. Geol. Bergwirtsch. Bd.
18, Part I, 1929.
FEUILLETAU DE BRWN, W. K. H. (1921): Contribution
la gCologie de la Nouvelle-GuinCe. Thkse, Lausanne,
1921.
FEUILLETAU DE BRUYN, W. K. H. (1937): Komen er in
het Arfak gebergte vulkanen voor? Tijdschr. Nieuw
Guinea, 1, 268-269.
FISCHER, P. J. (1927): Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Plio-
zaenfauna der Molukken Inseln Seran und Obi.
Palawntologie von Timor, No. 15, Edited by J. Wanner,
1927.
10 L I T E R A T U R E R E F E R E N C E S
FISHER, N. H. (1937 a): Geological Report on the gold
bearing area of the Wewak District. The Rabaul
Times: July 30, Aug. 6-13-20-27, Sept. 3-10-17-24,
1937.
FISHER, N. H. (1937 b): Benembi plateau, Mt. Hagen area.
The Rabaul Times, Dec. 10-17, 1937.
FISHER, N. H. (1939 a): Report on the volcanoes of the
Territory of New Guinea. Geol. Bull., 2, Territory
of New Guinea (1939).
FISHER, N. H. (1939 b): Ore geology of the Day Dawn
Mine, New Guinea. Economic Geol., 34, 173-189,
1939.
FISHER, N. H. (1939 c): Metasomation associated with
tertiary mineralization in New Guinea. Econ. Geol.
34, 890-904.
FISHER, N. H. (1940): The volcanoes of the mandated
territory of New Guinea. Six Pac. Sci. Conress 1939,
Vol. II, 889-894, Univ. of Calif. Press 1940.
FOURMARIER, P. (1944): Principes de GBologie. 2e Cd.
Masson, Paris-Libge, 1944.
FOURMARIER, P. (1946): Effort tangentiels et efforts verti-
caux dans la tectogenbse. Ann. de la Soc. GBol.
Belgique, 69, B 87-182, 1946.
FOURMARIER, P. (1947): Les forces en action dans la
genese du relief tectonique. Bull. Soc. belg. d'Etudes
neonr., 17, 112. 19-57, 1947.
- - .
FOURMARIER, P. ' 0948 a); AsymmBtrie stmcturale des
tectogknes. Ann. Soc. GBol. Belg., 71, B 179-193, 1948.
FOURMARIER, P. (1948 b): La rbgle de la compensation
approchk des volumes. Ann. Soc. GBol. Belg., 72,
pp. B 77-85, 1948.
FRECH, F. & MEYER, 0. E. (1920-1922): Mitteljurassische
Bivalven von Sungi Temalangim Schieferbarissan
(Residentschaft Djambi). Verh. Geol. Mijnb. Gen.
v. Ned. en Kol. Geol. Serie, 5, 223-229.
FRIJLING, H. (1928): Geologisch-mijnbouwkundig onder-
zoek in den omtrek van de Asahan- en Koeala-
rivieren (Toba landen, Oost Sumatra). Jaarb. Mijnw.
Ned. Ind., 1925, Verh. 11, Batavia 1928.
FROMAGET, G. (1939): Essai sur la structure et la tectonique
de I'Indochine. Report XVIIth session Int. Geol.
Congr. at Moscow in 1937, Vol. 2, 459-518, Moscow
1939.
FYAN, E. C. (1916): Eenige jongpliocene Ostracoden van
Timor. Versl. Gew. Verg. Kon. Ned. Akad. Wetensch.,
Amsterdam, Afd. Wis- en Natuurk. 23, 1916.
G
GEE, E. R. (1926): The geology of the Andaman and
Nicobar Islands, with special reference to Middle
Andaman Island. Rec. Geol. Surv. Ind. 59, 2, 1926,
208-232.
GEILMANN, W. & B n ~ z , W. (1931): Ueber die Zusammen-
setzung vulkanischen Schwefels vom Papandajan
(West Java). Zeitschr. f. anorg. und allg. Chemie
197, 1931, 422-428.
GENTILLI, J. (1948): Present day volcanicity and climatic
change. Geol. Mag. 85, 3, 172-175.
GERMERAAD, J. H. (1941): On the rocks of the isle of
Koendoer, Riouw Archipelago, Neth. East Indies. Proc.
Ned. Akad. v. Wetensch., Amsterdam 44, 1227-1233.
GERMERAAD, J. H. (1946): Geology of central Seran.
Geol., petrogr., and paleont. results of explorations
carried out in 1917-1919 in Ceram by L. RWEN
and W. HOTZ. Third series No. 2, 1946. Doct. thesis
Utrecht.
GERTH, H. (1910): Fossile Korallen von der Molukken
Insel Buru etc. N. Jahrb. f. Min. etc. 1910, 11, 16-28
GERTH, H. (1915): Die Heterastridien von Timor. Pal
v. Timor, II, 1915.
GERTH,'H. (1921): Die Anthozoen der Dyas von Timor.
Pal. v. Timor, 1921.
GERTH, H. (1923): Die Anthozoen des Jungtertilrs von
Borneo. Samml. Reichsmus. Leiden, 10, 1923.
GERTH, H. (1925): Jungtertiare Korallen von Nias,
Java und Borneo, nebst einer ubersicht iiber die
aus dem Kanozoikum des indischen Archipels be-
kannten Arten. Leidsche Geol. Meded. I, 1926.
GERTH, H. (1926): Die Korallenfauna des Perms von
Timor und die permische Vereisung. Leidsche Geol.
Meded. 2, 1, 1926.
GERTH, H. (1927 a): Die Spongien aus dem Perm von
Timor. Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind., 1926, Verh. I,
Batavia 1927.
GERTH, H. (1927 b): uber einige pliocln-quartlre Echi-
niden von Timor. Pal. v. Timor, 15, 26, 1927.
GERTH, H. (1927 c): Ein Heterastridium mit eigenartiger
Oberflachenskulptur aus der Trias von Timor.
Leidsche Geol. Meded. 2, 1927.
GERTH, H. (1927 d): Eine Favosites Kolonie aus dem
Palaeozoicum von qeu Guinea. Leidsche Geol.
Meded., 2, 1927.
GERTH, H. (1929 a): The stratigraphical distribution of
the larger Foraminifera in the Tertiary of Java.
Proc. 4th Pac. Sci. Congr., Java 1929.
GERTH, H. (1929 b): Die Spongien aus dem Perm von
Timor. Pal. v. Timor 16, 1929.
GERTH, H. (1930): Ein neues Eodnvorkommen bei
Djokja auf Java. Proc. Kon. Ak. v. Wet., Amsterdam
33, 392-395.
GERTH; H., (1931 a): Porifera & Coelenterata. Feestbundel
Martin, Leid. Geol. Meded. 5, 115-1 19 & 120-151.
GERTH, H. (1931 b): Der geologische Bau Javas. Geol.
Rdsch. 22, 188-200 (and in Geol. & Mijnb. 10,
193112, 226-230).
GERTH, H. (1933): Neue Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Koral-
lenfauna des Tertiars von Java I. Die Korallen des
Eocaen und des alteren Neogen. Wet. Meded. Mijnb.
25, 1933.
GERTH, H. (1944): Die wissenschaftliche Bedeutung des
Lebenswerkes von Prof. Dr K. MARTIN. Leidsche
Geol. Meded. 14, 1, 1-9.
GEURSEN. G. J. (1933): Kaksa. "und kein Ende". De
~ij&ngenieur; 14,' 1933, 176-178.
GHEYSELINCK, R. F. C. R. (1937): Permian trilobites from
Timor and Sicily, with a revision of their nomen-
clature and classification. Thesis Univ. of Amsterdam,
1937.
GISOLP, W. F. (1923): Over het gesteente van denDoor-
man top in Centraal Nieuw Guinea. Versl. Kon.
Akad, v. Wetensch., Amsterdam, Febr. 24, 1923,
160-1 67.
GISOLF, W. F. (1923): On the rocks of Doorman top in
Central New Guinea. Proc. Kon. Akad. v. Wetensch.,
Amsterdam, 26, 195-197.
GISOLP, W. F. (1924): Microscopisch onderzoek van
gesteenten van Noord Nieuw Guinea. Jaarb. Mijnw.
Ned. Ind. 1921, Verh. I, 133-161, Batavia 1924.
GISOLF, W. (1925): Mikroskopisch onderzoek van gesteen-
ten uit ZO Celebes. Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind. 1924,
Verh. 66-1 13, Batavia 1925.
GLAESSNER, M. F. (1943): Problems of stratigraphic
correlation in the Indo-Pacific Region. Proc. Roy.
Soc. Victoria, 55, (N.S.) pt. I, Art. 3, pp. 41-80.
GLAESSNER. M. F. (1944): Princiules of Microvalaeon-
to1ogy: Ed. 1944. '
GLANGEAUD. L. (1946): Introduction A 1'6tude thermo-
dynarnibue de larpBtrogen&se profonde. Bull. Soc.
GBol. de France 5e sBrie, 16, 1946, 563-584.
GLANGEAUD, L. (1948): Thermodynamique de la pktro-
genkse profonde et du mBtamorphisme. 18th. Int.
Geol. Congr. London 1948, Abstr. p. 13.
GOLDSCHMIDT, V. M. (1933): Zur Geochemie des Ger-
manium~. Nachr. Ges. Wiss. Gottingen Math.
Phys. IU. 1933, p. 141.
L I T E R A T U R E
GOLLNER, E. R. D. (1925): Verslag over de uitkomsten
van niijnbouwkundig-geologische onderzoekingen op
Poeloe Laoet. Jaarb. Mi.jnw. Ned. Ind.. 1921, Verh. I .
2F8 295, Batavi:~ 1925.
C;OOL)SPEED, G. E. & COOX~BS, H. .A. (1937): Replacement
breccias of the Lo\ver Keechelus. Amcr. J. Sci.,
Julv 1937, 12-~23.
GOODSPEED, G. E. (1937 a ) : Dc\eloprncnt of quartz
porphyroblasts in n siliceous hornfels. Amer. Mineral-
ogist. 22, 2. 1937.
GOODSPEED, G. E. (1937 b): Dcveloprncnt of pl~cgiocl;~se
porphyroblasts. Amer. Mineralogist. 22. 12. 1937.
GOODSPEED, G. E. (1039): Prsterliary mctnsnmatic proccss-
cc in the sout11eastc:n portion of the M' ~~l l o\ v; ~ Vloiint-
ains of Oregon. Proc. sixth P:!c. Sci. Co n ~ r . . 1039,
399--422.
GOOOSPEED, G. E. (1940): Di l al at i o~~ and rcp1:lccmenl
(likes. J. of Geol. 48, 2, 1940, 175 195.
GOODSPEED, G. E. & FULLER, R. E. & C0051~5, H. .4.
(1941): Metasomatism of n coaly wdiment into nn
igneous-appearing rock. J. of Geol.; 49, 2, 1941.
190-198.
GOUWFNTAK, C. J. (1939): Dc Exploratic naar goud in
Nederlandsch Zuidwcst Nieuw Guinea. Tijdschr.
Kon. Ned. Anrdr. Gen. 56, 1939, 2, 220-235.
GI I ANDJ ~AN, J. B. (1931): Bijdrage tot de kennis der
gloedwolken van den Merapi van Midden Java.
Ile Mijningcnicur, 12, 219-228, and 13, p. 13.
GREGORY, J. W. (1900): The fossil corals of C!~ristmas
Island. I n Andrcws, .A nionogrnph of Christmas
Islnnd. London 1900.
GKEGORY. J. (1924): The Aru Islands. Introductory
remarks and relations of the Islands. Geol. Mag.
1924, 52-56.
GROND, G. J. A. ( 1948): Over ontspanningsverschijnselen
in het gebcrgte bij mijnbouw, belicht uit het standpunt
w n dcn minmetcr. Gcol. & Mijnb., 10, 10. Oct. 1948,
240 -290.
GROOT. P. F. DE ( 1 940): Korl versing o\.er dc werkzaam-
I~cden van dc l l l de Fxpcditie dcr N. V. Mi,inbou\v
Maatsch~lppij Nederlandsch Nieuw-Ciuinca in I938
en 1939. De Tng. in Ned. Ind., 7, 1940. scct. IV. 9,
123 -135.
GHOIJT, F. F. (1931): Formation of igneous looking rocks
by metasomation: a critical review and suggested
research. Bull. Gcol. Soc. America, 52, 1525--1576.
GSOLLPOINTNFR, K. (1925): Aanteekcningen omtrent het
Rindjnnigebergtc op Lombok. Jaarb. Top. Dienst
1924, 1 -8, Batavia 1925.
GUTI UBERG, B. & RICHTEK, C. F. (1937): Dcpth and
Geographical Distribution of Deep-focus Earth-
quakes. Bull. Gcol. Soc. America, 49. 239 288, 1937.
GUTENBERG, B. & RICHTER, C. F. (I939 a) : Second paper
on: "Depth and geographical distribution of deep-
focus earthquahcs. Bull. Geol. Soc. Americu, 50,
1511-1518, 1939.
~ I ' T E N B E R G , B. c? RICHrt.R, C. F. (1939 b): NCM cvidcnce
for a change in physical conditions at depths near
100 kilometres. Bull. Seism. Soc. America 29, 4,
53 1-537.
GUTENBERG, B. & RICHTER, C. F. (1941): Seismicity ol'
the Earth. Gcol. Soc. of Amcrica, spec. papers,
Nr. 34, Aug. 30, 1941.
GUT~NBERG. B. (1945): Seismicity of thc Earth (Supplc-
~ncnt ) . Bull. Geol. Soc. America. 56. 1945. 603 668.
GUTI I NBERG, B. (1948): On the layer or relalively low
velocity at :I depth of about 80 kilometres. Bull.
Seism. Soc. America 38. 2, Apr. 1948, 121-148.
GUTENRERG, B. & RICHTER, C. F. (1938): Deep-focus
earthquakes in the Mediterranean rcgion. Geofisica
pura e applicata 12, (1948), 3-4, 4 p.
HAAN, J. t l . DE (1933): Boschhydrologische problemen en
onderzoekingen o p Java. Tecton, ~, 26, 1 1/12, 56 pages.
Korte niedcdcclineen van het Boschbouw oroef-
-
station, No. 39.
HAAN. J. H. DE (1936): Afvoerverlioudinren van rivieren
in het ~ l ~ e n l a n d en o p Java. ~ e c t o ~ i i . 29, JulijAug.,
559-588.
HAAN, W. DE (1929): De Mangnni breccie. De Mijninge-
nicur. 10, 62-65, Bandoeng 1929.
HAAN, W. DE & SCHOUTEN. C. & MATTHIJSEN, P. M.
(1933): Monografie van de erts afzcltingcn te Mangani
(Sumatra) op dc concessies der Mijnbouw maal-
schappij Equator. Verh. Geol. Mijnb. Gcn., Mijnbk.
serie, Deel 111, 1933, pp. 212.
H A ~ N , W. DE (1935): Gestcenten van Sumatra' s Westkust.
De Ing. in Ned. Ind., 2, 10, section IV, 88-97.
HA?\\. W. DE (1937 a ) : J ~ng~t c r t i a i r e ertstypen en crts
brengers op Sumatra's Westkust. De Ingenieur, 52,
2 M. 11-~16, 1937.
Hn+, s, \it. DE (1937 b) : Adularis.?tie tc Gocnoeng Aroem
(S. W. K. ). De Ing. in Ned. Lnd., 4, IV, 173.
HAAN, W. DE (1942 a ) : Ovcr dc srr;itigrafie en tektoniek
van het Maneani gebied. Gcol. & Miinb. 4 (Ncw
- -
Series), 2, 2 1-30.
HAAN. W. DE (1942 b) : Hydrothermalc vcrnndcringen te
~ a n g a n i . Geol. L ? ~ i j n b . 4, 9 1 0 , 65 77.
HAAN, W. DE (1943 a) : Over de goud- en zilververhouding
in de jonge cdelmctaalformatic op Sumatra. Geol.
& Mijnb. 5 (New Ser.), 5 6 . 33-47.
HAAN, W. DE (1943 b): Gissingen omtrent de gcologische
gesteldheid in de omgeving van het Singkarah mecr
(S. W. K. ). Geol. & Mijnb. 5( Ne w Ser.). 11-12, 86-89.
H. ~AN, W. DL (1945): Albitisatie te Goenoeng Aroem
(S. W.K.). Gedenkbock Tesch, Geol. Mijnb. Gen. ,
Geol. Scr. 14, 215 218.
HAANSTRA, U. & SPIKER. E. (1932): ~ b c r Fossilien alis
dem AltmiocSn von Rcinbang (Nord-Java). Proc.
Kon. Ac. Wet., Amsterdam 35, 8, 1932.
HAAR, C. T ~ R (1034): Homo soloensis. Dc Ing. in Ned.
Ind., 1. 1934, scct. IV, 51-57.
HAAR, C. ter (1935): Toelichting bij blad 58 (Boemiajoe).
Geol. kasrt van Java I : 100,000. Dienst Mijnbouw
Ned. Indie. Bandoeng-Bntavia 1935.
HAARMANN, E. (1930): Die Oszillations-theorie (Eine
Erklarung der Krustenbewegungen von Erde und
Mond). F. Enke, Stuttgart, 1930, 260 pages.
HAARMANN, E. (1933): Die Zeitlichkeit der Erdkruslen-
bewegungen. N. Jahrb. f. Min. etc. Bcil. Bd. 71,
Abt. B. 48-87. Stuttgart 1933.
HAARMANN, E. (1 935): Um das gcologische Weltbiltl.
F. Enke, Stuttgart, 1935, 108 pages.
HANIEL, G. (1915): Ammoniten aus dem Perm der lnsel
Letti. Janrb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind. 1914, Verh. I, 161-166,
the Hague 1915.
HA\ ZAWA. S. (1931): Notes on some eocene foraminifera
found in Taiwan (Formosa) with remarks on the age of
the Hori slate formation and crystalline schists. Sci. Rep.
Tohdku Imp. Univ. Sendai 2nd Series, 12, ?a, 1931.
HARDENBERG. J. D. F. (1938): Zweedsche dicp-zee expcditie
te Soerabaja. Chronica Naturae, 104, 6, June 1938,
p. 192.
HARLOFI, CH. E. A. (1929): Loh Oeloh. Exc. guide, IVth
Pac. Sci. Congress. Java, Bandung 1929, 1-17.
HARLOFF. CH. E. A. (1930): Over her kruipen van den
hodem in het noordeiijk dccl van het Regentschap
Bandjarnegara. Dc Mijningenie~~r 11, 1930, 96 101.
HARLOFF, CH. E. A. (1933): Toelichting bij blad 67 (Band-
jarnegara). Geol. kaart van Java I : 100.000. Bandung,
1933.
HARLOFF, CH. E. A. & PANNEKOEK, A. J. (1940): De om-
gcving van den Boroboedocr. T.K.N.A.G. 57, 1. 13-23,
12
-- - - -
L I T E R A T U R E
- - --
R E F E R E N C E S
-- --
HARREVELD-L.\KO. C. H. x . 4 ~ I 193 l l : Grondkaartecring
in Nederlandsch I nd~?. Dc Ind. Mer c~~ur , .April 15,
1931. 29 1294.
HARTING, A. ( lLI25): H~.idrage tot dc geologie van Beraoe.
Verh. Geol. hli!nb. Gen. v. Ned. & Kol.. Geol. Serie
8, 1925. 205 212.
HARTING. .4. (1929): Tngognpoe. Excursion Guide, 1Vth
Pac. Sci. Congress Java, Bandung 1929, 1-14.
fi,i~nsc;. 4. (1930 a ) : Verslag van het mijnbouwkundig-
geologisch onderzoek in de omstreken van Tambang
Saa-ah in de jaren 1924-1927. Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned.
Ind. 1929. Verh., Batavia 1930.
HARTING. A. (1930 b): Enkele geologische waarnemingen
langs de S. Ka-ian. De Mijningenieur, Bandung 1930,
p. 176.
HART MAS^. E. (1916): Kurze Mitteilung iiber Ueber-
schiebungen o~l f Nied. Timor. Batavia, 1916.
HARTMANN, M. 4. (1933): Bijdrage tot de kennis van
gassen, sublimatie- en inkrustatieproducten, en
thermale wateren in de Merapi-ladocs. Vulk. &
Seism. Meded. 12, 117-131. Dienst Mijnb. Ned.
Tnd. 1933.
HARTMANN, M. A. (1935 a): Die Ausbruche des G. Merapi
(Mittel Java) his zum Jahre 1883. Neues Jahrb. f.
Min. etc.. Beil. Bd. 75, Abt. B, 127-162.
HARTMANN, M. A. (1935 b): Dcr Vulkan Batoe Tara.
Z. f. Vulk. 26, 180-191.
HARTMANN, M. A. (1935 c): De werkende vulkanen van
het eiland Lomblen (Solor Archipel). Tidschr. Kon.
Ned. Aardr. Gen. 52, 817-836.
HARTMANN. M. A. (1936 a): Der tiitige Feuerberg Siroeng
auf Pantnr. Natuurk. Tijdschr. Ned. Tnd. 96, 1936,
89-121.
HARTMANN, M. A. (1936 b): Die Lavadomgebilde des
Merapi ( M. .I.) nach dem grossen Ausbruch im
Jahre 1930. Z. f. Vulk. 16. 248-258.
HARTMANN, M. A. (1938): Die Vulkangruppe im Sud-
westen des Salak-Vulkans in West-Java. Natuurk.
Tijdschr. v. Ned. Ind. 98. 1938, 216-249.
H, ~YASAKA, ICHIRO & KAZUHIRO, ISHIZAKI (1939): On the
occurrence of eocene foraminifera in the neigh-
bourhood of Bcsleo, Timor. Mem. Fac. Science a.
Agric. Taihoku Imp. Univ. 22, 2, Geol., Nr. 15,
9-17, 1939.
HAYASAKA, 1. (1939): On a piece of Fusulina-limestone
found in the Niki Niki region, Timor. Science. 9,
86-87.
HAYASAKA, I. & CAN, S. (1940): A notc on Carriarophorin
"purcloni" from the Permian of Timor. Transact.
Paleont. Soc. Japan 101, 19-24.
HEDBERG, H. D. (1937): Foraminifera of the Middle-
Tertiary Carapita Formation of Northeastern Vene-
zuela. Journ. of Pal.. 11, 8, 661-697.
HEEK, J. VAN (1910): Biidrage tot de geologische kennis
van het eiland Lombok. Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind.
1909, Wetensch. Ged., 1-82, Batavio 1910.
HEEK. J. VAN (I91 I ) : Onderzoek van een loodertsvoor-
komen in Zuid-Lombok. Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Tnd.
1909, Techn. Adniin. Ged., 177--201, Batavia 191 1 .
HEER, 0. (1880): Beitriige zur fossilen Flora von Sumatra.
Neue Denkschr. der Schweiz. naturf. Ges. 1879.
(See also Jaarb. Mijnw. 1880. Verh. 1, 169-202).
HEERING, J. (1941 a): De eruptief gesteenten van het
eiland Wetar. Hand. 28e Nat. & Geneesk. Congres,
Utrecht, 4e afd., 248-249.
HEERINC;, J. (1941 b): Cordieritpseudomorphosen in
Sanidin-Albit-Rhyoliten von Tandjoeng lllipoi, Wetar
(Nied. Ost Indien). Proc. Ned. Akad. v. Wetensch.
Amsterdam 44. 102-108.
HEERING, J. (1941 c): Geological investigations in East
Wetar, Alor and Poera Besar. Geol. Exp. to the
Lesser Sunda Islands undcr the leadership of H. A.
Brouwer, Vol. IV, 125 pages, VI maps. 1941.
HEIM, ALD. & POTONI ~, R. (1932): Beohachtungen uber
die Entstehung der tertiiiren Kohlcn (Humolithe und
Saprohumolithe) in Zentral Sumatr;~. Geol. Rdsch.,
23, 145-172.
HELM, A. (1940/1942): Lebende diapir lnseln in den sud-
ostlichen Molukken. Ecl. Geol. Helv. 33, 183-184.
and 35, 225-233.
HEISE, G. W. (1917): The radio activity of the waters of
the mountainous region of northern Luzon. Phil.
Journ. Sci., Vol. 12-A (1917), 295-297.
HEISKANEN. W. (1941): On the figure and structure of the
earth. Publ. of the Isostatic Inst. of the Int. Ass. of
Geodesy, No. 8, Ann. Ac. Sci., Fennicoe Scr. A.
57, 5.
HELBIG, K. (1938): Bali, eine tropische Insel Landschaft-
licher GegensHtze. Z. f. Erdkunde, 7, 357-379.
HELBIG, K. (1940): Beitriige zur Landeskunde von Sumatra.
Beobachtungen zwischen Asahan i ~ n d Barumun,
Tobasee und Malakka-Strasse. Wissensch. Veroffentl.
des deutschen Museums fiir Linderkunde. Neue
Folge, 8. 133-251.
HCNNY. G. & TOXOPEUS. L. J. (1922): Eerste verslagen
de; Boeroe Expeditie. Tijdschr. Kon. Ned. ~a; dr .
Gen. 1922, 42-53.
HENRICI, H. (1934): Foraminiferen aus dem Eoziin von
Timor. Palaeontographica, Suppl. Bd. IV, 4. Abt.,
1934, 1-56.
HERMFS, J. J. & VLETTER. D. R. DE (1942): Contribution t o
the petrography of Bintan. (Riouw Lingga Archipel-
ago). Proc. Ned. Akad. v. Wet., Amsterdam, 45, I,
82-88.
Hrss, H. H. (1939): Island arcs, gravity anomalies, and
serpentine intrusions. A contribution t o the ophiolite
problem. Proceedings XVIIth Int. Geol. Congr. 1937,
Moscow 1939, Vol. 2, 263-283.
HESS, H. H. (1948): Major structural features of the
Northwestern Pacific. Bull. Geol. Soc. of Am. 59.
5, 1948.
HETTINGA TROMP, H. VAN (1926): De riftapping van hct
Kloetmeer. Lecture "Kon. Tnst. van Ingenieurs" Dee.
29, 1925. De Ingenieur 1926, 7, 26 p.
HCTTINGA TROMP, H. VAN (1945): Zuid-Sumatra, het goird-
en zilver-eiland der Ouden. De Ingenieur, 57, 7,
M 1-4.
HETZEL, W. H. (I930 a) : Over de geologie der Toekang-
Besi eilanden. De Mi.iningenieur, 11, 51-53.
HETZEL, W. H. (1930 b): Over de geologie der eilanden
in de Flores Zee. De Mi,iningenieur, 11, 53-56.
HETZEL. W. H. (1934): Toelichting bij blad 54 (Madjenang).
Geol. Kaart van Java, l : 100.000, Dienst Mijnb.,
Bandung 1934.
HETZEL, W. H. (1935): Enkele hritische aanteekeningen
bij een recente publicatie over de Geologie t a n den
Oostarm van Celebes. De Ing. in Ned. Ind., 2, 4,
sect. IV, 29-31.
HETZFL, W. H. (1936): Verslag van het onderzoek naar
het voorkomen van asfaltgesteenten op het eiland
Boeton. Versl. & Med. v. Ind. Delfst. etc., No. 21.
Dienst Mijnb. Ned. Ind., Bntavia 1936.
HETZEL, W. N. (1938): Boetoniet, een bijzonder gesteente
van het eiland Boeton (ZO Celebes). Dc Ing. in Ned.
Ind., 5, 10 section IV, 151-155.
HEURN, F. C. VAN (1923): Studien betreffende den bodem
van Sumatra's Oostkust. zijn uiterlijk en zijn ontstaan,
N.V. De Bussy, Amsterdam, 1923, 121 pages.
HINDE, G. J. (1908): Radiolaria from triassic and other
rocks in the Dutch East Indies. Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned.
Ind., 1908, Wetensch. Ged., 692-736.
HIRSCHI, H. (1907): Zur Geologie i ~nd Geographie von
Portug. Timor. Neues Jahrbuch etc., Beil. Bd. 24,
1907. 460-474.
HIRSCFII, H. (1910): Geogr. geol. Skizze des Nordrnndes
von Sumatra. T.K.N.A.G. (2), 27, 1910, 741-763.
- - - ----
L I T E R A T U R E
-
R E F E R E N C E S
- ----
13
-
HIRSCHI, H. ( I Y 15): Geol. Reiseskizze durch das aequatori-
ale Sumatra. T.K.N.A.G. 1915, 476-508.
HOBDAY, J. R. & MALLET, F. R. (1885): The volcanoes
of Barren Island and Narcondarn in the B: I ~ ol'
Bengal. Mem. Geol. Survey of India, 21, 4, 1885. 1-30.
HOCHSTETTER, F. VON (1866): Geologic der Nikob~iren.
Voyage of the Austrian frigate Nov:tra. Gcol. Part.
Vol. 11, 1866, 83-1 12.
'T HOEN, C. & ZIEGLER, K. (1917): Verslag over dc ~-esuli,~tr.n
van geol. niijnb. verkenningen in ZW Celebei. Ja,!r-t..
Mijnw. in Ned. Ind., 1915, Verh. 2, 253-363. Bat:i\i:i
1917.
'T HOEN, C. W. A. P. (1922): De tertiairc pet!-olcu:~;
terrcinen ter Oostkust van Atjeh (Atjeh 1 1 ) . .l:~.!i-b.
Mijnw. Ned. Ind., 1919, Verh. I . B~lta\i,l IL?22.
' T HOFN, C. W. A. P. 6t Es. L. J. C. v . 1 ~ (19281: De op-
sporingerl ii.aar delfstofc11 op het cilunci Tinlor.
Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. lncl. 1025. Verh. II. I $ 0 . B,IL,:\I,I
1928.
'r HOEN, C. W. A. P. (1930): Geolog~sche O\crzichtskaart
van den Ned. Indischen Archipcl schaal I : I.000,000
Toelichting bij Blnd XVl (Midden Java). Jaarb.
Mijnw. Ned. Ind. 1929, Verh. 1-72, Batavia, 1930.
HOLMES, A. & HAKWOOD, H. F. (1937): The petrology of.
the volcanic area of Bufumbira. Geol. Survey of
Uganda. Mem. 111, Part 11, 1937.
HOLMES, A. (1945): Natural History of Granite. Nature,
1945, 155, 412.
HOOIJER, D. A. (1942): On the nomenclature of some fossil
Hippopotami. Extr. Arch. Neerl. Zool., 6,213, 279282.
HOOIJER, D. A. ( 1 945 a): Over subfossiele neushoorns
van Sumatra en Borneo. Verh. Geol. Mijnb. Gen.,
Geol. Ser. 14, 249-258.
HOOIJEK, D. A. (1945 b): On recent and fossil Hippopotami.
Archives Neerl. Zool., 7, 1945, 289-290.
HOOIJER, D. A. (1946 a): The evolution of the skeleton
of Rhinorc~r-us sondaicrrs DESMARET. Proc. Kon. Akad.
v. Wetensch., Amsterdam, 49, 6, 671-676.
HOOIJER, D. A. (1946 b): Some remarks on recent, pre-
historic, and f'ossil porcupines from thc kl:~luy
Archipelago. Zool. Medcd. 26. 1946, 251 -267.
HOOIJER, D. A. ( 1946~) : Prehistoric and fossil Rhino-
ceroses from the Malay Archipelago and India.
Zoologische Meded. 26, 1946, 134 pages, X pl.
HOOI ~ER, D. A. (1947 a): A femur of Mii~ii.s palaeo-jtirawica
DUBOIS from Western Java. Proc. Kon. Aknd. v.
Wetensch., Amsterdam, 50, 4, 413-418.
HOOIJER, D. A. ( I 947 b): Pleistocene rcmains of panthera
tigris( LINNAEUS) subspecies from Wanhsien, Szechwan,
China. compared with fossil and recent tigers from
other localities. American Museum Novelties Publ.
by Am. Mus. of Nat. Hist., New York, No. 1346,
May 8, 1947. 17 pages.
HOOIJER, D. A. ( 1 9 4 7 ~ ) : On fossil- and prehistoric
remains of Tupii.~r.c Sroni J a ~ a . Sunx~t ra and China.
Zool. Mcded., 27, 253 299, Leidcn 1947.
HOOIJER, D. A. (I947 d) : Pitliecrrtirli~opris. . Ll r ~r ~~i r l i ~~r ~pr i ~
cn Gigantopirl~~cus. Geol. 6t blljnb. 9, 12. 230 239.
I ~OOI JER, D. A. (1 948 a): Rliinoc,e~.o~ soiirloic~iir ilt \\I.\r<l-:
from kitchen middcns of Bindjai Tuni~any ihorrli
Sumatra). Geologie & Mijnb., 10, 5. 115-1 16.
HOOIJFR, D. A. (I948 b): Prehistoric teeth of man and o i
the orang-utan from central Sumatra with notes o11
the fossil orang-utan from Java and Southern China.
Zool. hleded. 29, 175-301. E. J. Brill, Lciden, 1948.
HOOIJER, D. A. (1948 c): Pleistocene Vertebrates fro111
Celebes.
I . Celeborhacrris hec,herini no\.. spec., nov. gen.
11. Testudo wiargal nov. spec.
111. Anoa ciep~essicol.iiis (Smith) subsp.. ant1 Birhi-
rousa hahir-u.~sa beruc~t/sis nov. subsp.
Proc. Kon. Acnd. v. Wetensch.. Amsterdam, 51.
8, 1024-1032; 9, 1169-1182; 10, 1321-1330.
HOOIJER, D. A. (1948 d): Evolutie van zoogdieren in het
quartair van ZO-Azie. Vakblad v. Biologen, 28, 7,
Juli 1948, 117-122.
HOOYEH, D. A. (1949): Pleistocene vertebrates from
Celebes. 1V. Archidiskodotz cc~lebetrsis nov. spcc.
ZooI. Meded. Leiden 1949, 30, 14, 205-226.
HOKSTINK, J. TH. (1926): Eenige aanteekeningen bij de
kaart van den top viin het Rindjani gebergtr. Jaarb.
Top. Dienst 1925, 1-2, Batavia 1926.
HOTZ. W. (1913): Vorliiuligc Mitteilung ubcr geologische
Beobachtungen in Ost Celebes. Zeitschr. deutsch.
Geol. Ges. 65 (1913), 329-334.
l+Ci\ I G. P. ( I9 18): Contactmetamorphe ijzerafzettingen aan
de Salo Talimbangan en de Salo Pebatoean, Centraal
Celebes. Jaurb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind. 1916, Verh. 11,
25 38, Batavi:~ 1918.
Ho\ I c; , P. 1934): Dc goudmijnbouw in Britsch Nieuw
Cl u~ne~l . l)c Ingenic~rr, 49, Afd. Mijnb. 1-14. 1934.
HLIH\ ER\ \ ~ D L L . T. 11. f 1921 ): Die Eruptivgesteinc von
\ or J hlittel Sumbn~ra. Doctoral Thesis Basel, 1921
( c o l i e ~ ~ i o i ~ P,innckoek \ an Rhcdcn).
HCIIXIEL, K. I 19231: Die Osford-TulFite der Insel Uuru
und ih1.c F,~uii,l. P ~ ~ l ~ e o r i t ~ ~ g r ~ ~ p l ~ i c ' a , Suppl. IV. 1923.
ICKE, H. & MARTIN, K. (1907): Over tertiairc en kw;~l.tnirc
vor mi n~en OD het eiland NI ' I ~. Sanirnl. Leiden 8.
1907, 204- xi .
IDDINGS, J. P. (1910): The petrography of some igneous
~. ocks of the Philippines. Philipp. J. Sci., A 5, 1010,
155-170.
IDDINGS, J. & MORLEY, E. W. (1915): Contributions to
the petrography of Java and Celebes. Journ. of Gcol.
23, 1915, 231-245.
IDENBURG, A. G. A. (1937): Systelnatische grondknrtecring
van Zuid Sumatra. Doctoral thesis 1937, Wageningen,
168 pages.
IRIDAHL, H. ( 1'122): Beitrag Lur Petrographic von West
Timor. Centralbi. f. Min. etc., 1922, 65-76.
IONGH, A. C. DE ( 19291 1930): lnleiding tot eene systematiek
der Sumatragronden. Alg. Landbouw weekblad v.
Ned. Jnd. (14), 11, 1929/1930, 955-958 and 987-990.
IONGH, A. C. DE (1933): Voorwoord Blad 14 (Bajah).
(Prelimann~y stratigraphical divisions of the Tertiary),
Toelichting bij Blad 14 (Bajah), Geol. Map of Java,
1 : 100,000, Bnndung, 1933.
JTEKSON, F. K. TH. VAN (1948): The theory of rock pressure
on coal mining. Geol. 8.1 Mijnb. 10, 10, Oct. 1948,
198-215.
J
JAGGAR, T. A. (1945): Volcanoes decl:!re wzlr (Chapter X,
Taal and Muyon are killers). Honolulu, Paradise of
the Pacific Ltd.
J ~WOHSKI . E. ( 191 5): Die Fauna der obcrtriadischen
Nucula-klergel von Misol. In: Palneontologie von
Timor. editcd by Wanner, 11, 1915, 73-174.
J \ \ \ ORSKI , E. (1927): Obertriadische Brachiopoden von
Ambon (Irlolukken). Jaarb. Mi.jnw. Ncd. Ind. 55,
1926. \ erh. 111, Haag 1917.
J F INKET. A. 22 MARIIV, R. (1937): Ueber mesozoische
Ech~noidea aus dem SiederlSndiscn-lndischen Ar-
cti~pel. Leidjche Geol. Mc~led., 18, 926--948, 19-37,
. It \ \ l scs. .A. \'. (1S8S): \ore on the orbitoidal limestone
of \orth Borneo. Geol. M'ig. 1888? 529 532.
So \ ( ; . H. ut (1923): Studien uber Eruptiv- und Misch-
gestein? des Kaibobogebietes. Gcol. Petrogr. and
Pal. Results of Explol.ations in Ceram by RUTTEN
61 Horz, 1917-1919. 1st series, No. 1, 1923.
JOK. J. D. IIE (I941 a) : Gcologische onderzoekingen in
het ~est el i j kc dcel van het riland Wetar. Hand. 28e
Nat. Rc Geneesk. Congres, Utrecht, 4e afd., 247-248.
L I T E R A T U R E
-- - - - -
R E F E R E N C E S
- - - -- - -
JONG, J. D. DE (1941 b): Geological investigations in West
Wetar, Lirang and Solor (Eastern Lesser Sunda
Islands). Doctoral Thesis Amsterdam. Geol. Exp.
to the Lesser Sunda Islands under the leadership of
H. A. Brouwer, Vol. 111, 241-376, Vlll maps.
JON(;, J. D. DE (1942): Hydrothermal metamorphism i n
the Lowo Rio region, Centr;il Flores. Geol. Exp. to
the Lesser Sundn Islands, H. A. Brouwer, Vol. IV,
3 19--343.
JON(;, J. K. DE (1938): Een en ander over Enggano. Nn-
t u~l r k. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind. 98, 1, 3-46, Batavia 1938.
JONG, W. J. (1939): Description of rocksamples, see DOZY
(1939). Leidsche Geol. Meded. 1X, 1939.
JONGMANS, W. J. & GOTHAN, W.(1925): Beitrige zur Kennt-
nis dcr Flora des Oberkarbons von Sumatra. Vcrh.
Geol. Mijnb. Gen. Geol. Ser. 8, 1925.
.LUNGMANS, W. J. & GOTHAN, W. (1935): Die paliobota-
nischen Ergebnisse der Dj;rnibi-Expedition 1925.
Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind.. 1930, Verh. 11, Batavia 1935.
JONGMANS, W. J. (1940): Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Knr-
bonflora von NiederlLindiscl~ Neu-Guinea. Jaarverslag
I938 en 1939 van het Geol. Bur. v.h. Mijngebied te
Heerlen, 1940, pp. 263-274.
JONGMANS, W. J. (1931): Elementen der Glossopteris-
flora in het Carboon van Nieuw-Guinea. Hand. 28e
Natuurk. & Gencesk. Congr., Utrecht, 4e afd., 267-271.
JUNKER, H. J. W. (1873): Rapport van het voorloopig
onderzoek naar de aanwezigheid van kopererts op
het eiland Timor. Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind. 1873,
Vol. I, 157 186.
JUGOVICS. L. (1940): Der Granodiorit von Goront~rlo a ~ ~ f
Nordcelebes. Foldani Korlony. 70, 163- 176. 772 23 1 ,
1940 (Hungarian and German).
JUNGHUHN, F. (1853/1854): Java. deszelfs gedaante,
bekleeding en inwendige structuur. Amsterdam, 1st
ed., 3852-1854, 2nd ed. 1853 -3854. Four parts.
KEMMERLINC;, G. L. L. (1916): De aardbeving van Maos
op 9-10 September 1916. Jrb. Mijnwezen Ned. Indie.
1916, Verh. 2, Part 2, 21.
KEMMERLINC;, G. L. L. (1918 a): De aurdbeving van Boli
op 21 Januari 1917. Jrb. Mijnwc~en Ned. IndiG,
1917, Verh. 1, 1--49, Batavia 1918.
KEMMERLING, G. L. L. (1918 b): De vulkaan Batoer en
Agoeng op Bali. Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Indie, 1917,
Verh. 1, 50-77, Batavia 1918.
KEMMERLING. G. L. L. (1921): De uitbarsting van den
G. Keloet in den nacht van den 19den op den 2Osien
Mei 1919. Vulkanologische Mededeelingen No. 2,
Dienst Mi.jnb. Ned. Indie, Batavia 1921.
KEMMERLING. G. L. L. ( 1927): Les volcans actifs de l'ilc de
Flores. Bull. Volc. Nos. 11-12 du I r et 2e trim. 1927,
Napoli, 1927.
KFMMERLI NG, G. L. L. (1929): Vulkanen van Flores.
Vulk. & Seismol. Meded. No. 10, Bandung 1929(one
volume with text :~nd one with photos and plates).
KEYZER, F. G. (1940): A contribution to the geology of
Bawean. Proc. Kon. Ak. v. Wet.. Amsterdam 43.
5, 619-629.
KEYZER. F. G. (1941): Fossielen van het Palacozoicum
van' zuidelijk Central Nieuw-Guinea. Hand. 28e Nat.
& Geneesk. Consr.. Utrecht, 4e afd., 271-272.
KEYZER, F. G. (1945): Upper cretaceous smaller Fora-
minifera from Buton. (Neth. East Indies). Proc. Ned.
Akad. v. Wctensch., Amsterdam, 48, 338-339.
KIMPE, W. F. M. (1944): De eruptiva van hct Siboemboen-
gebergte en bun contactgesteenten (Padangsche
Rovenlanden, Sumatra). Doct. thesis Amsterdam.
KINCMA, J. TH. (1948): Contributions t o the knowledge
of the Young Caenozoic Ostracoda from the Malayan
Region. Doctoral Thesis Utrecht, 1948, 119 p.
KISSLING, E. A. (1948): Enkele stratigrafische mede-
declingen over de eilanden voor de ZW kust van
Sumatra. Ref. in Geol. & Mijnb. 10, 5, Mei 1948,
p. 118.
KLEIN, W. C. (1918): De Oostoever van het Toba-meer
in Noord-Sumatra. Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind. 46. 1917,
Verh. I, 136-187, Batavia 1918.
KI-EIN, W. C. (1937): Vlakten in het binnenland van derl
Vogelkop op Nieuw Guinea. Tijdschr. "Nie~lw
Guinea", 15 Oct. 1937.
KLEINPELL, R. M. ( 1938): Miocene Stratigraphy of
California. A. A. P. G.
KLINKEIIT. J. P. (1937): De catastrofale overstroo~ningen
op Java in l ~e t jaar 1861. Tectona, 1937.
KNOPF, A. (1948): The geosynclinal theory. Bull. Geol.
Soc. America 59, 649-670, July 1948.
KOBAYASHI, T. (1941): The Snkawa orogenic cycle ant1
its bearilly on the. origin of the Japanese Islantls.
J. of Fac. of Sci., Imp. Uliiv. of Tokyo. Sect. 11,
Vol. V, Part 7, 1941, 230-578.
KOBER, L. (1928): Der BZILI der Erde. Scc. cd. Borntr,legel.,
Berlin, 1928, 4U9pp,lges.
KOCH, R. ( 19-73): Die junptcrtiiire Folaminifere:lfi!~~na
von Kab~! (Res. S~~r;rb,ija. J~l va) . Ecl. geol. iirlv.
18. 2. 347 .36 1 .
KOCH, R. (1925): E I I ~ C jungtertiiire Foran~iniferenTaurlil
aus Ost Cerani. Ecl. gcol. Helv. 19, 1, 207-213.
KOCH, K. (1926): Mitteltertiare Forlrniiniferen aus Bulon-
gan, Ost Borneo. Ecl. geol. Helv. 19, 3, 722-751.
KOEXIGSWALD, G. H. R. VON (I931 a): Sinatirhrop~is,
Pi i h~c~i t ~t hropus en de ouderdom van de Trinil-lagen.
"De Mijningenieur", p. 198-202.
KOENIGSWALD, G. H. R. VON (1931 b) : Fossielen uit
Chineesche Apotheken in West Java. De Mijninge-
nieur, p. 189-193.
KOENIGSWALD, G. H. R. VON (I932 a): Versteinerungen
als Arzneimittel bei den Chinesen auf Java. "Natur
und Museum" 62, p. 292-295.
KOENIGSWALD, G. H. R. VON (1932 b): Over het gebruik
van fossielen en niilieraleli als genecsmiddel bij de
Chineezeli in Insulinde. Pharmac. Tiidschr. Ned.
Indie. 2, p. 1-4.
KOENIGSWALD. G. H. R. VON ( 1933 a) : Beitrar zur Kennt-
nis der fdssi~en Wirbeltieie Javrls. I ~ e i i . Wetensch.
Mcded., 23, Dienst v/d Mijnb., Batavia.
KOENIGSWALD, G. H. R. VON (1933 b): Soendaplat en
poolverpla;rtsing. Proeve eener verklaring. De Mijn-
ingenieur, 14, 124-130.
KOENIGSW.\LD, G. H. R. VUN (I933 e): Ein neuer Urmenseh
aus dem Diluvi~lrn Javas. Ccntralbl. f. Min. etc.
Abt. B. p. 29-42.
KOENIGSWALD, G. H. R. VON (1933 d): Over het zoo-
genaamde voorkomen van Spirifir vrrnr~iili MURCH.
op Celebes. "De Mijningenieur". p. 14-1 5.
KOENIGSWALD, G. H. R. vohl (1934 a): Zur Stratigraphic
des javanischen Pleistozins. De Ing. in Ned. Ind., 1,
1934, sect. TV. p. 185-200.
K O E X ~ G ~ ~ A L D , G. H. R. VON (1934 b): Die Spezialisatio~l
des Incisivengebisses bei den jnvanischen Fiippoporci-
midae. Proe. Kon. Altad. v. Wet., Anisterdnm, 37,
p. 653-659.
KOENIGSW. ~LD, G. H. R. VON (1935 a) : Die fossilen SBugc-
tierfaunen Javas. Proc.. Kon. Akad. v. Wetensch..
Amsterdam 38. 188 - 198.
KOENIC;SWALD, G. H. R. VON (1935 b): Das Neolithicum
dcr Umgebung von Bandoeng. Tijdschr. v. Ind.
Taal-. Land- en Volkcnkunde, 75, p. 394-413.
KOENIGSWALD, G. H. R. VON (1935 c): Eine fossile Siiuge-
tierfauna mil Simia aus Siidcliina. Proc. Kon. Akad.
Wetensch.. Amsterdam, 38. 2, 872-879.
KOENIGSWALD, G. H. R. VON (1935 d): Bemerkungcn zur
fossilen Siiugetierfauna Javas. De Ing. in Ned Indi?,
2, 1935, sect. IV, 67-70 and 85-88.
KOENIGSWALD, G. H. R. VON (1935 5 ) : VorI;I~~fige Mit-
ieilung dber das Vorkomnlen \ on Tect ~t en a ~ ~ f J~l va.
Proc. Kon. Ak. v. Wetcnsch., Amsterdam, 38, 3,
1935. 287-2Y9.
KOE ~ I GS ~ AL D, G. H. K. VON (1935 f ) : Dcr gegenwiirrige
Stand des Pithecanthropus Problems. Hand. Vllde
Ned. Ind. Natuurw. Congr. 724-735, Batavia Ocl.
1935.
KOE~I GSWALD, G. H. R. VON (1935 g): Over enkcle
fossiele zoogdieren van Java. Tijdschr. Kon. Ned.
Aarc!:.. Gen. 52, p. 539--543.
KOE~I GSWALD, G. H. R. VOK (I936 a): Ein fossilcr Homi-
nide aus dern Altpleistocin Ostj,tvos. De Ing. in Ned.
Ind. 1936, sect. IV, 8, 149 157.
KOENI ~~SWALD, 6. H. K. vor; (I936 b): Erste Wlitteilung
iibcr einen focsile~l iioniiniden :lus dc~;i Altpicistocin
Ostjavas. Proc. Kon. Akad. v. Wetensch., An~st er dan~,
39, p. 1000-1009.
KUENIGSWALD, G. H. R. v o s (1936 c): Cbcr altpalaeoli-
thischc Artefakte von Java. T~j dschr. kon. 4ed.
Aardr. Gen. 53, p. 41-44.
KUENIGSWALD, G. H. R. VON (I936 d) : Early p,ll,icoiithic
stone implements from Java. Bull. Raflles M~~\ c u n i ,
Singapore, Ser. B., no. I, p. 52 -60.
KOENIGSWALD, G. H. R. VON (1937 a): A revie\\ ol' the
stratigraphy of Java and its relations to Early Man.
In: George Grant Maccurdy, Eariy M J ~ . Philade!phia,
1937, p. 23-32.
KOE~I GSWALD, G. H. R. VON (1937 0): Ein Unterkicfer
fragment des Piikecunil~rup~r. ~ aus tlen Trinilschichten
Mittel-Javas. Proc. Kon. Akad. Wetensch., Amster-
dam 40, 883-893.
KOENIGSWALD, G. H. R. VON (1938 a): Ein neuer Piihe-
car~rhrop~w-Schidel. Proc. Kon. Akad. Wetensch.,
Amsterdam 41, 185-192.
KOENIGSWALD, G. H. R. VON & W~I DENREI CH, FR. (1938 b):
Discobery of an additional Piihecanlhro~~ris skull.
Nature, 142, No. 3598, p. 715.
KOENI(;SWALD. G . H. R. VON (I938 c): An~hropological
and Historical Stuclics relating to the earliest evidence
of Man (11). Year Book Carncgie Institution of
Washington, 37, p. 351-352.
KOEN~C~SWALD, G. H. R. v o ~ (1938 d) : Ncue Pithccan-
thropus-Funde. Forschungen und tortschritte, 14,
p. 218-219.
KOE~I C~SWALD, G. H. R. VOh (I938 e): De nieuwe Pithe-
canthropus-vondsten en hun betekenis voor de af-
starnming van den n~znsch. Handel. Achtste Ned.-
Ind. Natuurw. Congres, Soerabaja, p. 486-488.
KOLNIGSWALD, G. H. K. VON (1938 f): Nieuwe Pithe-
canthropus-vondsten ujt Midden-Java. Nat. Tijdschr.
Ned. Indie, 38, p. 195-207.
KOENIGSWALD, G. H. R. VON (1938-1939): The relation-
ship between the fossil mammalian t j unae of Java
and China, with special rekrelice to early man.
Peking Nat. H~s t . Bull., 13, 293-298.
KOENIGSWALD, G . H. R. VON & WEIDENKEICH, FR. (1939):
The relationship between Pithccat~fhrop~is and Sinutl-
fhrop~ts. Na t ~~r e , 114, no. 3657, 926-929.
KUENIGSWALD, G. H. R. VON (1939 a): Neue Menschen-
aKen- und Vormenschenfunde. Die Naturwissen-
schaftcn, 27. p. 617-622.
KOENIGSWALD. G. H. K. vou (1939 b): Uber einige Am-
n~oni t en ~ ~ n d Aptychcn nus der unteren Kreide vonBor-
neo. Jaarb. M~jnwezen Nee!. Ind., Verh., p. 162-170.
KOENIGSWALD, C . H. R. V C ) ~ (1939 c): Das Plcistocan
Javas. Quart i r, vol. 2, 28-53.
KOENIGSWALD, G. H. R. VON (1939 d): Hippurion und die
Grenze zwischen Miociin und Pliocin. Zentralblatt
f. Min. etc., 1939, Abt. B. 6, 236 245.
KOENIGSWALD, G. H. R. VON (I940 a): Neue Pithecan-
rhropus-Funde 1936- 1938. Wetensch. Meded., 28,
1-125, Dienst v/d Mijnb., Batavia.
R E F E R E N C E S
- - - . - - - ---
15
KOEK~GSWALD, G. H. R. VON (1940 b): Uit de oudste
geschiedenis van Solo. Suppl. Triwindoe Gedenkboek
Mangkoe Negoro VII, p. 72-78.
KOENIGSWALU, G. H. R. VUN ( 1940 c): Preliminary note
on neh remains of Pirhec~it~rhropus from Central J a w.
Proc.. Third Congress I'rei~i>tori,ins of the Far East,
Singapore 1938. Rctffles ivluseum Singapore, p.
91 -95.
KOE~I GSWALD, G. H. R. \'oh (1942): 'The South African
man-apes and Pirkecut~rlrrupus. Carnegie Inst. Wash.,
Publ. no. 530, 205-222, 1942.
KOENI GS~ALD, G. H. K. -+ON, (1947): Search for Early
Man. Natur,!l History, hew Yorh, vol. 56, pp. 8-15, 48.
KO~NI GSWALU, G. H. R. VON (19480): Aantekeningen
bij het Pithecanthropus-vraagstuk. Inaugural lecture,
Univ. of litrecht, Nov. 29, 1948, 19 pages. N.V.
Dekker & van de Vegt.
KU~ ~ I GSWALD, G. H. R. YON (1948 b): Fossil Ho~ni ni ds
from the Lower Pleistoceile of Jaba. XVl l l t h Int.
Geol. Congress, London.
K u r u ~ ~ s w ~ ~ u , G. H. R. VON (1948 c): Remarks on the
lower ct~ninc ot' P1esirr111hrol1u.s r~.citr.s~~cicil~~nsis BROOM.
R. Broom Commemorntivc Volume, Royal Soc. of
South Africa, pp. 159-164.
K o t s r ~ s w . ~ ~ ~ , G. H. R. LO\ & WLIDLNRLICH. FK. (1949):
Fossil Haminids from J. ~va ancl South China. Anthrop.
Paper, Arner~can kl ~~s e ul n k ~ t u r a l History, Neb
York (untler the press).
KOHLER, A. (1942 a): Die Abhingigkeit der Plagioklas-
optik vorn vergangenen Wiirn~everhalten. Min. Petr.
Mitt. 53, 24-48.
KOHLER, A. (1942 b): Drehtischmessungen an Plngioklas-
zwiliingen von Tief- und Hochtemperaturoptik.
Min. Petr. Mitt. 53, 157-179.
KONINO, L. P. G. (1941 a): tiet mechanis~ne in den hanrd
van diepe aardbevingen. Hand. 28e Nat. & Geneesk.
Congres Utrecht, 4e afd., 252-254.
KONING, L. P. G. (1941 b): Over hct mechanisme in den
haard van diepe uardbevingcn. Doct. thesis Amster-
dam, 1941. 104 pages.
KONING KNIJFI, J. DE ( 1914): Geologische gegevens
omtrent gedeelten der Afdeelingen Loewoe, Park-park
en Boni van het Gvt. Celebes, etc. (with petr. contr.
of H. A. BROUWER). Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. lncl., 1912,
Verh., 277-3 12, Batavia 1914.
KOOLHOVEN, W. C. B. (1929): Geology of the Gandocl
Hill near Borobudur (Central Java). Exc. guide lVth
Pac. Sci. Congress Java, Bandung 1929, 1-6.
KOOLHOVEN, W. C. B. (1930): Verslag over eene vcr-
kenningstocht in den Oostarlu van Celebes en den
Banggai-archi~el. Jaarb. Miinw. Ned. Ind.. 1929.
~ e r ; , 187-228.
KOOLHOVEN. W. C. B. (1932): De Geologic van het Malili-
terrein idde den celebis). Jaorb. ~ i j n w . Ned. Ind.,
1930, Verh. 111, 127-153, Batavi'i 1932.
KOOLHOVEN, W. C. B. (1933 a): Toelichting bij blad 14
(Bajah). (With an introduction by A. C. de longh.)
Geol. kaart van Java 1 : 100,000, Dienst Mijnb.
Ned. Ind., Bandoeng 1933.
KOOLHOVEN, W. C. B. (1933 b): Beschouwingen orntrenl
voorkomen, genese, ouderdorn en exploratie van
goud en edelmetaalhoudende ertsen op Java. De Mijn-
ingenieur, 1933, Nos. 1-2-3, pp. 6-14, 26-30, 47-51.
KOOLHOVEN, W. C. B. (1933 c): Het primaire diamant
voorkornen in Z-Borneo. De Mijningenieur 14,
Bandung 1933, pp. 138--144.
KOOLHOVE~, W. C. B. (1935): Het primaire voorkomen
van den Zuid-Borneo diamant. Verh. Geol. ~Mijnb.
Gen. v. Ned. & Kol., Geol. Serie 11 (1934-1936),
189-232. Publ. Nov. 1935.
KOOLHOVEN, W. C. B. (1936): Het Paleogeen 01) J n. 1
(een kritiek). De Ing. in Ned. Ind., 3, 9, Sept. 1936.
sect. IV, 161-164.
16
--
L I T E R A T U
-. - - . - -- --
R E R E F E R E N C E S
-- - - - - - -- - . -.
KOOMANS, CATH. (1938 a) : On tektites and pseudotektites
from the Dutch East Indies and Philippines. Leidsche
Geol. Meded. 10, 1938, 63-81.
KOOMANS, CATH. (1938 b): A tournlaline-zoisite rock
from Loh-Oelo, Java. Leidsche Geol. Meded. 10,
104-109.
KOPERBERG, M. (1925): Opmerkingen over de geologie
van de residentie Menado. Verh. Geol. Mijnb. Gen.,
Geol. Seric, 8, 1925, 312-328.
KOPERBEKG, M. (1929/1930): Bouwstoffen voor de geologie
van de Residentie Menado. Jaarboek Mijnw. Ned.
Ind. 1928, Verh. I (Batavia 1929) and Verh. I1 (Batavia
1930).
KOPEKBEKG, Ella, J. (1931): Jungtertiiire und quartare
Mollusken von Timor. Doct. Thesis Univ. of Amster-
dam 1931.
KOSSMAT, F. (1937): Der ophiolitische Magmagiirtel in
den Kettengebirgcn dcs Mediterranen Systems. Sitz.
Ber. Preuss. Akad. Wiss. phys. math. M1. 1937, 24,
308-325.
KRAEFF, A. (1949): The rocks of the northwestern slope
of the Tambora volcano. Appendix t o the paper by
W. A. PETROESCHEVSKY ( 1949).
KRAUS, E. (1928): Das Wachstum der Kontinente nach der
Zvklus-Theoric. Geol. Rdsch. 19. 516. 353-386.
, ,
4i1-492, Bonn 1928.
KRAUSE. P. G. (1897): Ueber tertigre. cretaceische u.
alte're ~ b l a ~ e r u n ~ e n aus West-Borneo. Samml. Gcol.
R. Museum Leiden, 5, 1888-1899, 169.
KRBusel, R. (1925): Der Stand unserer Kenntnisse von
der Tertiiirflora Niederliindisch Indiens. Verbeek
Volume, Verh. Geol. Mijnb. Genootsch. Gcol. Ser. 8.
the Hague, 1925. 329-342.
KREKELER, F. (1932 a): Over ecn nieuw voorkomen van
fossielhoudend Palaeozoikum in Midden en West
Borneo. De Mijningenieur, 13, 167 172.
KREKELER, F. (1932 b): Critische beschouwingen over ecn
nieuwe door Ing. L. H. KROL gepropagecrde kaar-
tceringsmethode voor de rnesozoische formatics in den
Ned. lndischen Archipel en omgeving. De Mijn-
ingenieur, 13, 206-21 1.
KREKELER, F. (1933): Aanvullende mededeelingen omtrent
het voorkomen van Paleozoicum in West-Borneo.
De Mi.jningcnieur 14, 19 1-19?,
KRENKEL, E. (1940): Der geologischc Bau der deutschen
Kolonien in Afrika und in der Sudsee. Deutscher
Boden, 11, 1940.
KRIJNEN. W. F. (1931 a): Het genus S~i rocl voeus in het
Indo-~acifische gebied. ~ e r h . Geol. ~ i j n b . Gen.,
Geol. Ser. 9, 1931.
KRIJNEN, W. F. (1931 b): Annotations to the map of the
more important fossil localities in the Netherlands
East Indies. Feestbundel Martin. Leidsche Geol.
Meded. 5, 509-55 1.
KROL, L. H. (1920): Over de geologie van een gedeelte
van Zuid-Oost Borneo. Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind.
1918, Verh. I, Batavia 1920.
KROL, L. H. (1922): Bijdragc tot de kennis van den oor-
sprong en de verspreiding der diamanthoudende
afzettingen in ZO Borneo. Jaarb. Mijnw. 1920, Verh.
I, p. 250, Batavia 1922.
KROL, L. H. (1925): Eenige cijfers uit de 3 Ctages van het
Eoceen en uit het Jong Tertiair van Martapocra. Verh.
Geol. Mijnb. Gen. Geol., Serie 8 (1925). 343-356.
KRUIZINGA, P. (1921): De belemnieten uit de jurassische
afzettingen van de Soela eilanden. J a ~ r b . Mijnw.
Ned. Indie, 1920, Verh .2, The Hague 1921.
KRUIZINGA, P. (1926): Ammonieten en eenige andere
fossielen uit de jurassische afzettingen der Soeln
eilanden. Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Indie, 1925. Verh. I,
Batavia 1926.
KRUIZINGA, P. (1931): Cephalopoda of the Netherlands
Indies. Leidsche Geol. Meded. 5, 297-389.
KRUIZINGA, P. (1939): Two fossil Cirripedia of the pleis-
tocene marls of Sumba. Verh. Geol. Mijnb. Gen.,
Geol. Ser., 12, 259-264.
KRUMBECK, L. (1913): Obere Trias von Buru und Misol.
Palaeontogr. Suppl. IV, 2te Abt., lster Abschn., 1913.
KRUMBECK, L. (1922): Zur Kenntnis des Juras der Insel
Rotti. Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind. 1920, Verh. 111,
Leiden 1922.
KKUMBECK, L. (1923 a): Brachiop., Lamellibr. und Gastrop.
aus der oberen Trias der Insel Seran (Mittel Seran).
Palaeontographica 4.
KRUMBECK, L. (1923 b): Zur Kenntnis des Juras der lnsel
Timor. Palaeont. von Timor, Edited by J. Wanner,
No. 12, 1923.
KUENEN, PH. H. (1928): Geologische Problemen in verband
met de Toekang-Besi eilanden. Tijdschr. Kon. Ned.
Aardr. Gcn., 2de scrie, 45, 2, 236-247.
KUENEN, PH. H..(I933 a): Geology of coral reefs. The
Snellius Expedition in the eastcrn part of the Neth.
E. lndies 1929-1930 under leadership of P. M. van
Riel. Vol. V, Geol. Results, part 2, Kennik & Zn.,
Utrecht, 1933.
KUENEN, PH. H. (1933 b): The formation of the atolls in
the Toekang-Besi-group by subsidence. Proc. Kon.
Akad. v. Wetensch., Amsterdam. 36, 3, 331-336.
KUENEN, PH. H. (1935 a): Geological interpretation of
the bathymetrical results. The Snellius Expedition,
Vol. V, Part I, Brill, Leidcn.
KUENEN, PH. H. (1935 b): Contributions t o the Geology of
the East Indies from the Snellius Expedition, part I
Volcanoes. Lcidsche Geol. Med., 7, 2, 273-283.
KUENEN, PH. H. (1936): The negative isostatic anomalies
in the East lndies (with experiments). Leidsche Geol,
Meded. 8, 2, 169--214.
KUENEN, PH. H. (1938): Submarine slopes of volcanoes
and coral reefs in the East Indian Arcllipelago. Congr.
Intern. Geogr., Amsterdam, C.M., Vol. IIb, 73-99.
KUENEN, PH. H. (I941 a): Major geological cycles. Proc.
Kon. Akad. v. Wetensch., Amsterdam, 44, 3, 333-338.
KUENEN, PH. H. (1942): Obilatoe, Kisar and Siboetoe.
Geologie en Mijnb., 4, 11-12, p. 81-90.
KUENEN. PH. H. (1943): Collecting of the samples and
some general aspects. The Snellius Exp. in the eastern
part of the Netherlands East-lndics 1929-1930,
Vol. V, part 3, section 1, 1-46.
KUENEN, PH. H. (1945): Volcanic iissures, with examples
from the East Indies. Geologie en Mijnbouw, 7.
31'4, 17-23.
KUENEN, PH. H. (1946): Het gehalte aan kalk en orga-
nische stof van de Indische diepzee-afzettingen. Hand.
28ste Ned. Nat. Gen. Congr., Utrecht, Apr. 1946,
258-259.
KUENEN, PH. H. ( 1 947): Two problems of marine geology.
Atolls and canyons. Verh. Kon. Ned. Akad. v. Wet.,
Afd. Natuurkunde, 2nd section, 43, 3, 5-69, IV pl.,
1947.
KUENEN, PH. H. (1948 a): Influence of the earth's rotation
on ventilation currents of the Moluccan deep-sea basins.
Proc. Kon. Ned. Akad. v. Wetensch., 51, 4, 417-426.
KUENEN, PH. H. (1948 b): Ambon en Haroekoe. Verh.
Ned. Geol. Mijnb. Gen., Geol., Serie XV, 1948.
KUCLER. H. (1922): Gcologie des Sangir-Batanghari
gebietes (Mittel Sumatra). Verh. Geol. Mijnb. Gen.
Gcol. Ser. 5, 1920-1922, 135-201, The Hague, 1922.
KUHN, W. & RITTMANN, A. (1941): ube r den Zustand
des Erdinnern und seine Entstehung aus einem
homogenen Urzustand. Geol. Rdsch. 32. 215--256.
KUNDIG, E. (193111932): Morphologic und Hydrographie
der Toili Ebene (Ostcelebes). Geogr. Ethnogr. Ges.
Zurich 32, 193 1/32, 105-134.
KUNDIG, E. (1932): Versuch einer petrographischcn
Characteristik des kristallinen Grundgebirges von
Celebes. Schweiz. Min. u. Petr. Mitt. 12, 450-507.
- - -
L I T E R A T U R E
KUPP~R, H. (1931): Bijdrage tot de stratigrafie van hct
Tagogapoe - Gg.Masigit gebied. De Ingenieur in
Ned. Ind., 8, 12, section IV, 105-!09.
KUTASSY, A. VON (1931): Triadische Fossilien vom portu-
giesischen Timor. Verh. Geol. Mijnb. Gen. Geol.,
Ser. 9, 49-56, Thc Hague 193 1.
KUTASSY, A. VON (1934): Het Paleozoicum en de Trias
van Oost Celebes. Verh. Geol. Mijnb. Gen., tieol.
Ser., 10, 1933 - I 934. 295-305.
LACROIX, A. (1930): Remarqucs sur les materiaux de pro-
jection des volcans et sur la genese des roches pyro-
clastique qu'ils co~lstituent. Livre jubilairc Soc. Geol.
de France, 1830-1930, Tome 11, 431 472, Paris 1930.
LACROIX. A. (1932): i t u d e chimico-minera~ogique dc
certaines roches intrusives de Sumatra. Bull. Soc.
f r an~ai se de Min., 1932, 788.
LACROIX, A. (1933): Contribution a la connaissance de
la composition chimique et mineralogique des roches
eruptives de l'lndochine. Bull. Serv. geol. Indochine
20, 3, 208 pages, 1933.
LAM, H. J. (1948): Botany. Report of the scientific work
done i n the Netherlands on behalf of the Dutch over-
seas territorics ( 191 8-1 943), pp. 44-59. North Holl.
Publ. Cy., Amstel-dam 1948.
LAMBRECHT, K. (1 93 1 ): Pro/oplo/lr.s Ucnl!lbr/i n.g.. n.sp.
Ein Schlangenhalsvogel aus dcm Tertiiir von bl.-
Sumatra. Wetensch. Medcd., No. 17, 15-24, Dienst
Mijnb. Ned. Ind.
LAPPARENT, J. DE (1941): Logique des mineraux du granite.
Revue Scientifique, 1941, 5 -6, 285-292.
LEAHY, M. (1936): The Central Highlands of New Guinea.
Geogr. J. 87, (1 936), 229-260.
LECKIE, A. J. & WOLTJER, H. R. (1937): Note on the
occurrence of Helium in volcano gases. Nat. Tijdschr.
N.1. 97. 58, Batavia 1937.
LEHMANN, H. (1933): Kultur-gcogruphischc Wandlungen
in Siidost-Sumatra. Z. dcr Cicc. fiir Erdkundc zu
Berlin, 1933, 2 6 . 161-175.
LEHMAKN, H. (1936): Morphologischc Studien auf Java.
Geogr. Abh. 3, 9, 1936.
LEHMANN, H. (1937): Ueber ciszeitliche Kiistenbewegungen
im Sunda-Archipcl. Frankfurter Geogr. Hefte, 11,
75-80, 1937.
LEHSIANN, E. (1941): Eruptivgesteine und Eisenerze im
Mittel- und Oberdevon der Lahnn~uldc. Wctzlar, 1941.
LEITH, A. (1938): The geology of the Baguio gold district.
Tcchn. Bull. No. 9, Dept. Agriculture and Commerce
Manilla. 1938, 91 pages, 5 fig., 2 plates.
LEJAY, R. P. (1939): L'Ctude gravimetrique des lles
Philippines, and Gravity Survey of the Philippines.
Respectively Shanghai, 1939, and Manila Obs.,
Publ. No. 1, Vol. 4. 141 p.
LE ROY, L. W. (1938): A preliminary study of the micro-
faunal facies along a traverse across Peper Bay, West
Coast of Java. De Ing. in Ned. Ind. 5, TV, 130-133.
kt: ROY, L. W. (1 939): Some small Foraminifera, Ostracoda
and Otholiths from the Neogenc of Rokan-Tapanoeli,
area. Centr. Sumatra. Natuurk. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind.
99 (1939), 6, 215-296.
1-E ROY, L. W. (1940): The ostracode genus Cytherelloidra
from the late Tertiary of the Netherlands East Indies.
Natuurwet. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind. 100, 179-196, 1940.
LE ROY, L. W. (1941 a): Small Foraminifera from the
Late Tertiary of the Sangkoclirang Bay area, East
Borneo, Netherlands East Indies. Colorado School
of Mines Quarterly, 36, 1, 1-62, 3 pl.
LE ROY, L. W. (1941 b): Small Foraminifera from the
Late Tertiary of Siberoet Island of the West Coast
of Sumatra, Netherlands East Indies. Colorado
School of Mines Ibidem, e, 63-106, 7 pl.
R E F E R E N C E S
-- - --
17
--
Lb ROY, L. W. (1941 c): Some small Foraminifera from
the type locality of the Bantamian substage, Bodjong
Beds, Bantam Residency, West Java, Netherlands
East Indies. Ibidem, 107-132, 3 pl.
LE ROY, L. W. (1944 a): Miocene Foraminifera of Central
Sumatra, Netherlands East Indies. Colorado School
of Mines Quarterly, 39, 3, 1-69, 8 pl.
LE ROY, L. W. (1944 b): Small Foraminifera from the
Miocene of West Java, Netherlands East Indies.
Ibidem, 70-1 13, 7 pl.
LE ROY, L. W. (1948): The Foraminifer Orbulina Univrrsa
D'ORBIGNY, a suggested middle Tertiary Time indica-
tor. Journ. of Pal.. 22, 4, 500-508.
LEUPOLD, W. & VAN DER VLERK, 1. M. (1931): The Tertiary.
Leidsche Geol. Meded. 5, 1931, 61 1-648.
LIGNAC-GRUTTERINK, L. H. (1943): Some tertiary coral-
linaceae of the Malaysian Archipelago. Verh. Geol.
Mijnb. Gen., Geol. Ser. 13, 283-297, 1943.
LOCZY, L. VON (193311934): Geologie van Noord Boengkoe
en het Bongka gcbicd tusschen de Golf van Tomini
en de Golf van Tolo in Oost Celehes. Ver!l. Geol.
Mijnb. Gen., Geol. Scr.. 10 (1933--1933). 219-22-.
LOHUIZEN, H. J. VAN (1918): Over de ~ri j ze \,in \ool. hon~en
van tincrts in het dlstrict BtIiIlj0c ap B.l!~pk,~. J.I.I!-b.
Mijn\v. bed. 111~1.. lLj17. \. all. I , lL12-20-. BL1t.tt~.t
I9IX.
LOHUI L~ \ . H. J. \ A \ (1'1241: C i ~ ~ l ~ g ~ z i h ~r~cl i ' ~. zoeh \, in
cen gedeelts \ a n het I.~nci>ch:~p Langk,ir tOojtku.it
van Sumatra). Juarb. Mijnlr. \ed. Ind.. 1921, \' erh. 1.
Batavia 1924.
LONSDALE, KATHLEEN (1947): The structure of real crystals.
Science Progress, 35, 1-22.
LOTH, J. E. (1920): Verslag over de resultatcn van geo-
logisch-mijnbouwkundige verkenningen en opspo-
ringen in dc residentie Westerafdeeling van Borneo.
Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind., 191 8, Verh. 1, 224-80,
Batavia 1920.
LUDWIG, 0 . (1933): Toelichting bij blad 30 (Poerwakarta).
Gcol. Map of Java I : 100,000. Dienst Mijnb. Ned. Ind.
LUGEON, M. (1943): Une nouvelle hypothese tectonique:
la Diverticulation. Bull. Soc. Vaud. Sc. Nat., 62, 1943.
MAAREL, F. H. VAN DER (1932): Contributions to the
knowledge of the fossil mammalian fauna of Java.
Wetensch. Meded. Dienst Mijnb. Ned. Ind. No. 15,
The Hague, 1932.
MAC GRECOR, M. & WILSON, G. (1939): On granitization
and associated processes. Geol. Mag. 76, 1939,
193-215.
MACKE, CH. A. F. (1925): Resultaten van ccn geologisch-
mijnbouwk. onderzoek in Zuidoost Borneo. Jaarb.
Mijnw. Ned. Ind., 1921, Verh. 1, 269-287, Batavia 1925.
MACLA~NE PONT, A. (1928): Oricntecring in dc historische
topografic der Sidoardjo-delta. Hand. Ned. Ind.
Natuurwetensch. Congres, 1928, 508-5 1 1.
MAR:-L. H. W. VAN DER (1941): Onderzoek omtrent het
voo,!tomen van de mineralen orthiet en zirkoon in
de liparietgronden van Sumatra's Oostkust. De Ing.
in Ned. Ind., 8, 4, section IV, 33--41, Batavia 1941.
MAREL, H. W. VAN DER (1947): Diatomeenaarde afzet-
tingen in de omgeving van het Toba meer. De In-
genieur, 59, 48, Afd. Mijnb. 58-63, 1947.
MAREL, H. W. VAN DEK (1948 a): Het Tobameer. Geol.
& Mijnb., 10, 4, 80-89.
MAREL, H. W. VAN DER (1948 b): Volcanic glass, allanite
and zircon as characteristic minerals of the Toba
Rhyolite Tuff at Sumatra's East Coast. J. of Sed.
Petr. 18, 1, April, 1948, 24-29.
MAREZ OYENS, F. A. H. WECKHERLIN DE (191 3): De geologie
van het eiland Babar. Nat. & Geneesk. Congr. 191 3.
463-468.
18
- - - - - --
L I T E R A T U R E
-- - - - - - --
R E F E R E N C E S
-- -- -
MAREZ OYENS, F. A. H. WECKERLIN DE (I 938): Preliminary
note on the occurrence of a new ammonoi d fauna of
Permian age in the island of Tirnor. Proc. Kon. Akad.
v. Wetcnsch., Amsterdam, 49, 1938.
MAREZ OYENS, F. A. H. WECKERLIN DE (1940): Neae
perrnische Krinoiden mit Angaben uber deren Fund-
stellcn in1 Basleo Gebiet (Nied. Timor). Cieol. Exp.
t o the Lesser Sunda Islands, Vol. 1, 283 348, Arnstcr-
darn 1940.
MARTIN, K. (1884): Ueberreste vorweltlicher Proboscidier
von Java und Banka. Samml. Geol. Reichsrnus.
Lciden. Serie 1. 4. 1, 1-24.
MAI ~TI Y, K. (1889 a): Ueber d ~ s Vorkornmen einer Ru-
disten fuhrenden Kreidefo~. mation im sud6stlichen
Borneo. Samrnl. Geol. Reichsmus. Leiden, 1 Ser..
4, 1884-1889, 1 1 7-125.
MARTI N, K. ( I 889 b): Die Fauna der Krcideformation
von Martapoera. Samml. Gcol. Reichsmus. Leiden,
1 Ser., 1884--1889, ,l,26~-197.
M A I ~ T I ~ , K. (1895): Uber t ert i i re Fossilien \ on den
Philippinen. Samml. Geol. Reichsm~rs. Leiden, 1,
5, 52--69.
MARTI N, K. (1899): Di e Fauna der Mel awi gr ~~ppe, einer
tertiaren (eocinen?) Brackuasser-Ablagerung aus den1
lnnern von Borneo. Samml. Geol. Reichsmus. Leiden,
Serie 1. 5, 6, 257-315.
MAI ~TI N, K. ( 1897 1903): Reisen i n den Molukken. Geol.
Teil. I 8 9 7 1903.
MARTIN, K. f 191 1 b): Palaeozoische, mesozoische und
kanoroischc Sedimcnte aus dem sudwestlichen Neu-
Guinea. Samml. Geol. Reichsmus. Leiden, Serie I .
9, 1 , 84 107.
MARTIN, K. (1914!I915): Die Fauna dcs Obereociins von
Nanggulan auf Java. Sarnml. Geol. Rcichsmus. Leiden.
Ne i ~c Folge 2, 4,'5, 107 222.
MARTI N, K. (191 6 191 7): Die altmiociinc Fauna des West-
Progogebirges auf Java. Samml. geol. Reichsmus.
Leiden, N. F. IT, 6 & 7, 1916-~1917.
MARTIN, K. (1017): Di e Gat t ung Viccrryu d',-lrchiu.c.
Samml. Reichsmus. Leiden, Neue Folge 11, 7, 1917.
MARTIN, K. (1917/1918): On the miocene fauna of t he
Wcsl-Propo Mountains in Java. Proc. Kon. Akcrd.
v. Wetensch., Amsterdam 20, 6, 1917jl918.
MARTIS, K. (1910): Unsere palacontologische Kenntnis
von Java, mit cinleitenden Bemerkungen uber die
Geologie der Insel. Samml. Reichsmus. Leiden,
Suppl. 1919.
M. \RTIN, K. f 1922): Die Mollusken der Njnlindung-
schichten. Gast ropoda (Fortz. ). Samml. Reichsmus.
Leiden, neue Folge I. 2, 4, 1922.
MARTIN, K. (1926): Plioceene versteeningen van Cheribon
in Javri. Wetensch. Meded., Dienst Mijnb. Ned.
Indie, No. 4, Batavia 1926.
MARTIN, K. (1928 a): Mollusken aus dern Neogen von
Atjeh i n Sumatra. Wetensch. Meded. Dienst Mijnb.
Ned. Indi%, No. 10, Batavia, 1928.
MARTI N. K. (1928 b): Eine Nnchlese zu den Neogcn
Mollusken von Java. Leidsche Geol. Meded. 3, 2, 1928.
MARTI N, K. (1929): Ein neues Argonauten-Gcschlecht
von Sun~cctra. Leidsche Geol. Meded.. 3, 5. 1929.
MARTIN, K. (I931 ;I): Mollusken clus dem Obereociin von
Nangguian. Wetensch. Meded. Dicnst Mijnb. Ned.
Ind., No. 18, 1931. 1 5 6 .
MARTI N, K. (1931 b): Wann ldste sich das Gebiet des
lndischen Archipels von der Tethys? Leid. Geol.
Meded., 4. 1, 1-8.
MARTIN, K. (I931 c): Mollusken aus dem Obereocdn von
Nanggoelan. Wet. Medcd.. Dienst Mijnb. Ned. Tnd.,
No. 18, 1931.
MARTIK, K. (1932): De ouderdom der sedimenten van
den door dr. J. Cosijn opgenomen antiklinaal in de
Residentie Soerabaja. Verh. Geol. Mijnb. Gen. , Geol.
Serie 9, 1932, 149-151.
MARTIN, K. ( i 933 ) : Eine neue t ert i i re Molluskenfauna
aus den1 lndischen Arcliipcl. Leidsche Geol . Meded. 6,
1, 7-32.
MARTIN, K. (1935): Oligociine Gastropoden von Boeton.
Leidsche Geol. Meded. 7, 2, 11 1-1 18.
MARTI N, K. (1937): Di e oligocaenen Mollusken von Buton
als Auswurflingc eines Schl~inirnsprudels betrachtet.
Leidsche Geol. Meded. 8, 1937, 31 1 314.
MASO, M. S. & S;LIITH, W. D. (1 91 3) : The relation of seismic
disturbances in the Philippines t o t he geological
structure. Philipp. J . of Sci., 8. 4, Sect. A, M;inila
1913. . ~.
MASO, M. S. (1926): Stcam as immediate cause of the last
eruptions of Trial and Bulusan volcanoes. Proc.
IIIrd I'an Pac. Sci. Congr. Tokyo, 1926, Vol. I,
761-767.
MAYR, E. (1944 a): Wallace's line in the light of rcccnt
zoogeographic studies. Quarterly Kcview of Biology
19. 1-14, 1944. Reprinted in Science and Scientists
in the Neth. Indies, New York, 1944. 241-250.
MAYR, E. (I944 b): Notes o n the zoography of Tirnor a n d
Sumba. Bull. Am. Museum of Nat . Hist. 83, art . 2,
123 -1 94. Issued July 1 1, 1944.
MENTEN, J. H. (1877): Vcrslag van eel1 onderroek naar
tinerts o p het eiland Singkep. Jiral.b. Mijnw. Ned. Ind. ,
1877, 11.
MILAAN, P. W. VAN (1942): Bescho~~wi ngen over het 17e
eeuwsche Mataramse wegennet. Soc. Geogr. Meded.
1942, 4. 205-239.
MILCH, 1 . (1899): Ueber Ciesteine von der Battak-Hoch-
f i c h e (Central Sumatra). Zeitschr. Deutsch-Geol.
Ges. 1899.
MOFRM~\ N, C. (1916): Verslag van er n geol. rnijnbouwk.
verkenningstocht in een gedeelte der Residenties
Benkoelen en Palembang. Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind.,
1915, Verh. I, Batavia 1916.
MOHLER, W. A. ( 1946 a ) : Si gtnoi l i nn personata n.sp.,
eine Lcitform uus dem Eociin von Sudost Borneo
~ l n d Java. Ecl. Geol. Hrlv. 39, 2. 298-300.
MOHLLR, W. A. (1946 b): Uber das Vor kom~nen von
Trocl ~ul i rra P AAL Z ~ W in der Unterkreide von West
Borneo. Ecl. Geol. Helv. 39, 2, 300 302.
MOHLER, W. A. (I946 c): Lepidoc.r.clinu or i ci f i r u n.sp.
aus den? Burdignlien von Ost-Borneo. Eel. Geol.
Helv. 39, 2, 302--309.
MOHLER, W. A. (1946 d) : Zur Strntigraphie dcr siugetier-
fuhrenden Schichten von Java. Experientia, 2, 287-
292. 1946.
MOHR. E. C. .I. (1919): Sedimenten vcin de Java Zee.
Hand. Ic Ned. Ind. N a t ~ ~ ~ l r w . Congr. , Batclvia 1919.
219 223.
MOHR, E. C. J. (1922): De grond van .lava en Sumat ra.
Anlsterdam. 1922, 220 pages.
MOHR, E. C. J . (I933/1938): De bodem der t ropen in het
algemeen e n die van Nederlandsch lndie in het bij-
zonder. Medcd. XXXl Kon. Ver. Kol. Inst. Afd.
H; ~ndel smuse~l m No. 12 (sis parts).
MOHR, E. C. J. (1938 a): Climate and soil in the Nether-
lands Indies. Bull. of the Colonial Inst. of Amsterdam
I : 241-251 (1938). Reprinted in Science and Scien-
tists in the Neth. Indies, New York, 1945, 250-254.
MOHR, E. C. .I. (I938 b): The relation between soil ant1
polulation density in the Netherlands Indies. Compt es
R. du Congr. Int. de Geogr. Amsterdam, 1939,
Vol. 11, Sect. l l l c, 478-493 (Reprinted in Science
and Scientists in the Netherlands Inciies, 1945, 254-262.
MOHR, E. C. J. (1948): Soil Science. Rep. Scient. work
done in the Neth. o n behalf of the Dutch overseas
terr. (1918-1943) publ. by ass. of scient. org. in the
Netherlands, pp. 237-215. Nort h Holl. Publ. Cy.,
Amsterdam 1948.
MOLENGRAAFF, G. A. F. (1900): Gcologisehe verkennings-
tochten in Centraal Borneo. Amsterdam, 1900.
L I T E RAT URE
- - -- - . -- -
MOLI : \ I C~KA, \ ~F, t i . A. F. (1902): Ucber dic Gcologie dcr
Umgegcntl von Sumalata, auf Nord Cclebes und
ubcr die dorr vorkoi nmcn~i en goldfiihrenden Erz-
giinge. Z . I: pr:tkt. Gcol. 1902, 239 257.
MOLLYGRAA~F. G. A. F. (IOl 2): On recent cr us ~al move-
mcnts on the Island of Tilnor and their bearing on the
geological history of the Ej st Indian Archipelago. Proc.
Kon. Akad. v. Wetensch.. Ams t e r d~m, June 28, 1912.
? V ~ ~ L E N C ~ R . ~ ~ F F , G. A. F. (19i 3 a): Folded Mountdin
Chains, Overthrust Sheets : ~ n d Block-faulted Mount-
ains in the East Indian Archipelago. Xl l t h Int. Geol.
Congr. Toront o 19 13, 689-702.
MULENGRAAFF, G. A. F. (1913 b) : Dekbladenbouw in den
Ti mor Archipel. Versl. Geol. Sectie Geol. Mijnb.
Gen. Vol. I, The Hague 1913; 140-141.
MOLENCIRAAFF, G. A. F. ( 101 3 c): Overschuivingen en
oversci~uivingsbladcn o p de eilanden Ti mor en Leti.
Tijdschr. Kon. Ned. Aardr. Gen. 30, 1913. 273~-274.
MOLENGRAAFF, G. 4. F;. (1914): Dc Fatocs van Timor.
Versl. Cieoi. Sectie tieol. Mijnb. (;en. I, 1914.
MOLENGRAAFI'. G. A. F. (1915): Geogrsfischc en geo-
logischc bcschrijving van het eiland LeLti. Joarb. Mijnw.
Ned. Ind. 43, 1914, Verh. I, 1 87, The Hague 1915.
M~ L ~ K G R A A F F , G. .A. F. (1917): De Tinlor Expeditie en
hare paleontologische resultatcn. Hand. XVl de Nat.
& Geneesk. Congr. 1917, 245S256.
MOLENGRAAFF, G. A. F. (191 8): De vulkaan Woerlali o p
Dammer. Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind. 1916, Verh. I,
3-10, The Haguc 1018.
MOLENGRAAFF, G. .4. F. & WEBER, M. (1919): Het verband
iusschen den plistoceenen ijhrijd en het ontstaan der
Soenda-Zee en de invloed daarvan o p de verspreiding
der horaalriffen cn o p de land- en zoetwater fauna.
Versl. gew. verg. Wis- e n Sa t . Afd. Kon. Akad. v.
Wctensch., Amsterdam, 29 Nov. 1919, 28, 497-544.
MOLENGRAAFF. G. A. F. (1920): M~tng;tunknollcn in meso-
roische dicpzee-afzettingen van Nedcrl. Ti mor. Vcrsl.
Kon. Akarl. v. Wetensch., Amsterdam, 29. 1920,
688-689.
M~ L E NGRAAF F , G. A. F. (19221: De Cicologie dcr zcccn
van Ned. 0. Indi?. In "De Zceiin can Ned. 0. Indii'",
edited by Kon. Ncd. Aardr. Gun.. 1972 (translated in
Proc. IVrh Pac. Sci. Congr. 1 9 3 , Vol. 2, pp. 55 99).
MOLENGRAAFF, G. A. F. (1029 a) : The coral reefs in the
East Indian Archipelago, their distribution and mode
of development. Proc. IVth Pan Pac. Sci. C., Java
1929, Vol. I I A, 55-89. Translation of $ VI of: , , De
zeeen van Nederl:indsc!l IndiP", 1922.
MOLEYGRAAFF, G. A. F. (1929 h) : The recent sediments
in the seas of the East-Indian Archipelago, with a
short discussion on the condilion of those seas in
former geological periods. Proc. lVth Pan Pac. Sci.
C. .lava 1929. Vol. I 1 B, 9 8 9 1008 & 1010-1021.
MOORE ( 1948): Strstigraphicctl P:~lcontology. Bull. Geol.
Soc. Am. 59, 301 326.
Movrus. H. L. (1944): Early man and Pleistocene strati-
grclp!ly in Southern and Eastern Asia. Paper of the
f'e~ibody Museum of Amer. .Archeol. and Ethnol.
Harv. Univ. Vol. 19, No. 3, Cambridge U.S.A., 1944.
MUHLHO~EK, F. (1938): Steinwerk7euge aus den1 Muschel-
hugel von Bind,jai-Tami~ing. Wiener Priihist. Zcitschr.
25. 1938.
M~J LLER, J. (1895): Nota betreffendc de verplaatsing van
eenige triangulatie-pilare11 in de residentie Tapanoeli,
t.g.v. de aardbeving van i 7 Mei 1892. Nat uur. Tijdschr.
v. Ned. Ind., 54, 1895. 299 307.
MUSPER, K. A. F. R. (I928 a) : Indragiri e n Pclalawan.
(L1itkomsten van het niijnbouwk~rndig-geologisch
onderzoek in de jaren 1922 -1 926). Jaarb. Mijnw.
1927, Vcrh. I. 1-247, Bat avi ; ~ 1928.
MUSPER, K. A. F. R. (1928 b): Over den ouderdom der
intrusie-gesteenten van Florcs. De Mijningenieur, 9,
163- 165, Bandung 1928.
MUSPER. I<. \ . F. K. I ; I ) : Cicologi~chc waarnenlingcn
in de P: r d, ~~~gi chs E3oicnlnndr.n 11. Het Si Karikir
tieberyle. \ l ~j n ~n g c n ! ~i ~! - . 1 0 . 1 1 7 118.
MUSPER, li. A. F. R. I 102~) b ~ : Geologie und Bcrgbau in
Niederliindiscl~ !l i i ?~en. "Uer Grologc", No. 46,
1338-1340, L c ~ p r ; ~ 192.).
MUSPER, K. A. F. R. I lil.701: Bsh~i opt \crslrig o \ c r uit-
komsten van nleu\\s gcolog~.;chs ~~ncierzochingcn in
de Padangschc Bo\ eni.ril~len. .I,i.trb. t l !. ~i i i \ . 192'1,
Verh., 265-33 1, Batat l c l 1930.
MUSPER, K. A. F. R. (1933): T~e l ~i l l l i r i s j71j bl,tci I5
(Praboemoelih). Geol. knart Sur~i.ltl-,t 1 : 200.000.
Dienst Mijnh. Ned. Ind., Bandung 193.:.
MUSPER. K. A. F. R. (I934 a): Een bezock :):In cle grc,t
Soeroeman Besar in het Goema~nebergre ( P; ! I cmban~,
Zuid-Sumatra). Tijdschr. Kon. ~ e d e l - I . :\r~rdr. ~ ~ 1 7 .
2d SCI. .. 51, 4, 511-531.
MUSPELI, K. A. F. R. (1934 b): Nieuwe fossielresten en ~ 1 e
ouderdom der kalksteenen in het Prctertiair van het
Goemni-echerate. De I nr . in Ned. Ind.. 1. 8. section
I V, 134 -742. -
-
MUSPER. K. A. F. R. (1935): Dic fischfuhrende Brcccien-
und Mergclschiefcrabteilung des Tertiiirs der Padangcr
Hochltindc (Mittel Sumatrrl). Vcrh. Geol. Mijnb.
Gen. Ned. 61 Kol. Geol. Ser ~c. 11. h o v . 1935, 145-188.
MUSPER. K. A. F'. I<. (1936): Einige Bemcrkungcn zur
fossilcn Fischl;tun:~ von P; ~dang ( Sum, ~r r ; l ) . DLI Inge-
nieur in Ned. Ind. , 3,1. wetion lV, 70--74, Batavia 1V36.
MUSPER, K. A. F. R. (I937 a) : Toelichting hlad 16 (Lallat).
Geol. kaarl Sumat ra, 1 : 200,000, Dienst Mijnb.
Ned. Indii;.
MUSPER, K. A. F. R. (1037 b): DLIS Erdol und seine Vcr-
wandten in den Philippinen. De Ing. in Ned. Ind.
4, 8, Sect. IV, 131-157.
MUSPCR, K. A. F. R. & NELJMANN VAN PADANG, M. (1937):
Ncue ubersicht der tstigen Vulkanc und Solfrttaren-
felder in den P h i l i ~ ~ i n c n . De Inc. in Ned. Ind.. 4.
. . - , ,
5. sect. IV. 67-85.
ML:SPFK, K. A. F. R. ( I 937 1938): Geologischc und lager-
stiittenkundliche Ncuigkeiten aus dem ostindisci~en
Archipel i l IV). Z.dtsch. Geol. Gcs. 89, 361 3 6 3 and
659-661 (1937); 90, 287-290 and 662-667 (1938).
MUSPER, K. A. F. R. (I938 a) : Over het voorkornen van
Hcl/ysitc..r Wrrllic/zi REED o p Nieuw Guinea. Ing. in
Ned. Ind. , section IV, 5, 156-157.
MUSPER, K. A. F. R. (1938 b): Fundort e und stratigra-
phisches Lager neuer Aufsammlungen t ert i i rcr
Landptlanzen - besonders Kieselholzreste auf Su-
matra und Java. De Ing. in Ned. Ind., 5, sect. IV,
193s. 12, 169181.
MUSPER, K. A. F. R. (1938 c): Zur Luge des Vulkans
Calayo auf Mi ndanao (Philippinen). De Ingenieur
in Ned. Ind., 5, 12, Sect. IV, 169-181, Batavia 1938.
MUSPER, K. A. F. R. (1939 a ) : Nochm:lls der "Vulkan
Calayo" auf Mindanao. De Ing. in Ned. Ind. , 6, 4,
sect. IV, 42-43.
~I USI ' EK, K. A. F. R. ( I 939 b): Kritische Bctrachtungen
iiber Hcrkunft ~ l n d genaueres Alter der aus dcm
Tcr t i i r Nicderliindisch Indiens beschriebenen Holzer.
Nat. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind., 99, 1, 1L21.
MYERS, EARL H. (1945): Recent studies of sediments in
the Java Sea and their signific~lnce in relation t o
stratigraphic and petroleum geology. Science : ~nd
scientists in the Netherlr~nds Indies, edited by Honiy
and Verdoorn, New York, 265-269.
NATLAND, M. L. (1933): The temperature- and depth-
distribution of some recent and fossil IForani i ~i ~i e~~, t
in the Sout hern Californian region. Bull. Scripps In.:
Ocean, California, Tech. Ser., 3, 10, 225 230.
R E F E R E N C E S
--
STILLE. H. (1919): Alte und junge Saumtiefen. Nachr.
Kon. Ges. d. Wiss. GBttingen, f. 1919. 337-372.
STILLE, H. (1920): Die angebliche junge Vorwirtsbewegung
im Timor-Cerambogcn. Nachr. Kon. Ges. d. Wiss.
Gottingen f. 1920, 174-150.
STILLF, H. ( 1 924): Grundfragen der vcrgleiclicnden
Tektonik. Borntraeger, Berlin. 1924, pp. 443.
STILLE, k1. (1935): Der derzeitige tektonischc Erdzust;lnd.
Sitzungsber. Preuss. Ak. d. Wiss. Phys. Math. KI.
1935, 13, 4, 179-219.
STILLE, H. (1940): Zur Fr wc der Hcrk~lnft der Magmcn
Abh. Preuss. Akad. ~ i s s . , 1939, Math. ~a t ur i i , . KI.
19. 1 - 31 (1940).
STILLE, H. (1943): Malaiischer Archipel ~ l n d Alpen. Abh.
Preuss. Akad. Wiss. 1943, Math. Naturi?.. KI. I .
16 pages.
STILLE, H. (19.14 3): Geotektonischc Gliederung dcr Erd-
geschichte. Abh. Preuss. Akad. Wiss. Math. Naturw.
K1. No. 3, presented in 1942, published Berlin 1944.
STII.LE, H. (1944 b): Geotektonische Probleme des pazifi-
schen Erdmunies. Abh. Preuss. Akad. Wiss. 1944,
Math.-naturw. KI.. No. I I, presented in 1943, p ~ ~ b l .
Dee. 1944.
STILLE. H. (1948 a) : Dic tcktonischc Entwicklung der
hinterindischen Festlands- und Tnselgebiete. Geotekt.
Forschungen. Heft 718, 34-153. Borntraegcr Berlin,
1945 (Issued in 1948).
STILLF, H. (1938 b): Die tektonische Entwicklung der
neo-australischen Insclwelt. Gcotekt. Forsch. Heft
718, 2 10-260, Born!raeger Berlin. 1945 (Tssucd 1948).
S.I.ILLE, H. (1948 c): Die zirkumpazifischen F~l t ungen in
Raum und Zcit. Geotekt. Forsch. Hcft 7' 8, 261-323,
Borntraeger Berlin, 1945 (Issucd 1948).
STINY, J. (1929): Faltungen und Uberschiebungen (Rut-
schung groszten Maszstabes). Centralbl. f. Min. ctc.
1929, Abt. B, 4, 116125.
S. ~OLLEY, E. ( 1 934 a): Ueber mesozoische Beleninitc
fuhrende Schichten von Celebes. Verh. Gcol. Mijnb.
Gen., Gcol. Ser., 10, 1933-1934. 172 -179.
Si-OLLEY, E. (1934 b): Zur Kenntnis dcs Jura und der
Unterltreidc von Misol. I Strntigr. Teil. N. Jahrb.
f. Min. ctc., 71 B, p. 470.
STREMME, H. (1911): Die Siiugetierfauna dcr Pithecan-
thropus-Schicbten. Ccntralbl. f. Min. 191 1. 54-60
and 83-89.
STROMER VON REICHENBACH, E. (1931): Die erstcn alt-
tertiircn Saugctier-Reste aus den Sunda Inseln.
Wetensch. Meded., No. 17, 11-14. Dienst Mi.jnb.
Ned. Tnd.
STUTTERHEIM, W. F. (1929): Het oude riik van Pedjeng,
Dee1 I. Ed. Kirtia Liefrinck-van der Tuuk. Sinsaradia.
- "
Bali, 1929 (NO& 1 on p. 22).
Su~s s . E. (1886): Das Antlitz der Erde. 1-117. Wien &
Leipzig. 1886, Transl. E. de Margerie, Colin, Paris, 1921.
SZFMIAN, J. (192911930a): Over het proccs der bodem-
vorming ondcr tropisch oerbosch. Alg. Landbouw
weekbl. v. Ned. Tnd. (14). 11, 192911930. 5-6.
SZEMIAN, J. (1 929; 1930 b): Beginselen en werkwijze der
agrogeologische opnnme van Sumatra. Alg. Land-
bouw weekbl. v. Ned. [nd. (14). 11, 192911930,
503-509.
SZEMIAN, J. (1930): A~~nteekcningen van een ugrogeo-
logische vcrkenningsreis door het gebicd der residentie
Palembang. De Bcrgculturcs, 4, Vol. 1, 1930, 79-81
and 107-1 10.
SZEMIAN, .I. (1933): Dic systeniatischc Bodenkartierung
von Sumatra. Soil Research, Vol. 111 (1933), No. 4,
202-22 1.
T
TAMS, E. (1932'1937): Gr~lndziige dcr physikalischen
Verhaltnissc der fe5ten Erde. Geologlc der Erde,
Vol. 1, 1932 and Vol. 11, 1937. Borntracger Berlin.
TANAKADATE, H. (1929): The problem of Caldera in the
Pacific Region. Proc. IVth Pan Pile. Sci. Congr.,
Java 1929, Vol. 11 B. 729~-744.
TAN SIN HOK (1926): Over een jong-tertiairc kalksteen
van het eiland Rotti, etc. Versl. Kon. Akad. Wetensch.,
Amstcrdani, 35, 1926, 771 -781.
TAN SIN HOK (1927 a) : L?i,sconsrerir/ac, incerrne sc,di.r
Proc. Kon. Akad. v. Wetensch., Amsterdcim 30.
1927, p. 41 1.
TAN SIN HOK (1927 b): Over dc s;tnicnstelling en het
ontstaan van krijt- en mergelgcsteenten van dc
Molukken. Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind. 55, 1926. Verh.
111, 1-165, The Hague 1927.
T \ s SIN HOK (1930 :i): Enkele opmerkingen over de
stratigraphische verspreiding van "Trif~/io/epidincr"
v. D. VLERK. De Mijningenieur, 11, 144--146.
TAN SI N HOK (1930 b): Over "Spirocl~pcrrs" mct opmer-
kingcn over zijn stratigraphische verspreiding. Dc
Mijningenieur, 11, 180-184.
TAN SIN HOK ( 1930~) : Over Ci ~cl ocl j ~p~us: voorloopige
rcsultatcn eener biostratigraphische studic. De Mijn-
ingenieur, 11, 233-242.
TAN SIN HOK (1 93 1 ): Discoastc~ri(/ar, Coccofirhiitac and
Radiolnricr. Leidsch Gcol. Mcded. 5. Feestbundel
K. Martin, 193 1, 92-1 14.
TAU SI U HOK (1932): On the genus C~~c f o c l v p e ~~s CARPEN-
TER. Part 1. Wetensch. Meded.. 19. Dienst v!d Miinh.,
Bntavia, 1932.
TAN SI N HOK (1934): Ueber mi kros~hi i re Le~idocyclinen
von Ngampel. Rembang, M. ~ n v a . De ins. in Ncd.
Tnd., 1 . sect. 1V. 203-21 1.
TAN SIN HOK (1935 a): Ueber Lrpidocvclina gi,~anrc?n
K. MARTI N von Sud. Priangan (West Java), Tegal
(Mittel-Java) und Bcnkoelen (Siid Sumatra). De Ing.
in Ned. Ind.. 2. sect. IV, 1-8.
TAN SIN HOK (1935 b): Ziwi neue mikrosphiire Lcpido-
cyclincn von Java. De Ing. in Ned. Tnd., 2, sect. IV,
9-1 8.
TAN SIN HOK (1935 c): Dic peri-embryonalen aquatorial-
kammern bei einigen Orbitoiden. De Ing. in Ned.
Ind., 2. sect. IV, 113-126.
TZN SI N HOK (1935 d): Over ouderdomsbepalingen op
grond van radiolaritn van Oost Celebe3. De Ing.
in Ncd. Tnd., 2, 4, sect. IV, 31 33.
T AU SI N HOK ( 1936 a): Lcpiclocj~clinci Zevltnan.~i nov. sp.
einc polylepidine Orbitoidc von Zentral-Borneo,
ncbst Bcmerkungen iiber dic verschiedenen Eintei-
lungswcisen der Lepidocyclinen. Tng. in Ned. Tnd.,
3, 1, Sect. TV, 7-14,
TAN SIN HOK (1936 b): Over verschillende palaeonto-
logische criteria voor de geleding van het Tertiair.
De Tng. in Ncd. Ind.. 3. TV, 173-179.
TAN SIN HOK (1936 c, d and e): Zur Kenntnis der Mio-
gypsiniden. De Tng. in Ned. Tnd. 3, sect. TV, (3)
45-61, (5) 84-98. (7) 109-123.
TAN SIN HOK (1 936 f ) : Bemerkungen uber die Cycloclypeen
von Sipoera (Mentawei Tnseln). Geol. & Mijnb.,
1936, 15, 57-58.
TAN SIN HOK (1936 g): Zur Kenntnis der Lcpidocyclinen.
Nat. Tijdschr. v. Ned. Tnd. 94. 4, 235-280.
TAN SI N HOK (1936 h): Beitrag zur Kenntnis dcr Lepido-
cyclinen. Proc. Kon. Akad. v. Wetensch., Amsterdam,
39. 8, 990-999.
TAN SI N HOK (1937a): Notc on Miog.vpsintr Xot6i
HANZAWA. De Ing. in Ned. Ind., 4, secl. IV, 2,
31-2.
TAX SI N HOK (1937 b): Weitcre Untersuchungen uber
die Miogypsiniden 1 and IT. De Ing. in Ned. Ind.,
4, sect. TV, (3) 35-45, (6) 87-111.
TAN SIN HOK (1937 c): On the Genus Spiiocf~'pcrrs H.
DOUVI LL~ with n description of the Eocene Spiro-
c!,.pcrrs vo.nzicrrlaris n.sp. from Koetai in East Borneo.
De Tng. in Ncd. Ind., 4, sect. IV, 10, 177-193.
L I S T O F FI GURES 3 <
- - - - -- - - ---
Page Plate Fig,
152
153
154
F ~ c c IJ1.ire
Geological sketchmap of Luzon . . . . . 3-0 16
Fig.
I20 Geological sketchmap of the Djebus District
(North Bangka) and outline map of
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bangka (315)
Geological map of the Penjabung Promon-
tery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
The distribution of thc tin-ores on Billiton 319
Eight schematical sections illustrating the
formation of the Philippine Archipelago 376 I ;
THE NORTHERN MOLUCCAS
Geological sketchm,ip and section of the
. . . . . . . . . . . . . Sula Islands 381
Block diagram of Tidore and Ma i t a ~a . . 383
Tectonic map of the Klappa Kampit tin mine
in Billiton. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
155
Bathymet~ical chart of the Thousand Islands 322 1 156
Two hypothetical sections across the North-
. . . . . . . . . . . . - ern Moluccas 385
lsobaths and course of the pleistocelle river
systems in the western palt of the Java Sea 323
Structural belts in the Sunda area . . . 324
Perspective sketch of the transition between
the Philippines and the Northern Moluccas 387
BORNEO
. . . . . . . . Outline map of Borneo.
Simplified geological map or Borneo. . .
Geological map of Central Borneo . . .
Structural map of Bornco . . . . . . .
Section across the neogene trough near
Engkilili . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Section across the western part of the
Ketungau Basin . . . . . . . . . . .
Section across the Kembajan Mts and the
central Mengkijung rlrerl . . . . . . .
Section across the Seberuwang Crctaceous .
Facies distribution of the Paleogene in West
Borneo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Section across the Sadong drainage basin in
the Bau-Bugo area . . . . . . . . .
Section across the Kalan drainage area in the
Schwaner Mts. . . . . . . . . . . .
Sections I-V111: Schematical representation
of the geological evolution of West and
Central Borneo . . . . . . . . . . .
Geological sketch111ap of a part of SE-
Borneo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Geological map of the Martapura area. . .
Geological detail map of the drainage area
. . . . . . . . . of the Pamali River
Detail map and section of the diamond-
bearing Pamali-pipe . . . . . . . . .
Geological detail map of the Djawa River
Seven schemetical sections illustrating the
pre-tertiary evolution of the Meratus
orogene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Geological map of E- and NE-Borneo (three
sheets) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bathymetrical chart of the legion around
. . . . . . . . . . . . Muaras Atoll
The northwestern part of British North
Borneo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Schematical paleogeographical pictures of
the tertiary and quaternary evolution of
Borneo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . Geological map of Malaya
Six schematical sections illustrating the
orogenic evolution of the Annrnbas System
in the Sunda Land. . . . . . . . . .
CELEBES
The region North of Tinombo in the northern
. . . . . . . . . part of the "Neck"
Schematic section across the "Neck" of
Celebes between Tompe and Toribulu. .
Schcmatic section across the extreme south-
ern end of the "Neck" between Palu Bay
. . . . . . . and the Gulf of Tomini
. . Geological map of the Togian Islands.
Geological sketchmap of thc East arm of
Celebes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Two schematic sections across North Bungku
in the East arm of Celebes. . . . . .
Section across the tertiary Basin of Kolo
Kolo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seven schematical sections illustrating the
evolution of the northern part of the Cele-
. . . . . . . . . . . . . bes System
Schematic map illustrating the distribution
of granodioritic and gabbro-peridotitic
. . . . . . . . . . rocks in Celebes
Schematic representation ol' the region near
the median line, North of the Bada Basin
Geological sketchmap of a part of Central
Celebes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
The glaucophane-schist facies and the distri-
bution of potash-feldspar, East of the
median zone in Central Celebes. . . .
Granod~oritic intrusion in metamorphic
tertiary rocks of Salo Talimbangan . .
Geological sketchmap of Central Celebes.
Eight schematical sections, illustrating the
orogenic evolution of Cent1 al Celebes. .
The southeastern peninsula along the Latou-
Lake Towuti-Bahumpombini traverse .
Strongly pressed serpentines thrust ovel a
flysch-like sedimentary series (dotted) with
Globigerinidae and remains of larger per-
forate Foraminifera . . . . . . . . .
Section across South Buton . . . . . . .
Bathymetrical chart of the Tukang Besi
Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Structural sketch of the Buton Archipelago,
and the Tukang Besi Group . . . . .
Seven schematic sections, illustrating the
evolution of the southern part of the Cele-
. . . . . . . . . . . . bes Orogene.
THE CIRCUM-SUNDA SYSTEMS
(PHILIPPINES)
151 Simplified structural sketch of the Philippine
Islands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
179 Four schematical sections, illustrating the
tertiary and quaternary evolution of the
southern part of the South arm of Celebes 434
180 Schematic blockdiagram of the Spermonde
Archipelago . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
3 6
-.
L I S T OF F I G U R E S
pp pppp .- .- -
Fig . Page Plare
181 Bathymetrical chart of the region of Tijger
Atoll and Taka Garlarang Atoll . . . 438
182 Structural outlines of Celebes . . . . . . 439
SOUTHERN MOLUCCAS
Fig . Page
218 Geological sketchmap of Timor . . . . . 510
219 Section of the hills between Batuputih and
Fatu Kabelah . . . . . . . . . . . . 512
220 Geological sketchmap of the Booi Region 513
221 Section of the Pitaek River . . . . . . . 514
247 Section across Raidjua . . . . . . . . . 533
202 Section A of Tandjong Illipoi . . . . . . 488
203 Locality B of Tandjong Illipoi 488
248 The Westralia-Timor-E Celebes geosyncline.
. . . . .
according to TEICHERT . . . . . . . . 536
204 Geological sketchmap of Tandjong Illipoi . 489
249 Ten schematical sections. illustrating the
205 Left bank of the Sau River . . . . . . . 489
I
geological evolution of the Timor Oro-
206 Right bank of the Sau River . . . . . . 489 gene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536
183 Geological skctchnlap of Ceram . . . . . 442
. . . . 184 Five sections across West Ceram 445 21
185 Five sections across Central Ceram . . . 448
186 Geological sketchmap of Buru . . . . . 452
187 Physiographic sketchmap of the Northern
Banda Basin and adjacent areas . . . . . 454
188 Geological sketchmap of Ambon and the
Uliassers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456
189 Geological map of Misool . . . . . . . 459
190 Geological sections of Misool . . . . . . 460 12
I91 Stratigraphical columns of Misool . . . . 460 18
192 Ten schematic sections, illustrating the evo-
lution of the northern part of the Banda
arcs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461 22
193 Scheme of the combined effect of a negative
geo-undation and meso-undations in the
Banda area . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463
The Batu Tara seen from the East . . .
Geological sketchmap of the Island of Flores
Structural sketch of East Flores . . . . .
Schematic section across East Flores . . .
Longitudinal section of the Lesser Sunda
Islands from Sumbawa to the Weber Deep
Structural sketchmap of the western part of
the Lesser Sunda Islands . . . . . . .
Schematical section across the Sanggar
Peninsula with the Tambora volcano .
Perspective sketch of the western part of the
Lesser Sunda Islands . . . . . . . . .
The volcanic fissure of East Bali . . . .
The location of the parasitic eruption centres
of the Batur . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Section across Central Sumba . . . . . .
222 Section showing the overthrusting of the
Sonnebait Series over the Kekneno Series 5 15
. . .
223 ~ ~ ~ l ~ ~ i ~ ~ l map of the ~ ~ l l ~ 515
224 Six sections across the Mollo Mts . . . . 516
225 Schematic representation of the main struc-
tural units in the Mollo region . . . . 517
226 Suggested section across the Mollo Mts .. 517
227 Ideal section of the superposition of the main
structural units in the middle part of
Netherlands Timor . . . . . . . . . . 519
228 Three sections through the Noil Toko
. . . . . . . . . . . . . fault-trough 519
229 Geological sketchmap of the Nun Pene . 518
230 Section across the Nun Pene . . . . . . 519
231 Transverse fault in young neogene strata in
the Piaboke River . . . . . . . . . . 519
232 Section along the Sebau River . . . . . 520
250 Trendlines of the young mesozoic Timor
Orogene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538
233 Ideal section across the middle part of
194 Five schematical sections illustrating the Netherlands Timor
. . . . . . . . . . 520
orogenic evolution of the eastern part of
the Banda arcs . . . 468 12 1 234 Section of the western slope of the Laisahe
near Wehor . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521
195 Blockdiagrams illustrating slides on the
Api Volcano 470 1
235 Geological sketch of the Hili Manu District 523
. . . . . . . . . . . .
196 Blockdingram showing an abortive slide on
236 Geological map of the Aliambata District 524
the northern Cape of Serua . . . . . . 471
237 Drilling log of an uncompleted well in the
. . . . . . . . . .
197 Block diagram of Kisar 472
Aliambata District 525
. . . . . . . .
198 Map of Kisar 473
! 238 Geological map of the Suete District . . 526
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
199 Six schematical sections illustrating the
1 239 Section of the Suete-Iriamo Districts . . 527
I
evolution of the southern part of the 1 240 Geological detail map of the Pualaca
i
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Banda arcs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476 21 ; District 528
200 Sections A-H, illustrating the evolution of 241 Geological detail map of the Cribas District 529
the Banda System . . . . . . . . . . 480 23 242 Geological sketchmap of Roti . . . . . . 531
. . .
201 Gravity anomalies of the profile across the 243 Geological N-S section across Roti 531
eastern part of the Banda arcs . . . . 484 1 244 White marls and cor d limestones of the Tege 533
I
245 Geological sketchmap of Sawu . . . . . 533
. . . .
THE LESSER SUNDA ISLANDS 1 246 Geological sketchmap of Raidjua 533
251 Schematic ideal section across the present
Timor Orogene . . . . . . . . . . . 541
252 Theoretical possibilities for the formation
of overthrust structures . . . . . . . 543
253 Structure of the Timor Orogene. if it is sup-
posed t o have originated by crustal
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . buckling 544
254 Situation to be expected if the overthrusts
of Timor were the result of a buckling-
down of the crust . . . . . . . . . . 544
J AVA AND MADURA
255 Geological sketchmap and orographic map
of Java . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545
-
Geological sketchmap of the Merbabu. . 563
Schematical blockdiagram of the Soropati-
Telemojo Complex. . . . . . . . . . 564
Section across the Soropati Complex . . 564
Section of the East flank of the Sangiran
dome near Bapang. . . . . . . . . . 566
Unconformable position of Notopuro cong-
glomerates and breccia on the Kabuh
Layers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (569)
Photo of the crater lake of Sarangan . . . (569)
Section A-B across the Solo Zone between
Gesi and the Lawu Complex . . . . . 569 28
Schematic tectonogram of the volcano-
tectonic collapse of the Old Lawu volcano
at the end of the Notopuro period . . 569
Facies alterations in the Putjangan Layers
in the Kendeng Zone . . . . . . . . 570
Schematic section across the Ardjuno-
Welirang group . . . . . . . . . . . 571
Two sketches of structural details in the
Kerek Beds . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572
Scheme of the fncies alterations in the
Young Neogene of the Western Kendeng
Zo n e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574
Geological section of Trinil. . . . . . . 576
Section across G. Butak -- G. Atasangin . 578
Composite section across the eastern
Kendeng and the Solo Valley near Babad 579 28
Scctions across the anticlines of Kedungwaru
and Gijangan . . . . . . . . . . . . 580
L I S T O F F I G U R E S 3 7
. . . . ........-.-........
Fig. Page Plare Fig. Page Plate
256 Map of Java, showing the position of maps 1 290 Sections across the anticlines of Gunung-
and sections belonging to the subchapter bang and Ratji near Bangil. . . . . . 581
on Java. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545 25 291 Three sections across the Solo Valley near
256a Physiographic sketchmap of Java and Tj epu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 585
Madura. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 546 292 Sketchmap of NE Java. 588
. . . . . . . .
257 Section of the Southern Mts, South of the
1
293 Eight schematical sections illustrating the
Raung volcano . . . . . . . . . . . 547
!
. . . . . . . . evolution of East Java 589 35
258 Geological sketchmap of the Idjen volcano- ' 294 Isometric diagram of the Muriah . . . . 593
I 308 Schematic block diagram of the volcnno-
tectonic structure of the Old Ungaran
I 309 Map of the Ungaran fault system and
1
. . .
I northern anticlinorium of Tjandi
I
310 Schematical sections illustrating the struc-
tural evolution of the Ungaran Complex
3 1 1 Schematic representation of the processes
i
of sedimentation, volcanism and tecto-
genesis in the Karangkobrrr region . .
3 12 Scven schematical sections illustrating the
structural evolution of Central Java
during the Neogene and the Quaternary
313 Geological sketchmap of the Djampangs
1 3 14 Geomorphological sketchmap of the Djam-
I
I pang Plateau . . . . . . . . . . . .
~
. . . . . . . . . .
315 Simplified geological sketchmap of the
Djampang region
1 3 16 Schematical sections of the Djampang region
; 3 17 The Bengbreng escarpment seen from the
North . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3 18 Geological sketchmap of the quartz-diorite
intrusion of the Tjilaju . . . . . . . .
I I9 Section A-B across the Tjibodas quartz-
diorite intrusion . . . . . . . . . . .
320 Preliminary geological map of the Karang-
. . . . . . . . . . . nunggal region
321 Section across the Karangnunggrrl region
322 Geological section across the Baja Region
323 Physiographic sketch of the Bajah Dome
324 Tectonic trendlines of thc Strait Sunda
area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
complex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 548
259 Schematic geological map of Malang . . 549
260 Longitudinal section of the Java geanticline
295 Panoramic view of the West-Progo Mts . (608)
296 Geological map of the West-Progo Mts 597
in the eastern s p u ~ of the island 550
297a Geological sections of the West-Progo Mts 599
. . .
261 Geological sketchmap of the Semeru /
297b Geological sections of the West-Progo Mts 600
Complex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 1 ! 298 Schematic blockdiagram of the West-Progo
!
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
262 Section across the Semeru-Tengger Complex 552 32
dome 601
263 Geological map of the Lurus-Ringgit-Beser 552 32
299 section the Nanggulan
Eocene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
264 Isometric blockdiagrani of the Ringgit-Beser
j 300 Geological section of the Lukulo Region
Complex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 553
I
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . I (HARLOFF) 602 25
265 Geological sketchmap of the transitional
area between East- and Central Java . 555
301 Map and tectonogram of the Karangkobar
Region . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605 32
266 Geological map of the Djiwo Hills and the
Southern Mt s , , , , , . , , , , . , 555 33
' 302 Synorogenetic intrusion of essexitic basalt
in the southwestern part of sheet 74
267 Sections across Djiwo Hills . . . . . . 556 (Ungaran)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605
268 Geological sketchmap of the Surakarta area 557 34 303 ~ ~ ~ l ~ ~ i ~ ~ l map and sections of the ~ , i ~ l ~ k
269 Geological sections of the Surakarta area 557 28 ~ Oilfield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608
270 Schematical blockdiagram of the Genteng 304 Dragfolds in the Upper Penjatan Beds and
Graben near Banaran . . . . . . . . 559 in the Bodas Beds. . . . . . . . . . 609
271 Development of the volcanic structures of 305 Structural relation of the Simpar upthrusts
the transverse row Ungaran-Merapi . . 560
272 Geological map and section of the Merapi
and its western foot . . . . . . . . . 561
273 Differences in the levels of the Progo River 562
with the Pawinihan volcano . . . . . 610
306 Panoramic view of the Karangkobar Rcgion (609)
307 Physiographic sketchmap of the Ungaran
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . area 61 1
3 8 L I S T O F F I
-- - - -- -- -
Fig.
325
326
327
328
329
330
33 1
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
3 40
34 1
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
35 1
352
Page Plate
Three sections across the Sunda Mountain
. . . System in the Strait Sunda area 635 ~
Bottom relief of the southwestern part of the
. . . . . Java Sea and Sunda Straits. 636
Morphological sketchmap of the Rongga
Pl at eau. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 638
Section of the Tjitarum River in the Batu-
. . . . . . . . . . . . djadjar Plain 640
Four schematic sections. illustmting the
i
successive stages of evolution of the ~
volcanic complex North of Bandung . 641
Schematic stnictural map of the Sunda
. . . . . Comp!ex, North of Randung 642 32
Sections across the Tambakan anticline . 642 !
. . . Schematic section across West Java 643
Geological sketchmap of the Danau Group
in Bantam . . . . . . . . . . . . 647 35
Three sections across the Danau Group in
Bant am. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 647
Southwestern part of the G. Gedeh intrusion
in the SE corner of sheet 13 (Rangkas-
betung) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 648
G. Gedeh. Intrusive contact between clay
. . . . . . . shales and trachytic rock (648)
Microphoto of the contact in fig. 336 . . (648)
Section across the Tambakan Beds, SE of
Subang . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 651
Geological sketchmap of the Cheribon area
in the eastern part of the Bogor Zone . 652
Geological sketchmap of the Tjareme
volcano. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 653
Geological map and section of the western
part of the Bentarsari Basin . . . . . 655
Geological map of the eastern part of the
Bentarsari Basin . . . . . . . . . . . 656
Seven schematical sections across West Java
near Tjiandjur. . . . . . . . . . . . 657 37
SUMATRA
I
Orographic sketchmap of Sumatra. . . . 659 38
Geological sketchmap of Sumatra . . . . 659 38
Tectonic trendlines of the Sunda Land.
South, and Central Sumatra . . . . . 662
Section across the Upper Djambi Nappe 664 39
Section across the Triassic of the Lurah
Tambang River . . . . . . . . . . . 665
Three sections across the Batu Besi Ridge 666
Five schematical sections illustrating the
pre-tertiary evolution of the Malay Penin-
sula and Sumatra . . . . . . . . . . 671
Geological sketchmap of Mangani. . . . 675
Section across the Gumai Mts . . . . . 667 39
Fig. Page Plate
353 Schematic section of the Paleogene NE of
the Alas Valley . . . . . . . . . . . 676
354 Schematized section across the area between
Lake Tawar and the coast near Lho
Seumawe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 677
. . . . 355 Tectonogram of South Sumatra 678
356 Piracy of the Semangko River after the
Ranau tuff-eruption . . . . . . . . . 679
357 Isometric block diagram of the volcano-
. . . . . . tectonic Ranau depression 680
358 Block diagram of the Gedongsurian de-
pression. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 681
359 Geological map of the Bukit Mapas and
Pg Semut area . . . . . . . . . . . 682
1
360 Gl i d~ng structures in the quaternary deposits
of black clays and white tuffs in the
Pilomasin Basin . . . . . . . . . . . 683
361 Section across the Garba Mts . . . . . 683 39
362 Three sections across the NE flank of the
Barisan in Central Sumat ra. . . . . . 686 39
363 The Barisan Range of northern Sumatra
with the Batak culmination and the
. . . . . . . . . Semangko rift-zone 687
364 Isomet ~i c block diagram of the Toba trough 688
365 Geological sketchmap of the Toba area . 690
366 Three schematic sections across the Batak
tumor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 695
367 Simplified geological map of South Sumatra 697
. . . . . 368 See fie. 34. opposite t o p. 117 697
369 Section across the Muaraenim anticlinorium
and the Lematang syncline . . . . . . 697 39
370 Section of the Kampung Minjak-
Minjakitam anticline . . . . . . . . . 698
371 Section of the eastern part of the Gumai
anticline along the Musi Valley . . . . 699
372 Section across the Tigapuluh Mts . . . . 700
373 Section across the Limau Mts . . . . . 700
374 Nine schematical and composite sections
illustrating the tertiary and quaternary
evolution of the Sunda Orogene . . . 703 40
ANDAMANS AND NICOBARS
375 Geological sketchmap of the Andamans . 708
. . . 376 Crater or Caldera of Barren Island (649)
THE CIRCUM-AUSTRALIAN SYSTEM
377 Schematical sections illustrating the tertiary
and quaternary evolution of New Guinca 718
CHAPTER VI. SUMMARY
378 Geotectonic map of the East Indies and
adjacent areas . . . . . . . . . . . . 725 41
L I S T O F T A R L E S
- - -- --
39
- - --- - --
LI ST OF TABLES
Table
CHAPTER I. PHYSIOGRAPHY
I. Islands larger than 10,000 sq km. . . . . .
2. Number of rain-gauges in thc East Indies . .
3. Volcanoes and intermontane plains in the Solo
Zone in East Java . . . . . . . . . . . .
4. Volcanoes and intermontane plains in the
eastern spur of Java . . . . . . . . . . .
5. Structural elements of Central Celebes . . .
6. Dimensions of the Lesser Sunda Islands . .
7. Dimensions of the islands in the festoon West
of Sumatra. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CHAPTER 11. STRATIGRAPHY
8. Stratigraphy of the Seberuwang Cretaceous .
9. Mesozoic stratigraphy of Misool . . . . . .
10. Agc of the non-metamorphic sedimcntal mem-
bers in the four tectonic units of Timor . .
I I. Distribution of the larger Foraminifera in the
East Indian Tertiary at the proposal of the
Letter-classification in 1927 . . . . . . . .
12. The revised Letter-classification as proposed
in 1931 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13. The Letter-classification according to RUTTEN
and VAN DER VLERK in 1948. . . . . . . .
13a. Correlation of the mammal-bearing deposits
in Asia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14. Correlation of the European stratigraphy with
the molluscan firunae (by OOSTINGH) and the
vertebrate faunae (by VON KOENIGSWALD) . .
15. Percentage of recent coral species in the Neo-
gene and Quaternary . . . . . . . . . . .
16. Stratigraphical division of the Tertiary and
Quaternary by means of corals . . . . . .
17. Pleistocene stratigraphy in Java according t o
DE TERRA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18. Pleistocene stratigraphy of Java according to
Movrus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
19. Glacial chronology of the Quaternary in Java
and Sumatra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20. Percentages of fossil diatom species in neogene
formations of Java . . . . . . . . . . . .
21. Percentage of recent molluscan species in
tertiary faunae from Java . . . . . . . . .
22. Classifications of the Tertiary in the East Indies
and their provisional correlation with the
European stratigraphy. . . . . . . . . . .
23. Lower Tertiary of the Bajah Region (West Java)
24. Stratigraphy of the Upper Eocenc of Nanggulan
25. Stratigraphy of the Eocene of the Djiwo Hills
Page Table Page
29. Tertiary stratigraphy of the Gajo-Lands . . 112
30.- Stratigraphy of the Tertiary, South Sumatra 116
31. Stratigraphical scheme of the Tcrtiary and
Quaternary in South Sumatra . . . . . . . 121
32. Tertiary stratigraphy of Indragiri-Pelalawan . 121
33. Thickness of the tertiary strata in Atjeh . . 122
34. Stratigraphy of thc Lower Tertiary in SE-
Borneo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
1
35. Stratigraphy of the Lower Tcrtiary in West
I Pasir (SE-Borneo) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
36. Strrrtigraphy of the Lower Tertiary in South
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
~ Kutai (E-Borneo) 130
37. Stratigraphy of the Lower Tertiary in North-
west Kutai (E-Bornco) . . . . . . . . . . 13 1
38. Stratigraphy of the Lower Tertiary in the
. . . . . Mangkalihat Peninsula (E-Borneo) 132
i 39. Stratigraphy of the Lower Tertiary in Bulungan
! and the Tidung Lands (NE-Borneo) . . . . 132
!
I 40. Stratigraphy of the Tcrtiary of the Upper
I Barito area (Central Borneo). . . . . . . . 133
~
41. Preliminary correlation table for the Tertiary
I
of Southeast and Central Borneo, composed
by MOHLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1381139
42. Stratigraphy of the Upprr Tertiary of the
. . . . . . . . . .
i Bulungan-Berau Basin. 141
43. Tentative stratigraphical correlation of the
. . . . . . . . . . . .
I
Philippine Islands. 146
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
44. Stratigraphy of the Lower Tertiary in the South
arm of Celebes 148
45. Stratigrriphy of the Lower Tertiary of Misool 153
1 46. Stratigraphy of the Upper Tertiary of Misool IS4
47. Stratigraphy of the Lower Tertiary of Sumba 155
48. Stratigraphy of the Lower Tertiary of Tinior 156
I 49. Generalized stratigraphy of Sumba . . . . . 157
50. Stratigraphy of the Young Neogene and
Quaternary of the Central Basin of Tinior 160
51. Tentative lithological correlation between the
N.P.P.M. and the B.P.M. stratigraphy for Nias 170
52. Correlation of the Nias-stratigraphy with the
Sumatra-stratigraphy . . . . . . . . . . . 17 1
53. Tentative lithological correlation between the
N.P.P.M. and the B.P.M. stratigraphy for
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Simalur 17:
54. Tentative correlation of the Tertiary and
Quaternary in the Island-festoon West of
Sumatra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1741175
55. Stratigraphy of the Andaman Islands . . . 177
56. Stratigraphical correlation of the Tertiary in
1 southeastern Borneo and western New Guinea 183
26. Stratigraphical correlation table of the Tcrtiary
. . . . . . . .
57. Preliminary stratigraphy of the Tertiary and
. .
and Quaternary of J'lva 108/109 Quaternary in the Upper Digul Region. 184
27. This number has been cancelled . . . . . .
58. Stratigraphy of the Lower Tertiary in the Port
. . . . . . . . . . . 28. Lower Tertiary stratigraphy of North Sumatra 112 1 Moresby area (Papua) 185
40
- . -~ ~~
L I S T 0
Table Page
CHAPTER 111. VOLCANISM
59. Total number active volcanoes and solfatara
& fumarole fields in the Indian Archipelago 190
60. Classifications of glowing clouds (nukes
ardentes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
61. Submarine centres of volcanic activity in the
Indian Archipelago . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
62. Silica-content of Krakatau eruption-products 205
63. Periodicity of the Semeru activity . . . . . 205
64. Periodicity of the Merapi activity . . . . . 207
65. Relation between the Woro-solfatara tempera-
tures and the eruption of the Merapi in 1942-
1943. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
66. Genetic classification of volcanic forms . . . 213
67. Analyses of the water of the thermal springs at
Tjiater (West Java) . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
68. Fissures of the volcanic complex of Halmaheira 221
69. Scheme of the orogenic evolution of the Banda
Arcs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
70. Low-level and high-level basic fronts . . . . 246
71. Scheme of the derivation of Mediterranean
volcanic rocks from the Pacific suite . . . . 251
72. Comparison of the average chemical composit-
ion of the Sukadana basalts with the Indo-
China basalts and the Plateau basalts . . . 254
73. Tentative scheme for the origin of the various
suites of igneous rocks in the Indian Archipelago 255
CHAPTER 1V. GEOPHYSICS
74. List of casualties and damages caused by the
earthquake of Central Java, July 23, 1943 . 267
75. Divisions of the tectonosphere . . . . . . . 283
76. This number has been cancelled . . . . . .
77. Shells of the silicate mantle of the earth . . 285
CHAPTER V. GEOLOGICAL EVOLUTION
BORNEO
78. Tabular summary of the geology of Central
Borneo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
79. Composition of the continental part of West-
and Central Borneo (Zone C) . . . . . . . 335
80. Scheme of the orogenic evolution in Central-
and NW-Borneo . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
81. General trendlines of the orogenic development
of West and Central Borneo . . . . . . . 339
82 Chemical analyses of Pamali Breccias. . . . 344
83. Scheme of the orogenic evolution of Bo~ne o in
the Tertiary and Quaternary . . . . . . . . 360
MALAYA
84. Provisional lithological subdivision of the
Permo-Carboniferous Formation in NW Pa-
hang (Malaya) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
PHILIPPINES
85. Structural phases in the development of the
Philippine Islands. . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
NORTHERN MOLUCCAS
86. Tentative correlation of the stratigraphy in
the Philippines and in the Talaud Tslands . . 379
87. Stratigraphy of the Sula Islands . . . . . . 382
88. Stratigraphy of the Halmaheira Group . . . 384
89. Scheme of the stages of evolution in thc three
parts of the Samar Arc . . . . . . . . . . 388
I F T A B L E S
- -- -
Table
I
CELEBES
90. Tentative stratigraphy of the North arm of
Celebes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
91. Evolution of the Gorontalo section. North arm
of Celebes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
92. Evolution of the North-Bungku and Bongka
area (western part of the East arm of Celebes)
93. Scheme of the tertiary and quaternary evolution
of the northern part of the Celebes Orogene
94. Progressive southward maturing of the Samar
Arc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
95. Structural units of the Central part of the
Celebes Orogene . . . . . . . . . . . . .
96. Correlation of the structural units in the north-
ern and central parts of the Celebes Orogene
97. Mesozoic in Kendari facies in SE-Celebes .
98. Tentative stratigraphy of the northern part of
the South arm of Celebes (Tae-Toradja Lands)
99. Correlation of the structural units in the central
and southern parts of the Celebes Orogene .
100. Stages of evolution in the consecutive sections
of the Samar Arc. . . . . . . . . . . . .
101. Stratigraphy of the southern part of the South
arm of Celebes . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
102. Geological history of Ceram . . . .
103. Volcanic islands of the Banda Inner Arc (South
of Banda) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I
LESSER SUNDA ISLANDS
104. Geological evolution of the volcanic inner arc
of the Timor Orogene. . . . . . . . . . .
'
105. Thickness of the Tambola ash layer, according
t o ZOLLINGER and NEEB. . . . . . . . . .
106. Generalized outline of the geological evolution
of Sumba . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
107. Tentative stratigraphical cor~el at i on of the
Lesser Sunda Islands . . . . . . . . . . .
I
JAVA AND MADURA
108. Correlation scheme of the Kendeng Zone and
the Strait of1Madura Zone. . . . . . . . .
1
109. Stratigraphy of the Tertiary in the Tjepu area
110. Tentative correlation of the stratigraphy of the
Tertiary and Quaternary in East Java . . .
110a. Stratigraphical correlation of the Tertiary and
Quaternary in Central Java . . . . . . . .
I lob. Scheme of the development of the West-Progo
volcanoes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11 1. Development of the Bajah Mountains (South
Bantam) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
112. Stratigraphy of the Tjimandiri Valley (West
Java) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
113. Stratigraphy of the Tjiandjur-Padalarang Sec-
tion of the Bandung Zone. . . . . . . . .
114. Stratigraphy of the central section of the
Bandung Zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1 I 15. Stratigraphy of the Bogor Zone in Central
Bantam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
116. Stratigraphy of the central and eastern part
of the Bogor Zone (West Java) . . . . . .
Page
392
393
397
40 1
402
412
413
417
427
43 1
43 1
432
45 1
47 1
498
504
509
535
583
586
590
595
596
63 1
637
639
640
646
649
L I S T O F T AB L E S
.- ~~ ~~
--p-p- ~ ~ - p ~ - - - - ~ --
4 1
~ ---.- ~~-~
Table Page Table
Page
SUM. ZTRA
117. Stratigraphy of the overtrust mass of Dj an~bi 664
118. Tectonic belts of the Malaya-, Sumatra-, and
Sunda Orogenes 668 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
119. Scherne of the pre-tcrtiary evolution of Malaya,
122. Tertiary and quaternary cycles of development
of the asthenolith ~~nder neat h the Barisan
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Zone 706
123. The evolution of the Anambas System in time
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . and space 707
and of Central- and South Sumatra . . . . 669
120. Volcano-tectonic depressions in South Surn;ltra 684 ~
NEW GUINEA
121. Oceanwarcl shift of the Ananibas System in thc i
124. S t r ~ ~ c t ~ ~ r a l belts of the nliddlc part of New
Tcrtiary and the Quaternary . . . . . . . . 703 i Guinea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 719
42
.... ...
I N D E X
ABDI LLA. Q . A . . . . . . 143. 144
ABELLA > CASARI EC; ~. E . . . . 370
ABBOT . J . H . . . . . . . . . . 75
ABENDANON. E . C . 78.402. 408. 41 7.
426 . 427
. 4cnnthina . . . . . . . . . . 8 1
. 4catlthion hrach?; rus ( L) . . . . 94
.4carrthocladi a . . . . . . . . . 76
. 4ceratheriunz hoschi . . . 9 1 . 94. 650
Accration of coasts . 21 (Sumatra).
30 (Brantas. .lava). 298 a.f. (Sunda
shelf area) . 702 ( NE Sumat ra)
. 4c!itinris sutnatracnsis . . . 77. 661
.-lctir~oc,~ ~ l i n a . . . . . . . . . 185
Adalbert Range . . . . . . . 716
ADAM. J . W . H . . 12. 314. 318. 319.
415
ADAMS. G . . 1. 144 (note I). 147. 370
ADAMS & PRATT . . . . . . . 370
Adonara (Lesser Sunda Tsl.) . . 52.
493 . 494
Aeolian tuffs . . . . . . . . . 196
AERNOUT. W . A . .I . . . . . 3 19 . 320
. . . . . . . . . . Agalhiceras 475
Agrogeology (Soil science) . . . 13
AHLBURG. J . . . . . . . . . . 390
Ai-Pinang Beds (Simalur) . 172. 175
Airkuning Beds (Djambi Nappe .
Sumat ra) . . . . . . . . . . 664
AIRY . . . . . . 272. 293. 704. 706
Akimeugah area ( W . New Gui-
nca) . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
AKKERSDIJK. M . E . . . . . . . 31 8
Ak!inoc~~clina rrltic.ostrr!rr
(NUTTALL) . . . . . . . . . 136
ALBRECHT. J . C . 13 . . . . . 134. 334
Algae . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
Aliambata district (Port Ti mor) 73 .
524-527
Alino Format i on (Meratus Range.
SE-Borneo) . . . . 64. 75. 226. 341
ALLAN. R . S . . . . . . . . . 90
Allied Mining Corporat i on (Por-
tuguese Ti mor) . . . . . . . 162
Alor . . . . . . . . . . . 52. 240
Alpaco Series (Philippines) 145. 146
AI~leolina 78. 53. 84 . 85. 104. fig . 410.
532. 603. 604
Alveolina bontangetlsis RUTTEN . 32 1
Alveolina boscii DE~RANC: . 85 . 137
Alveolinella . . . . . . . 84. 87. 501
Alveolin(ellja hontangensis RUTT . 8 I .
84. 85. 180. 433. 629
AIveolinella (Flo.c.crtli~iella) globu-
Iosa MART . . . . . . . . 180. 598.
603. 629
Alveolinella quo~l i (D' ORRIGNY) 137 .
fig . 41a. t a b . 41. 168. 178. 179. 180.
181. 554 (note 2) . 593
Alveolinellidae 84. 86. 1 35. fig . 4 1.1.
137. 140. 156
Alveolinidae . . . . . . . 183. 501
ALVIR. A . D . . 34 (note I). 142 .
143. 144. 147. 227. 370. 371. 373
I NDEX
Amarasso Beds (Timor Permian) 74
Ambal au (Ambl au; near BU~ L I ) 453
Amboi na (Ambon) Gr oup . . . 444 .
455 a.f.
Amfoan rcgion (Timer)- . . 73. 156
. . . . . . . . Ambonites 457. 488
Atnmobac~tlites calcareus BRADY 89
Ambon Undat i on (Zonc) 477-478.
482.484. 488. 498. 499. 500
. . . . . . . Atnmodiscus 164. 182
Ammodiscus incertus (D' ORBIGNY) 89
An7monites . . . . . . . . . . 77
. . . . Ammonites ex gr Ceratites 419
Atninonites ex gr . Clioni1e.s . . . 419
An7nlonites lingula!us . . . . . 76
. . . . . . . . . . . Amonotis 72
AMPFERER. 0 . . . . . . . 287. 669
At7iphistegina 78. 149. 168. 169. 391.
467 . 474
Atnphisteginrr lessonii D' ORBIGNY 89.
168
. . . . . Amplexus covalloides 533
. . . . Ampullina boettgeri MART I05
. . . . . . . . . Ampullinopsis 142
Amusirrm hrrlshofi ( MARTI N) . . 646
Anambas & Tambel an Islands . 17.
225. 303
Anambas System (southwest-
ward evolution) 668..672. 703 7 0 7
Anambas Zone (Sunda Land) 364.
662 . 702
. . . . Ancilla gerthi OOSTINGH 646
. . . . Ancilla paelel; BOETTGER 105
. . . Ancilla renihangensis MART 81
. . . . . . . Arlcilla .rorl. poer1si.c 105
Andaman Basin . . . . . 54. 709
Andamans 8: Nicobars 53. 177. 231.
707-709 . 728
. . . . . . . . . . ANDERSEN 300
. . . . . ANDERSON CHARLES A 191
Andjasmoro Volcano (.lava) . . 570
. . . . . . . ANDRFWS. CH W A. 187
. . . . . "Annulatrrs" complex 657
. . . . . . . . . . Anomalina 182
Anomalina ammonoides (REUSY) 16 1
. . . . . . . . . . . Anomia 8 1
. . . . . . . . ANSEL, E A. 288. 293
Ant amok volcanism (Philippines) 227
Antatai Basin (South Sumat ra) 679
. . . . . 4ntelopc moa'jokertensis 92
. . . . . . . .Antelope saatensis 92
. . . . . . . . . . .-lntlrozo a . 446
. . . . . . . .-l ritlrracotherirrm 126
Anti-root (simatic) . . . . 288. 483
Apar-Laut syncline (SE Borneo) 130
Ape-Man . . . . . . . . 91, 108
Api Volcano of Sangeang (see
Sangeang) .
Api Volcano . Nort h of Wetar
(see Gunung Api) .
Apoli'metes grimesi el or i gal ~
(HAANSTRA & SPIKER) . . . . 646
Aptyches . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Aquitanian 86, 88 . 1 14, 121. 125. fig .
41a & b, 137, 138, 146 . 657. 704
Arca . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
.-l rca nntiquata LI NN . . 161 (notc I)
. 4rca l/ul.~hqfi MART . . . . . . 81
4rca ttranengten~ana 582 . . . . . . .
4rca tirolen~raqffi MART 105 . . . . .
ARCHBOLD Expedition . . . . . 58
ARCHBOLD . RAIZD. BRASS . . . 58
Ardjnwinangun syncline (Java) 575
Ardj uno Volcano (Java) . . . . 570
Area . . 1 (larger phys . units), 32
(larger Philippine Isl.). 51 (Lesser
Sunda Tsl.), 54 (Isl . W of Sumat ra)
ARGAND, E . . . . . . . . 336. 370
Argobuccinritn . . . . . . . . . 81
Argonauts . . . . . . . . . . 102
Arieliceras sp . . . . . . . . . 71
Arietite. ~ . . . . . . . . . 4 19. 475
Arniocera. ~ cf . setiiilaeve . . . . 66
Aru Islands . . . . . . . 59, 721
Aru Basin . . . . 467-468. 469, 721
Asahan River (Nort h Sumatra) 689
Asanoina . plohosa ( Y . 8: A. ) . 162
Assilina 78. 83. 84. 85. 86. 87. 103.
104. 105, 1 1 1 . 127. 128. 132. 135,
136. 148. 149, 155. 156 (t ab . 48) .
165 (note 2) . 177. 185. 327. 390.
391, 408, 427, 473, 509 . 603, 618
A. ~silina gronulo.ra D' ARTHIAT I OR. I77
A.s.rilitio granulo.rm D' ARTH .. 1171.-
t ner i ~i D'ARCH . & HAIME var .
"major" . . . . . . . . . . 136
A.r.rilina granrilo. ~a D' ARCH . - ley-
tneriei D' ARCH . & HAI ME var .
"niinor" . . . . . . . . . . 136
A.rsilirm spira (D'ROISSY) . . . . 106
.-l s!rrt~ocorrites . . . . . . . . 533
.-l steroc!~clir2n 136. 148. 153 . 156 . 185,
420
Asteroc~~cliria ctellatn (D' ARCHIAC) 136
Asthenolith . . . . . . . . 282 n.f.
Astracotnorpha cor!firca WI NKI .. 443
Aslrarea cf . colrinic~llata OPPENH . 66,
78, 427
. . . . . . Alhyrides limestones 69
Atjeh (Atchin) (see also Nort h
Sumatra) 21, fig . 14 (phys . struct.),
1 12. 122 (strat.), 126, 694
Atlantic igneous rocks (see
Origin of . . . . . ).
. . . . . . . . . . Atopodonta 144
. . . Aucella 66. 69, 70. 71, 74, 453
. . . . . . . . . Aucella s p 71, 537
Artcella malayo-maorica KRUMB . 65,
41 9, 450
Australasiatic Archipelago (name) 1
Austral-Asiatic Mediterranean
. . . . . . . . . . . (name) 2
Australian continent (rim of ) . 58
Australian Mount ai n System . . 730
Arcstrotrillina (Trillina howchini) 87
Auwewa Series . . . . . . . . 77
. . . . . . . . . . . Avicula sp 417
. . . . . . . . . . Avicrtlidae 443
. . . Axinea Beds (Nanggulan) 105
. . . . Axinaea drlnh-eri BOETTG 105
. . . . . . . . . . . . . Axis 92
. . . . . . . . Axis cf l ~de kke r i 566
Bann (Banda arcs) . . . . . . 465
BAARTMANS. J . A . . . . . 17. 300
Babar (Banda arcs) . . . . 474. 485
Bab~l oni a (Dipsacus) . . . . . 8 1
Bsckdeep Banda System 463. 464
469. 470. 478
Backdecp Borneo System . 359. 360
Backdeep Java-Sumatra section 53
Rackdeep Nicobars & Andamans 54
Backdeep Timor orogenc . . . 541
BACKER. C . A . . . . . . . . 6. 1 1
BACKLUND . H . G . 232. 234. 235. 236.
242. 3 1 1. 442
Bnculo.q.~.psinct . . . . . . . . . 167
RADINGS . H . 1. 1 . 60. 78. 106. I 12.
113. 127. 132. 133. 149. 153. 707
Badui Bcds . . . . . . . . . 629
BAGGEI.AAR. H . . . . . . . . . 153
Bagor Layers (Java) 552. fig . 263 on
pl . 32
Baguio district (Luzon) 217 (genesis
orc deposits)
BAILEY WILLIS 34-38. 145. 258. 368 .
370. 441
Bajah Layers (Bantam) . . 104. 628
Bajah Region of Bantam . . . 104
Bajah Mts . (Bantam. Wcst Java) 628.
630
BAKER. G . . . . . 188.204.214. 710
BAKY. L . A . J . . . . . . . 83. I53
Balnntrs . . . . . . . 573. 575. 621
Ralanus-limestone . 565. 568. 578. 590
Balntatria kochi Vlru . DE R . . . 446
Rali (Lesser Sunda Isl.) 52. 505~-506
Bali Sea . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Baliem River . . . . . . . . . 58
Balikpapan Beds (Borneo) 134. 139.
140
BALL . . . . . . . . . . . . 707
Baluran Volcano ( J a va ) . . . . 552
Banda arcs 48 (phys.). fig . 20 . 153.
227 . 228 ischemc of evolution). 441
~1 . f . igeol.). 461 a.f. (evolution north-
ern part). 468 a.f. (evolution eastern
part). 476 a.f. (evolution southern
part) . 479 a.f. (evolution wholc
system) . 728 (section of Sunda
Mountain System)
Banda inner arc . . . . . 48. 153
Banda outer arc . . . . . 49. 153
Bandune Zone . . 27 . 627 . 637 . 639
Bangil anticline (Java) . . . . . 571
Bangka . . . . . 17. 225. 237. 315
Bangkaru iBan.iak Isl.) . . . . 171
Banisilan Formation (Philippines) 146.
147
Banjak Beds (Java) . . 572. 573 . 606
Banink Islands . . . . . . . . 171
Bnniak volcanoes . . . . . . . 565
anl lam 27 (phys.), Hogor zone in
. . . . ) 645
Bantamian . . . . . . . . . . 82
Bantam tuffs . . . . . . . . . 646
Bapang section (Sangiran. E a t
Java) . . . . . . . . . . . 566
BARDI . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
BAREN. F . A . VAN 12. 250. 252. 594
Barisan Range (Sumatra) . . 21 3.f.
(physiogr.), 500 (scheme). 673 (intra-
.. - - - . .
I NDEX
-. ...
miocene orogenesis), 677 (plio-
pleistocene orogenesis) 684, 687, 694
Barito area (Borneo) 20, 129, 133,
138, 140
. . . . . . . . . B.ARREL 276, 277
. . . . . . . . . . BARTH, T F W 243
. . . . . BARTH & OFTEDAHL 247
Barup11 tuffs ( SW part Central
. . . . . . Celebes) 203,428. 430
Barus (West coast Sumatra) . . 21
Baruyen Formation (Philippines) 146,
372
Basal conglomerates (Philippines) 144.
116
Basal conglomerate Zone (Nort h
coast West New Guinea) . . 178
Basal Layers (Palcogene North
. . . Sumatra) 112 (tables 28, 29)
Basal Sandstone Scries . . 169-176
Basalt effusions (post-orogenic) 252-
254
. . . . . . . Basic fronts 234. 246
Baslco Beds (Timor Permian) . 74
. . . . . . . . . . . BASTIAN I
Batak culmination or Tumor . 23,
fig . 15. 687 . 695
Batnk Lands (North Sumatra) . 676
Batam (Riouw-Lingg;~ Arch.) . 307
Ratan Formation (Philippines) 142,
143. 144 . 146
Batavia (plain of) . . . . . 27. 654
BA. ~HER & BOEHM . . . . . . . 5 10
Bathymetrical chart 15. fig . 78 on
pl . 8. 32. 48 (not e 2)
. . . . . . . . . Bathjsiphun 164
Batui Nappe (East ar m Celebcs) 395
Batu 1sl;lnds . . . . . 164 (strat.)
Batungampor Horizon (Java) 552.
fig . 263 on pl . 32
Batuputih (Timor) . . . . . . 512
Bnturadja limestones (South Su-
matra) . . . . . 116. 118, 121, 122
Baturagung Range (Java) . 554. 558
Baturetno Basin (Java) . . 557. 558
Batur Volcano (Bali) . 196, 210. 215,
505 -506
Batu Tara Range . . . 538 a.f.
Batu T~I - : I Ridge . . . . . 490-491
Batu Tnra Volcano (Flores Sea) 492-~
493. 538
BAUER . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Bauxites of Bintan . . . . . . 311
BAU~I BERGER. E . . . . . . 65. 661
Bawean (island of -- ) . . . 17, 321
BEARTH, P . . . . . . . . . . . 242
BEAUFORT. L . F . DE 5 . 60 . 74. 102.
113, 389 . 511
Bebuluh (transgression and Beds) 134.
139 . 159
BECKER . . . . . . . . . . . 281
BECKERINC;. J . D . H . . . . 491.493
BEETS, C . 4. 79, 80, 83. 102, 134 (note
I ) . 1 1 1 . 142, 144, 419, 421, 447, 554
(note 1)
BEHRMANN, W . . . 8, fig . 8, 9. I8
BEL, J . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
Beletntlites 66. 71. 76, 77. 397, 406 .
532
8elen1nopsi.c alfr11.ica BOEHM . . 41 9
Belrmnop.ris gernrdi OPP . 69, 382, 41 6,
41 7 (tab . 97), 419
BELTZ. E . W . 106, 114 . 126, 129. 130
131, 134, 149. 186, 710
236. 238. 265. 267. 269. 272. 276.
278. 280 . 281. 289. 290. 293. 295.
296. 299. 308. 310. 336. 363. 364.
370. 430. 441. 478. 504. 563. 564.
565. 572. 573. 593: 596. 604. 605.
607 (note I ) . 609 . 610 . 61 1. fig . 306.
612. 613 . 614. 623. 624. 626. 629.
641. 642. fig . 330. 644 (note I). 648.
652. 653. 659. 660. 661. 662. 668.
671. 679. 680 . 681. 683. 684. 687.
688.695.699.704.709. 730
. . . . . . BEMMELEN. W VAN 6. 504
Bengbreng cscarpment (West
Jxva) . . . . . . . . . . . 622
Benkulen area (South Sumatra) 115.
116. 678
Benkulen Block (South Sumatra) 678.
685
Ben(g)kunat batholith (South
Sumatra) . . . . . . 115. 237-. 238
Bentang Bcds (West Java) . 621. 622
Bentarsari Basin (Java) fig . 341 and
342. 654
BENTHEM JUTTING . W . S . S . VAN 82
. . . Berau area (East Borneo) 141
. . . . . . . . . . . BERG. C C 644
BERGFR. DEN . . . . . . . . . 14
Rcrhala ([sl . in Malacca Str.) . 3 14
BERLACE & BREST VAN KEMPEN 267
BERNARD . . . . . . . . . . . 14
BERTRAND. M . . . . . . . . . 723
Beser Beds (Wcsl Java) . . . . 620
BLZEMER. T . J . . . . . 644 (note I )
. . . . . . . . . . . Biak 77. 178
. . . . . . . . . Bibos hutltena 92
Billiton . . . . . 17. 225. 237. 318
BIJLAARD . P . P . 269 . 272 . 277 . 278 .
. . . .
280 . 281. 441
RILTZ . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Binangoan limestonc (Philippines) 143.
144. 146
Bintau (Riouw-Lingga Arch.) 236 . 308
. . . . Biplat~i.~pipic. 86. 87. 179. 356
Biplanispiru nb.cttrrln UMBGROVE 130.
136. t ab . 41
Biplunispirn tnirabilis UMBG . 86. 13 1.
136
Bitauni Beds (Tinior Permian) . 74
. . . Bivergent orogcnic system 723
Black Clays (Java) (see also
. . . . Patjangan Beds) 565. 575
Blrjck Clay (Nort h Sumatra) . 112.
Blitar Subzone (Java) . . . 30. 547
. . . . . . . . . . . BLOM. JOH 21
. . . . . . . . . . Blue Clays 565
. . . . . . . . BLUHMENTHAL 223
Bobaris Mts . (SE-Borneo) . . . 341
Bochinnite.~ . . . . . . . . . . 382
Bodas series (basal limestonc
horizon of the) (Central Java) 606
Bodas series (the volcanic facies
. . . . of the) (Central Java) 606
BOEHM (Bohm). G . 69. 102. 105.451.
453.456. 460
BOEHM & PENNECKE . 510. 530. 533
BOETTGFR . . . . . . . . 102. 510
Bogor Zone (West Java) 27. 645. 648
(western part). 650 (central and
eastern part). 654 (eastern end)
BOHRER. K . . . . . . . . . . 710
BOISSEVAIN. H . . . . . . . . . 97
BOK. J . C . . . . . . . . . . . 702
BOLD. W . A . VAN DEN . . . . 715
BOLD. VAN DEN & VAN DER SLUYS 304.
307. 310
Bolivina . . . . . . . 163. 164. 182
Bolivit~a roblcsta (BRADY) . . . I51
Bolivinita . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Bolivinita quadrilatera (SCHWA-
GER) . . . . . . . . 89. 151. 161
Bolivinoides . . . . . . . 77. 78. 449
Bombarai Peninsula . . . 56. 77. 712
(Regional geology)
Bone Mts . (South arm Celebes) 432 a.f.
Bonerate (Flores Sea) . . . . . 437
Bone ridge (South arm Celebes) 729
Bone trough (Celebes) . . . 436. 440
Bongka (see North Bungku and
Bongka area) .
Booi Mts or region (Timor) 156. fig .
220 on pl . 513
BOOMGAART. L . 88. 251. 593. 674. 686
BOOMGAART & VROMAN . . . . 574
Border Clay or Shale (North
Sumatra) . . . 122 . fig . 35. 123
Borderlands (submerged) . . . 14. 56
( N Melanesia). fig . 1 I on pl . 2. fig .
378 on pl . 41. 725
Borelis 105. 127. 128. 132. 136. 137.
148. 149. 156 (tab . 48). 384 (tab . 88).
420.446.467.473. 474
Borelis (= Alveolina) 86. 87. 136.
137 . 154 . 155
. .
~ o r e l i i ( ~hs c ul i na) . . . . . . 87
Borelis ( = Flosculina. Fasciolites) 103
Borelis amarassiensis HENR . . . 156
(tab . 48)
Borelis (Fasciolites) javana VER-
BEEK . . . 155. 156 (tab . 48). 177
Borelis Iepidula SCHW . 156. tab . 48
Borelis (Alveolina) oblonga D'ORB . 153
Borelis (Fasciolites) oblonga
D'ORB . . . . . 155. 156 (tab . 48)
Borelis ovicula NUTT . . . . . . 153
Borelis pygmea HANZAWA 156 (tab . 48)
. . . Borelis timorensis VERBEEK 156
(tab . 48)
Borelis (Fasciolites) wichtnanni
RUTT . 153. 156 (tab . 48). 177
BORN. A . . . . . . . . . . . 723
Borneo 18 (physiography). 60 a.f.
(Mesozoic). 126 (Tertiary). 225 (ign .
rocks). 326 a.f. (geol.)
Bos sp . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Bo s c ~ . C . A . VAN DEN . . 197. 210
boss^. VAN . . . . . . . . . . 423
BOTH^, A . CH . D . 13. 17 . 61. 65. 68.
105. 106. 148. 303. 304. 308. 389.
414. 417. 418. 419. 555. 557
Bo d . AMI . . . . . . . . . . 233
Bouganville Mts . . . . . . . 57
BOUMAN. E . F.' . . . . . . 492. 493
Boundaries (of the East Indies) 1
Boundary Miocene-Pliocene 93. 18 1
Boundary Pliocene-Pleistocene . 93
Boundary Pretertiary-Tertiary . 78
BOWEN. N . L . . . . . 232.234. 281
. . . . . . . BOWEN & NIGCLI 248
. . . . . . . . . . . BRAAK. C 6. 8
BRAAKE. A . L . TER . . . . . . 222
. . . . . . . Brachiopoda 62. 102
Brani conglomerate (Central Su-
matra) . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Brantas River . . . . . . . . 30
Breccia Horizons (Lukulo. Cen-
. . . . . . . tral Java) 603. 604
Breccia and Marl Stage (Paleo-
. . . gene Central Sumatra) 113
Brechites venustulus . . . . . . 142
BRENNER FELSACH . . . . . . 689
. . . Bringinan anticline (Java) 568
. . . . . Bril Reef (Flores Sea) 436
. . . British North Borneo 132. 141
. . . . . . . . . . BROEK. J 0 M 2. 7
. . . . . . . . . . . BROGGER 28 1
. . . BROILI. F 389. 407. 475. 51 1. 530
BRONGERSMA. L . D . . . . . . . 94
BRONN . . . . . . . . 72 (note 1 )
. . . . . . . . . BROUWER. D 487
BROUWER. H . A . 43. 52. 52. (note I).
53. 60. 61. 65. 73. 78. 72 (note 2).
75. 148. 153. 154. 159. 160. 208. 213.
215. 220. 232. 239. 240. 251. 377.
378. 379. 380. 381. 383. 389-392.
402-408. 411. 414. 415. 417. 418.
426. 427. 430. 433. 435. 441. 449.
450. 453. 456. 457. 465. 475. 476.
485. 486. 490. 495. 500. 501. 510.
513. 519. 520. 530. 531. 532. 636.
663
BROUWER & DE BEAUFORT . . . 433
BROUWER & HETZEL . 427.428. 430
Brown coal Zone (North coast
. . . . . West New Guinea) 178
. . . . . . . . . BROWNE. W R 710
BRUGGEN. G . TER 78. 126. 128. 132.
143. 329. 340. 344. 371
. . . . . . . . . . . BRUN. A 215
BRUYNE. D . L . DE 73. 102. 160. 161.
162. 511. 519. 520
. . . . . . . . . . Bryozoa 62. 64
Bualemo Peninsula (East arm
. . . . . . . . . . Celebes) 402
. . . . . Buballrs palaeokerabau 94
. . . . . . BUBNOFF. S VON 79. 294
. . . . . . Buccinulum 554 (note 1)
. . . . . . . . . . . BUCHER 336
Blcchia (Aucella) malayomaorica 536
Buchia (Aucella) subspitiensis . 536
B~~CKI NG . . . . . . . . . 435. 689
Buckling hypothesis of VENING
. . . . . . . . MEINESZ 272 a.f.
Buckling and isostasy . . . . . 544
. . . . . . . BUGGE. JENS 233. 234
Bukit Mapas Complex (South
. . . . . . . . . . Sumatra) 681
. . . . . . . . . . . Bulimina 182
Bulimina aculeata (D'ORBIGNY) . 161
Bulimina striata D'ORBIGNY . . 89
. . . . . . . . . Bullalveolina 137
. . . . . . . . . BULLARD. E C 271
. . . . . . . . . B~~Lo w. VON 51 1
Bulucan Province (Luzon. Phi-
. . . . . . . . . . lippines) 371
Bulungan area (East Borneo) 133. 141
Bungalun area (East Borneo) 13 1 . 138.
140
Bungku (see North Bungku) .
Bunguran or Natuna major . . 303
Bunju (Island) . . . . . . . . 141
BURCK . . . . . . . . . . . . 511
Burma Orogene . . . . . . . 727
Buru (Island) 50. 72 (Mesozoic). 154
(Paleogene). 450 a.f. (geol.)
Butak Beds (Java) . . . . . . 556
Butak Volcano (Java) . . . . . 570
Buton 42 (Arch.), I48 (Paleogene).
389. 419 a.f. (geol.)
Butonite (glassy dikes. Buton) 422-423
Buton System . . 424-426.441. 729
(Section of Sunda Mountain System)
CADISH . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Cadosina . . . . . . . 443.446. 532
Cadosina . fusca WANNER 69. 4 19. 446
Cadosina semiradinta . . . . . 450
Calamites ex gr . leioderma . 62. 327
Calcarina . . . . . . . . 13 1. 169
Calcarina majori CUSHMAN . . 168
Calcispongiae . . . . . . . . . 446
Calderas . . . . . 210 . 505(Batur)
Camerina 65. 78. 84. 85; 88. 90. 103.
104. 105 . 106. 111 . 112. 114. 122.
127. 128. 129. 131. 132. 133. 136.
142. 148. 149. 153. 154. 155. 156.
163. 165 (note 2). 170. 172. 173. 174.
175. 176. 177. 178. 184. 185. 329.
335. 370. 383. 384 (tab . 88). 390.
391. 408. 420. 426. 427. 432 (tab .
101). 433. 449. 467. 473. 474. 509.
532. 533. 567. 603. 604 . 618. 619.
637
Camerina atacica LEYM . . . . . 177
Camerina bagelensis VERBEEK . 85.
105. 106. 130. 132. 153. 156 tab . 48.
177. 179. 185
Camerina bonluensis HENR . 156 (tab .
48)
Camerina cf . horelis . . . . . . 148
Camerina crncse-ornata HENZ
(non Assi l i n~~) 1 56. 156 (tab . 48)
Camerina diokdiokartne MART . 85 .
10s. 155. i s 5
Camerina d'orhian1.i (G ALEOTTI) 136
Camerina jichtel~' : . . 136. tab . 41
Camerina fickteli MICH . inter-
media D'ARCHIAC 85. 90. 103. 104.
106 . 129 . 136 . tab . 41 . 153 . 179 . 180 .
. . . .
589; 639' '
Camerina cf . plobula LEYM . 156 (tab .
-
48)
. . . Camerina guettardi D' ARCH 156
(tab . 48)
. . . . . Camerina javana VERB 106
Camerina javana var . p VERB . . 85
Canzerina kelatensis CART . 132, 156.
156 (tab . 48)
. . . Camerina nanggulani VERB 105
Camerina nuttalli (Nutt.) DAV . 85. 132
Catnerina pengaronensis VERB .
(=nanggoelani) 85. 106. 156
(tab . 48)
. . . Camerina perforata MONTF 156
Camerina semiglobula DOORNINK 136
Canlerina thalica DAVIS . . 85. 132
Camerina ~jariolaria SOW . 132. 156
(tab . 48)
. . . Canierina vredenhurgi 85. 105
I N D E X
- - . . -- . .
Cumerines Peni ns~~l a (SE Luzon) 35
Camerinidcre . . . . . 80. 103. 104
Cnmeri ni nae . . . . . . . 105. 1 12
CAMPBELL SMITH . . . . . . . 187
Canrharrrs eulianlrs (MARTIN) . . 646
CARBO~NEL. W . L . . . . . . . 75
C'arciira i ~i l l egondae MART . . . . 105
Carneg~e Institution of Washing-
ton . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Carolinan Basin . . . . . . . 388
. . Carstensz G r o u ~ . . . . fig 22 I84
(strat . Tert.)
Cassianellrr . . . . . . . . 65. 407
Ca.~sicirrli/ia . . . . . . . . . . 164
Ca.r.ridulinu subg1obo.c.a BR.ADY 89, 16 1
Cat i t rrj ~si a flora . . . . . . 62, 721
CAUDRI. C'. M . B . 83. 84. 89. 105.
106. 155. 157. 507. 508. 623
Cause of overthrust structures
(Timor orogene) . . . . 542-~545
. . . . . . . . Celebes Basin 353
Celebes Molasse . . . . . . . 150
Celebes Orogene . . . 389 i1.f .. 440
Celebes (Sulawesi) 40 (phys.), 65
(Mesozoic). 147 (Tertiary). 227 (ign .
rocks) . 245 (ophiolitcs). 389 a.f.
(geol.)
Celebochoerus heekeritzi HOOVER 435
Central Basin of Timor 73. tab . 50.
161 (strat.), 520. 521. 522
Central Celebes 43 (phys.), 389. 402
a.f. (geol.)
Central Ceram . . . . . . 445 a.f.
. . . . . . . Central Java 594. 614
Central Mountain Range (New
Guinea) . . . . . . 57. 714. 716
Central Sumatra 21 (note I ) . 113. 120.
124. 660. 672. 674. 676. 685. 699
Centres of diastrophism of the
Sunda Mountain System . . 725
Cephalopoda . . . . . . . . . 102
Ceram 50 . 72 (Mesozoic) . 154 I Paleo-
gene). 442 a.f. (geol.)
Cemm Laut (Banda arcs) . . . 465
Ceratubul i nri na paci fi ca CUSH-
. . . . . MAN & HARRIS 89. 161
Ceri t hi orr~ . . . . . . . . . . 126
Cerithiurrr songoensc MART . . . 105
Cervrrs el di . . . . . . . . . . 93
. . . . . . Cer vu. ~ hippelaphrrs 92
. . . . Cervus (.4.~i.r) I ydekkeri 92
. . . . . Cervus pal ueoj uvani cu .s 92
. . . . . Cerv~rs probl emati cri s 92
Cervus srehl i ni . . . . . . . . 92
Cervu.7 zwaani . . . . . . 92. 575
CHAPMAN . . . . . . . . . . 185
Chelleo-Acheulian hand-axes . . I I I
Chemical analyses igneous rocks
of Indonesia . . . . . . 214-215
Cheribonian . . . . . . . . . 82
CHHIBRER. H . L . 54. 60. 177. 244.
364. note I . 707. 708. 709
Chief fossil Horizon (North Su-
. . . . . . . matra) 122. fig 135
Cl i i l osromel l a ool i na SCHWAGER 89
"China Giant" ( Gi gor ~t o- pi t i ~ec~r s) I I 1
Chinese Districts (West Borneo) 332
CHINNERY. E . W . P . . . . . . 717
CHITANI . . . . . . . . . . . 645
. . . cf . Choerurnoi.ris (Sui dac~) 126
. . . . . . . . . . Choffafella 72
Choneres sp . . . . . . . . . . 62
. . . Clionefes strophomenoide.s 475
Christmas Island 59 (phys.), 187
(strat.), 23 I (ign . rocks). 720 (region-
al geol.)
Cibicides . . . . . . 90. 91. 163. 164
Ci bi ci des wu e / / c r s r o r f i ( S~ H~ ~ GER) 161
Cinder cones . . . . . . . . . 208
Circum-Australian Mountain
System 3. 16. 55. 59 (Christmas lsl.)
710 . 730
Circum-Sunda Archipelago . 3 1 a.T.
Circum-Sunda Mountain System 3.
16. 3 1. 368 a.f.
. . . . . Clactonian stoneflakes 1 1 1
Cl arhrodi ct ?~on cf . spatiosrir~r
BOEHNKE . . . . . . . . . . 61
. . . . . . Clausrrlus p.i.gmaeus 85
C l a ~ ilithes sp . . . . . . . . . 606
Cl avus malingpingensis OOSTINGH 82,
646
CLAY. J . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
. . . . . . . . . . Clerrterrtia 8 I
Climate . . . . . . . . . . . 6
C~oos . HANS 2. 4. 21 1. 281. 336. 557
(note 2)
CLUSIUS & DICKEL . . . . . . 282
Cl y p ~ i t l a . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Coal (moisture content of) . 98. 101
"Coal-measures" (Philippines) 144.
146
Coccol i ti ri nuc . . . . . . . . . 102
Coelocerus sp . . . . . . . . 71. 76
. . . Coek~ceras moermani K ~ u r z 76
1 Co~l odont a v o ~ KOENIGSWALD 94
COERT. J . . . . . . . . . . . 321
. . . . . . . . . COLBERT. E H 92. 93
COLLINGS. H . D . . . . . . 363. 691
. . . . . . Col ossoci r e~~s atl as 92
COLIJN . . . . . . . . 178. 592. 710
Composition volcanic products 21 2
Conca-type of Caldera . . . . 210
CONRAD. VON . . . . . . 259. 284
Continental volcanic facies (Pa-
leogcne Wcst Borneo) 127. fig . 37
Conrrs .sorrdeiat~ us MARTIN . 82. 646
Convection currents 260~-262 (relation
to deep-focus shocks). 274 a.f. (re-
lation t o gravity anomalies)
COOL. HUGO . . . . . . . 222. 223
Copper-shale formation (see Ma-
roro formation) .
Corallinacerre . . . . . . . . . 101
Coral l i ophyl l i a . . . . . . . . 8 1
Coral-shoals (Philippines) . . . 39
Coral Stratigraphy of the Tertiary
. . . . . . . and Quaternary 95
Corbiculrr . . . . . . . . . . 575
Corbi cul a Beds . . . . . . . . 565
Corbul u . . . . . . . . . . . 126
. . . . Cor bul a sc~rrtiturta BOETTG 105
Corrl ai tes . . . . . . . . . . . 664
Cornuspi ra . . . . . . . . . . 443
COSIJN. J . . . . . . . . . 83. 581
COSTER . . . . . . . . . . 9. 1 1
Cox. L . . . . . . . . . . . . 721
Cr anr ar i ~r r . ~i . ~ . . . . . . . . . 82
Crater . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Creep . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
CRESPIN . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Cretaceous 65 (Borneo). 66 (Celebes).
69 (Misool)
. . . . . Cribas region (Timor) 73
Cri brol i r~oi des crrrta (CUSHMAN) 89
Crirroidea . . . . . . . . . . 102
CROOS . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Crurarri l a si i b( ~~ckr r . c~. . . . . . 66
Cryprornastorlon . . . . . . . . 92
Crystalline basement complex
(Lukulo, Central Java) . . . 603
Crystalline schists . . . . . 60. 710
Crystal-tuff Horizon (East Bor-
neo) . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Cu1tellrr.s . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Cul rel l us di l atatus MARTIN . . . 646
Cumulo volcanoes . . . . . . 208
Cunniirgtoniceras holkrerr ERNI . 76
CURRIE. E . D . . . . . . . . . 721
CUSHMAN. J . A . . . . . . . . 90
C~~at hophj ~l l r r t r r dor r ~~i l l ei FRECH . 62
C).clamr??ina . . . . . . . 164. 182
CJ1Cl OC!,~p~~.F CARPENT~ER 78. 83. 84.
85. 86. 87. 88. 103. 112. 116. 118.
122. 143. 179. 180. 321. 384. 407.
467. 474. 494. 497. 554. 577 (note 1).
593. 605. 606. 619. 620. 621. 629.
639. 649. 650. 654
C.vclocl~vpeus TAN . . . . . . . 88
C~~cl ocl j ~peu. r anri ~i l atrrs . . . 143. 39 1
Cj ~cl ocl ype~i . ~ crrrpenteri BRADY . 606.
654
Cycl ocl yprus cortrrnrmis MARTI N 143.
391. 556
Cj ~ c k ~ c l y p ~ r i s eidue TAN 87. 141. 554
(note I ) . 603. 628
Cy c l oc ~~pi ~r r s guembeliatnis BRADY 1 16.
554 (note 2). 606. 654
Cycl oc[ i ye~i s indopaci$cu.r . . . 87
Cj ~cl ocl ypeus indopacificus var .
rerhaari . . . . . . . . . . 603
Cycl ocl ypeus irrciopacificus vnr .
vandervl erki . . . . . . . . 603
Cj scl ocl ypeus ex . gr . i nornatus TAN 163.
603
C.scloclypeus ( Kat ac ~~c l c ~c l ~peus ) 87.
88
Cvcl ocl ~~peus (Katcrcycl ocl ype~rs)
annularus MART . 8 1 . 1 16. 407. 557.
572. 593. 598. 604. 620. 629. 637.
649
Cvcl ocl yp~r / s koul hoveni 87. 103. 104
C~~cl ocl ypeus oppenoorthi . 86. 87. 104
Cj . cl ocl ~peus posteidae . . . . . 603
Cycl ocl ypeus post-indopaci/icus
var . tenuitesra TAN . . . . . . 606
Cj ~cl oc~vper i s rericnlutus CAUDRI 606 .
654
Cycl ol epi di nu . . . . . . . . . 621
Cyclops Mts . . . . . . . . . 57
Cyclotellrr meneghiana . . . . . 692
Cyl i ndri res . . . . . . . . 65. 341
Cypri ni dae . . . . . . . . . . 114
C.vrena. . . . . . . . . . . . 126
C.vreriu (Bari ssaj borrreensis
(VERB.) . . . . . . . . 127. 130
C.vr-c~tra ( Car hul a) pengaronensis
BOETTG . . . . . . . . . 126. 127
C~~st i phyl l ri rrr sp . . . . . . . . 62
. . . . . . . . . . Dadoxyl otl 664
Dai (Banda arcs) . . . . . 474. 485
. . . . . . DALBURG & PRATT 370
DALY. R . A . 96. 250. 272. 354. 355.
363. 701
. . . . Damar Beds (Java) 573. 606
Damar (Banda arcs) . . . . . 471
Damhilah Islands (near Florcs) 495-
496
DAMMERAIAN. K . W . 93. 11 1 (note 1)
Dana (Lesser Sunda Islands) . . 533
DANA. J . D . . . . . . . . . . 256
. . . Danau Complex (Bantam) 645
Danau Formation . 61. 62 . 63. 225
Daonel l a 69. 70. 71. 72. 304. 419. 474.
475.533
DARWI N . . . . . . . . . 354. 424
DAVID. Sir T . W . ETHERIDGE 710. 730
DAVIES. A . M . . . . . . . . . 80
DAVIS. W . M . . . . . . . . . 437
DAY. A . L . . . . . . . . . . 215
Dr capod. ~ . . . . . . . . . . . I05
Deep-focus earthquakes . . 259 a.f.
DENINGEK. K . 72. 91. 443. 445. 453
Denitrgeria . . . . . . . . . . 446
Dent al i nu . . . . . . . . . . 164
. Denudation . . . . 9. fig 9. 11-12
Devonian . . . . . . . . . . 61
Di at oms . . . . . . . . . 98. 692
DICKERSON. R . E . . . 142. 143. 144
Dicoe1ite.r . . . . . . . . . . 382
. . . . . . . . . Di ctj .ocen~rs 179
DIECKMANN. W . . . . . . . . 148
. . . . . DI ECKMANN & JULIUS 414
DI CNER . . . . . . . . . . . 511
Dirng Volcanoes (Central Java) 214
DIEPERINK. B . E . . . . . . . . 157
DIETRICH. W . 0 . . . . . . . . 91
. . . . Diewewa Conglomerate 77
Differentiation (magmatic) . 232 a.f.
Differentiation (metamorphic) . 235
. . . Diffusion (solid-) 234.-236. 242
. . . . . . Diffusion (thermo-) 281
Digul-Fly Depression (New Gui-
nea) . . . . . . . . . . 58. 7 15
Digul (Upper-) . . . . . . . . 184
Dimensions (see area) .
Di pl oast rae~r helioporrr (LAM. ) . 426
Di sroasteri dae . . . . . . . . 102
Di scocj ~cl i nrr 78. 83. 84. 85. 86. 87.
103. 104. 105. 106. 127. 128. 129.
131. 132. 133. 136 tab . 41. 143. 148.
149. 153. 154. 155. 156. 165 (note 2) .
177. 178. 179. 185. 329. 335. 356 .
379. 384 (tab . 88). 390. 391. 397 .
408. 420. 427. 432 (tab . 101). 433.
444. 446. 449. 453. 466. 473. 509.
533. 567. 603. 604. 618
Di scocycl i na Beds (Nanggulan) . 105
Di scocycl i na dispan.ro Sow . 105. 106.
132. 148. 156 (tab . 48). 532
Di scocycl i na dj o!i j aknrtar MART . 104
Di.rcoc,~.clir~rr . f i i t schi Douv . . . 105
Di ~coc, ~. cl i na j nvana VERB . 105 . 106.
142. 155. 156 (t ab . 48). 371. 532
Di ~c oc j ~c l i na nroletrgraaffi HFNR . 156
(tab . 48)
Di scocycl i na onrphrrlus (v .
FRITSCH) . . . . . . . . 106. 1 30
Di scocycl i na un~plrrrlrrs ( v .
FRITSCH) v.1~ . sellifbr.tnis 86. 136.
fig . 40. tab . 41
Discoc.vclina pt~t~gcrronensis VERB . 104
Di scocj ~cl i na ? prcrtti MICH . 1 1 1. 156
(tab . 48)
Di scucj ~cl i na sowerbj l i NUTT . . . 106
Di scocycl i na umhi l i cat a DEPH . . 177
Di scocycl i ni nae . . . . . . . . 105
Di rcorbi s bodjongensis LE ROY . 167
Distribution active volcanism . 219
Distribution of Atlantic suite fig . 74
on pl . 4
Distribution of earthquakes 258. fig .
78 on pl . 8
. . . . Distribution of gr.lnitcs fig 73
Distribution of igneous cl:~ns in
. . . . Lesser Sunda Islands 494
Distribution of igneous rocks in
time and space 225 a.f., fig . 73.
74. 75
Distribution of edite err an can
. . . . . . . . suite fig 75 on p1 7
Distribution of ophiolites fig . 74 on
pl . 4
Distribution of Pacific suite fig . 75
on pl . 7
. . . . Djambi Basin (Sunxitra) 696
. . . Djambi Nappe (Sumatra) 664.
668-670
Djampangs (West Java) . . 28. 616
Djampang section (Southern Mts,
. . . . . . . . . West Java) 616
Djembangan Beds (Central Java) 610
Diembur Layers (Java) 552. fig . 263
-on pl . 32 .
. . . . Djetis fauna 92. 1 1 1. 622
Djiwo Hills (near Klaten. Java) 105.
554 . 555. 559
Djokjokartae Beds (Nanggulan) 105
DJOKOJUWONO (Raden) . 344 (note I)
. . . Djombang Beds 97. 570. 582
. . . . Djonggrangan Beds 81. 597
Djulu Rajeuh Beds (North Su-
. . . . . . . . . . . matra) 122
Doangdoangan Reefs (Strait of
. . . . . . . . . Makassar) 436
DOCTERS VAN LEEUWEN. W . M . 6. 11
. . . . . . . . . DOEDERLEIN. L 721
DOEGLAS. D . J . 101 . 102 (note 2).
586
Dol i ol i ~~al c~pi dr r . . . . . . . . 475
DOLLFUS . . . . . . . 78. 402. 426
Dolokapa Formation (North arm
. . . . . . . . . . Celebes) 390
Dome formation (Mernpi Vol-
. . . . . . . . . . . cano) 197
. . . . . . Doole Beds (Buton) 419
DOORNINK. H . W . VAN . . 103. 105
. . . . . DOORNINCK. N H VAY 75
. . . . . . . . . DORN. C L 164. 168
. . . . . . . . . . Dor ot hi a 90 tab 41
. . . . . . . . . . Dorsanur?r 80
. . . . . . . . . . . Dosirlicr 8 1
DOUVILLE. H . 4. 83. 105. 142. 143.
155 . 164. 165. f73. 176. 391. 530
DOLI WES DEKKER (MULTATULI) 2 . 52
. . . . . . Dowo Beds (Djiwo) 108
Dozy. J . J . fig . 22. 57 (note 1 ) . 148.
149. 178. 184. 715
"Drie Gebroeders" (Wonin.
Manggur. Fadoh; Banda arcs) 465
. . . . . . . . . Dr i l l i a sul tani 105
. . . . . . DROST&BECKERI NG 689
DRUIF. J . H . 122. 214. 314. 660. 689.
690. 691. 694
Du ~o 1 s . E . 4. 91. 106. 107. llO. 111
Dusors' collection at Leiden . . 94
. . . . . Dlrboisia. mandible of 566
Dl rboi si a kroeseni i . . . . . 92. 566
DUFOUR. J . . . . . . . . . . 119
Duizend Islands (Thousand Is-
lands. near Batavia) . . . . . 323
Duration of orogenic cycles
(Banda System) . . . . . . . 483
DURHAM. J . W . 24. 268. 678. 685. 686.
689
DUTERTE. E . . . . . . . . 142. 143
DUYFJES. J . 93. 96. 97. 98. 298. 554
(note I and 2). 566. 570. 571. 573.
576. 577. 578. 579. 580. 581. 582.
584. 586. 588. 618. 621
DI J K . V A N & VOGELZANG . . . 9
EARLE. W . . . . . . . . . 17. 300
Early Man . . . . . . . 109a.f.
Earthquakes . . . . . . . 257 3.f.
East arm of Celebes 41. 66. 148-152.
389. 394 a.f.
East Asiatic lsland arcs (festoons) 16.
38 (note 1). 726
East Ceram . . . . . . . 449 ~1.f.
. . . East Cordilleras (Zone of) 37
Eastern spur of .lava . . . 3 1 . 546
. . . . . . East Java 554 a.f.. 589
EATON. J . E . . . . . . 678. 680 . 684
Eburna . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Echi noderrri ata . . . . . . . . 102
Echinoidc~rr . . . . 102. 105. 142. 721
ECOMA VEKSTEGE. F . . . . 193. 507
EDELMAN. C . H . . . . 13. 102. 586
Em. D . VAN . . . . l l 8( not e 3)
EGELER. C . G . 61. 389. 391. 393. 405
EHRAT. H . . . . . . . 494.497. 501
EINTHOVEN . . . . . . . . . . 266
EKLUND. 0 . . . . . . . . . . 675
ELBER. R . 163. 164 . 165. 169. 170.
171 . 173
ELBERT. H . . . . . . . 494. 501. 504
E1epha.r . . . . . . . . . 92. 301
El ephrr. ~ nrrtnadicus ( - Pal eol oxo-
~l or l l?i.s11drindicus) 92. 93. 566. 607
Eleplrar j . 4rrhi di skodon) pl ani -
./bans . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Elephas sumatrrrnrrs TEMM . 93. 97 . 298
El i cano . . . . . . . . . . . 370
El phi di unl . . . . . . . . . . 163
Emanations . . . . . . . . . 234
Embaluh Complex (Borneo) . . 128
Embaluh Zone ( ZOI I ~ A of West
Borneo) . . . . . . . . . . 329
Enggano . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Engkilili Graben (West Borneo) 329.
fig . 13 1
. . . . . . . . . . Eolrvigerina 77
Epi tnachcri rodu.~ . . . . . . . 92. 93
Epi st ot ni n~r elegrrns (D' ORBIGNY) 89.
161
Eponides . 91. 163. 164. 168. 169. 181
Eponides rnar.garitifirrts (BRADY) 161
Eponi dcs prnecinctlrs (KARKFIC) . 89.
161 . 167
Eqrrrr.~ . . . . . . . . . . 93. 651
Era Depression . . . 43. tab . 5
ERDMAN . . . . . . . . . . . I84
ERNI. A. . . . . . . . . . . . 77
ERNST. A . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Erosion (see denudalion) .
Eruption types (Merapi) . . . 199
Eruption rains . . . . . . . . 201
Erytnnoceras . . . . . . . . . 76
Es. L . J . C . VAN 93. 106. 155. 253. 303.
510. 51 1. 565. 594. 636
I NDE X
ESCHER. B . G . 42. 193. 194. 199. 200.
201.210. 269.424. 623. 723
ESENWEIN. P . 213. 220. 251. 319. 320.
334.416.417.494. 495
ESKOLA. P . . . . . . . . . 232. 234
Eulepidintr 85. 86. 87. 88. 104. 1 18.
122. 136 . 137 tab . 41. 143. 144. 174.
178. 179. 180. 184. 185. 572. 604.
619. 620. 639
E~rleyidina dilutcrta . . . . 85. 122
Eiilrpidinu cf . fbrmostr SCHLUM-
BERGER . . . . . . . . . . 628
Eulc~pidinu puyuaen.sis . . . . . 85
Eillepidintr sp . 120. 122. 163. 356. 509.
629
Eurameric flor.1 . . . . . . . . 62
Eustacy . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Euthriu jorjnrartrnsi.s . . . . . 105
EVANS & CROMPTON 270. 271. 272.
273. 281. 282. 295. 589. 637
EVERDINGEN. E . VAN . . . . . 6
EVERWIJN. R . . . . . . . . . 314
Exelissu . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Exhalations (volcanic) . . . . . 215
Explosivity index of volcanism 19 1.
194
Extinction of volcanism in inner
arc Lesser Sunda Islands 498 -500 .
542
Extinct-volcanic inner arcs (scc
also volcanic cycles) 488-490.
49 8-500
Facies 73 (Timor Mesoz.), 78. 79
(Tertiary). 123 (Ter-t . Atjeh) . I37
(Paleogene West Borneo). 133.. 131
(Neogene East Borneo). 142 (h\1
Borneo). 154 (Paleogenc Ceram).
174.. 175 (Islands W of Sumatra).
179 a.f. (Vogelkop New Guinea).
570 (Putjangan). 571-575 (West
Kendeng)
Facies analysis Palembang Basin 1 I9
FAIRBRIDGE. R . W . . . 287. 721. 730
Fusriolites 84. 85. 86. 137. 155. 165
(note 2). 426.427. 509 (tab . 109). 714
Ft~sriolites n~irhnwrnni RUTTEN 85. 148
Fntjet limestones . . . . . . . 69
Fatu . . . . . . . . 74 (note 4). 76
Fatu Complex 73. 74. 515. 520. 522
Fauna (recent) . . . . . . . . 4 5
FAUSTINO. L . A . 34. 39. 142. 143. 145
FAUSTINO & ALVIR . . . . . . 370
FAV~ J EE . DR . . . . . . . . . 503
Fuvosites rrtiruluti~s (DE BLV.) 62
Fuvositrs sp . GERTH I927 . . . 62
FEHN. H . . . . . . . . . . 19. 20
FELICIANO. J . M . . 142. 143. 147. 21 6
FELICIANO & CKUZ . . . . . . 9
Felis . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Frlis rubiginosa . . . . . . . . 93
FELIX. J . . . 161(not e1). 511. 574
Fenestrllu . . . . . . . . . . 76
Fennema Mts (Central Celebes) 41 1.
440
FENNEMA. R . . . . . . . . 268. 701
F~ NNER. C . N . . . . . . . 194. 202
F~. RGUSON. H . G . . . . . . . . 370
F~RSMANN. A . . . . . . . . . 234
Fertility of the soil . . . . . . 10
FEUILLETAU DE BRUYN. W . K . H . 56.
61. 62. 710
. . . . . . . Finisterre Range 71 6
. . . . FISCHER. P J 89. 444. 449. 661
FISHER. N . H . 178. 185. 188.710. 716
. . . . . Fishes (fossil) 102. 1 13. 114
Fish shales 113 (Padang Highlands)
. . . . . . . . Flora (recent) 5
Flores (Lesser Sunda Isl.) 52. 239.
494-49 6
. . . . . . . Flores Sea 43. 5 1. 729
. . . . . . . . . . . FLORIS. J 699
Flosculi~~cl 83. 84. 86. 132. 136. 137.
fig . 41a. 148. 153. 604
Flu.srillinc~llu . . 84. 86. 87. 137. 180
Nosri~lincllu hontangrnsis (RUT-
TEN) 84, 86, 90, 137, fi g. 41a, t ab.
41. 141. 154. 180
Nosrulinellu hontar~gmsis (RUT-
TEN)-glubulosu (RUTTEN) . 141. 180
Flo.srillirrellu glohulostl (RUTTEN) 86.
136. 137. fig . 41a. 603. 629
Flowage folding on Sumba . . 509
Fogi Beds (Buru) . . . . . . . 453
Forurnin$era . . . . . 105. 133. 166
Foratninifertt (smaller) . 88. 174. 639
Foraminiferal marine facies (Pa-
leogene West and Central Bor-
. . . . . . . . neo) 128. fig 38
Foraminiferal stratigraphy of the
Tertiary . . . . . . . . . . 83
Foredeep Banda arcs 50. 463.467.
469.476. 479. 482
1. . oredeep of the Lesser Sunda
Islands . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Foredeep of Timor orogene . . 542
. . . . . . . . . Forcsts 6. fig 8. I 1
Fossa Sarasina (Central Celebes) 43.
tab . 5 . 407 . 41 1. 440
1-ossil flora . . . . . . 62. 102. 113
Fossil Hominids of Java . . . I OU
. . . . . . . . . Fossil woods I03
F OURM~ ~ KI F R. P . . 287. 669. 687. 723
F O U R ~ ~ T . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Fox . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1 1
Fracture pattern and sea straits
(Lesser Sunda Islands) 486. 491.
492 . 497 . 498. 502. 505. 506
Frur7kei11cl . . . . . . . 90. tab . 41
FRECH. F . . . . . . . . . . . 661
FRENCH . . . . . . . . . . . 185
FREUSB~RG. A . F . W . . 101 (note I )
FRIJLIKCK . . . . . . . . . . 135
FKIJLINC. . H . . . . 113. 689. 690. 691
FROMAGET. G . 294 (note 1). 362
(note 2) . 726
Fufa Beds (Ceram) . . 444. 447. 449
Fusulina . . . . . . . 663. 664. 665
. . . . Firsillinu cC ulpinu 664. 666
. . . . . . . Fusulinirlur 62. 64. 327
FYAN. E . C . . . . . . . . . . I01
Cr
Gadjah Volcano . . . . . . . 596
Gagak-Kiaraberes-Eniiut-Sal~~k
complex . . . . . . . . . . 637
Gajo lands ( For t h Sumatra) 117 .
114
Gamping anticline (Java) . . . 568
Camping Hill (East Java) . . . 105
Gamping Layers (Djiwo. Java) . 108
Garba Mts (South Sumatra) . . 681
Garut. Upland plain of (West
Java) . . . . . . . . . 644-645
Gas pressure (types volc . activity) 204
Gastropods . . . . . . . . . . 128
GAUSS . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Gea~lticlillal uplift (by endogenic
magmatic forces) . . . . . . 210
Gedeh-Pangrango complex (West
Java) . . . . . . . . . . . 637
Gedongsurian cauldron (South
Sumatra) . . . . . . 680. 681
GE E . E . R . . . . . . . . . . . 707
Geelvink Bay (New Guinea) . . 713
GEIKIE. A . . . . . . . . . . . 93
GEILMANN. W . . . . . . . . . 215
Gemolong dome (Java) . . . . 568
Genetical classification volca~lic
forms . . . . . 207 a.f.. tab . 66
Genteng dacite . . . . . . 624. 626
GENTILLY. J . . . . . . . . . . 201
Geo-undations 263-265 (relation to
deep shocks). 283. 290. 295. 336
(term.), 463 and 483 (Southern h4o-
luccas)
GERMERAAD. J . H . 61. 72. 78. 89.
154. 304. 305. 3 10. 442--448. 449.
450.456. 46 1. 52 1
GERTH. H . 62. 79. 95. 102. 105. 106.
419.427. 45 1. 5 1 1 . 620. 664
Gesi (Java) . . . . . . . . . . 568
GEURSEN. G . J . . . . . . . . . 318
GIEZEN. J . A . H . . . . . . 163. 170
Gigantism (Early Man) . . . . 1 1 1
Gigantopitherus hlurki v . K . . . 1 1 1
GISOLF. W . F . 308. 416. 437. 710. 711
Glacial chronology 96. 579. 582. 583
Glacially controlled subsidence
theory (KUENEN) . . . . 354-355
GLAESSNEH. M . F . 60. 89. 90. 710
GLENNIE. E . A . . . . . 54 (note I)
Globigerinu 71. 77. 78. 114. 131. tab .
41. 163. 179. 180. 181. 390. 391.416.
443. 446. 458 . 466. 467 . 474 . 475 .
Glohigerinrr c~ryuiluter~ulis BRADY 414
Glohi:~rrit~rr 11ulloirko.s D'ORB . 12 1. 4 14
Glohigerir~u cret uc~u D' ORB . 78. 185.
390.414. 4 19.446.449. 453
Globi,q~r.inu eocona GUEMBEL 78. 89.
154.416
Glohigel.i~io lir~nc.a~za . . . . . . 390
Globigerina-marl Zone (North
coast West New Guinea) . . 178
G'iobigerit~u spec . . . . . . . . 89
GI uhi g~r i t i ~ tripurtitu KOCH 157. 166.
168. 169. 509 (tab . 106)
Globigerinidu~ 65. 70. 155. 159. 161.
379. 383. 444. 449. 486. 487. 532
G1ohigrri11oitle.s . . . . . . . . 90
Glohig~rinoides ~ ~ ~ ~ U( D' OR B I GNY) 161.
167
Glohigerinoides scc. rul~~erus
(BRADY) . . . . . . . . 149. 161
Glohigerinoides sacculifrrus
(BRADY) var . fistulosus (SCHU-
BERT) . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Glohigrrinoides sarrul ~i ~ri w
(BRADY) var . itnmatura LE ROY 161
Globobulimina . . . . . . . . 182
Globorotalia 90. tab . 41. 179. 180.
181. 182. 416.443. 491
Globorotalia aragonerz.sis . . 78 . 449
Globororalia ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ( D ' O R B I G N Y )
89. 149. 151. 161. 163. 167. 390. 449
Globorofalirr nlicheliniana (D' OR-
BIGNY) . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Globorotalia rumida (BRADY) 149. 15 1.
163. 167. 390
Globorofalia vrlascoeruis (aragon-
ensis) . . . . . . . . . 446. 440
Globorrurlcana 64 . 66 . 68 . 69 . 70 . 71 .
443; 446,.449, 537
Glubofruncana canaliculrtu ( R~us s )
378. 382. 384 (tab . 88) . 414 . 419.
45 3
Globofruncana litltlci (D'ORB.) . . 7 I
Globo/rrirlcana r.osrfru (CARSEY) . 67
Globorr~rncana stuarti (LAPP.) . 71
Glomospira . . . . . . . . 90. 665
. . . . . Glossopferis flora 62. 721
Godean. hills of (Central Java) . 596
Goesrlla . . . . . . . . . . . 163
GOLLNER. E . R . D . . . 130 . 339. 340
Gor l i or l ~) ~~ . . . . . . . . . . 475
Goniophora sp . . . . . . . . . 62
. . . . GOODSPEED & COOMBS 236
Gorong or Goram (Banda arcs) 465
Gorontalo 40 (sect . of North arm
Celebes). 41 (Gulf). 390. 393 (evolut-
ion North arm)
Goropu Volcano (Eastern Papua) 214
GOTHAN. W . . . . . . . . . . 6
. . . . . . . . GOUWENTAK. C J 178
Grammoceras . . . . . . . . . 382
. . . . . . . . . GRANDIEAN. J B 193
. . . . . Granite problem 232 3.f.
Granite batholiths in the East
. . . . Indies (examples) 236 a.f.
Granitic root 245 (position beneath
o~hi ol i t i c front) . 273 a.f .. 282 a.f.
(isthenolith) "
Granitization 233 a.f., 309-3 10. 3 13-
314. 489-490 (late Tertiary)
Grati Lake or Maar (East Java) 210
Gravity anomalies . See Isostatic
gravity anomalies .
Gravity measurements at sea . 269
Gravity measurements on land 269-
27 1
. . . . . GRAY & DE VERNEUIL 717
GREGORY. J . . . . . . . . 185. 721
Grensklei (see Border Clay) .
. . . . . . . . . . GRIGGS. R F 257
. . . . . GROND. G r. A 287 (note 1)
GROOT. P . F . DE . 178. 184. 308. 715
. . . . . . . . . . GROUT. F F 232
. . . . . . . GSOLLPOLNTNER. K 504
Guadalupe tuffs (Philippines) 146. 147
Guembelina 71. 77. 78. 154. 185. 443.
446. 449
Guenlbelina gloD1110sa (EHREN-
BERG) . . . . . . . . . 67. 185
Gumai Beds (see Telisa Beds) .
Gun~a i Mts (South Sumatra) 667. 685.
698
Gunung Api (North of Wetar) 470-471
Gunung Gede (Bantam. West
. . . . . . . . . . . Java) 656
Gunung Sewu (South Java) 554. 557
Gunung Wunkal (Java) . . . . 108
I N D E X
. . . . --
GUTENBERG. B . . . 260. 263 . 284. 288
GUTENBERG. B . & RI CHTFR C . F . 258.
259.262. 263. 284
Gypsina glohulus . . . . . 179. 180
Cj.roidina . . . . . . . . . . 164
. . . . Gj'roidina solrlanii (D' ORB.) 157
HAAN. J . H . ~t . . . . . . . I I
HAAN. W . DE 1 13. 120. 124. 660. 665 .
672. 674. 675. 686
HAANSTRA & SPIKFR . . 586 (note 2)
HAAR . C . TER 80 . 1 I 1 . 576 . 577 . 604 .
. . .
584. 591. '594. 602 . 706
HAGEN . . . . . . . . . . . . 639
Hahl Range . . . . . . . . . 716
Halang Beds (Central Java) . . 605
HALL . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
. . . . Hallvsitrs wallicI~i REED 61
. . . . . . . . . Halmaheira 47
Fialmaheira Group 47. 153. 382-384
Halmaheira-Ternate volcanoes . 221
Hulobia . . . . 69 . 71. 419. 530> 660
Halohia sp . 63. 327. 475. 530. 531.
533
Halobia clcr1ingrr.i KRLIMBECK 446. 449
. . . Halobia lc ~r.alrrc~ira VOLTZ 446
Halohia sp . nov . KRUMBECK . . 446
Halorella . . . . . . . . 72. 446
. . . . . Hcrloritcs ex gr Cater~ati 419
f hl orel l a rrcfifiorl. ~ K R UMB . non
BITTN . . . . . . . . . . . . 456
. . . . . . . . HAMLET, BEATA 3 1 1
Hanrrrra/oc~rm sp . . . . . 71. 382
HANIEL. G . . . . . . . . 475. 5 1 1
HANNIK . . . . . . . . . . . 32 1
Harltkrninu . 78 . 89. 90 . tab . 41. 154
Hantkrnina nlciban:cr~.si.s CUSH-
MAN . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
HANZAWA. S . . . . . . . . . 143
Hupl ophr~~grt roi ~l ~~s . . . 90. I 64 . 182
Haploplrrugtrroidrs gi. ~anrrl l s
BOC)MGAART . . . . . . . . 89
HARDENBERG. J . D . F . . . . . 14
. . . . . . . . . . HARKER. A 281
HARLOFF, CH. E. A. 12.61. 104. 133.
230. 594. 595. 602. 603. 604. 65 1
HARLOFF & PANNEKOEK . . 562. 595
Harpoc.eras . . . . . . . . 7 1. 382
Harpoceras cf . toarcerlsc D' ORB . 66. 67
HARTING. A . 104. 119 . 132. 355. 639.
660. 674
. . . . . . . . HARTMANN E 514. 518
HARTMANY . M . A . 192. 197 . 199. 201.
213.215.487.491-493. 637
HARTOG. L . E . W . DEN I 62 . 163. 165.
166. 167. 172. 173 . 176. 177. 231
Haruku (Ambon Group) . . . 457
HAUG. E . . . . . . . . . 93. 264
HAUG~ U. P . G . . . . . . . . . 510
. . . . HAYASAK.! & KAZUHIKO 157
. . . . . . . . . . HAYES. R C 258
. . . . . . . . . . HEBERLEIN 107
. . . . . . . . . HEDBERG. H D 90
HEEK. J . VAN . . . . . . . . . 504
HEEKEREN. VAY . . . . 91. 301.435
HEER . 0 . . . . . . . . . . . 113
HEERING. J . 240. 458. 485. 486 . 487.
488. 489
HEIM. ALB . . . . . . . 193 (note I )
HEIM. ARN . 1 l I. 113. 441. 466. 663.
677. 700.701. 72 1
HEISE. G . W . . . . . . . . . . 216
HEISKANEN. W . . . . . . . . . 270
HELBIG. K . . . 686. 688. 690 . 691.
692. 694
HELDRING . . . . . . . . . . 715
H~liolit/rrs barrandri PEN . . . . 62
Hrliolitcs por os ~~s GOLDFUSS . . 61
HENNY. G . . . . . . . . . 154. 451
HENRICI. I1. . . . . . . . 155. 157
HE KM~ S & DL VLETTER . 304. 308.309.
3 10
HERTZ . . . . . . . 272 (note I )
HESS . H . H . . . . . . . . 245. 723
Hrtc. rosfexiiia 78. 84. 85. 87. 143.
179. 180. 184 . 391
ffetc~ro.s/rgi/iu hornei;trsi.s (- spi-
rocl!yoid HET . of RUTTEN) . 85. 87
HETTINGA TROMP. H . VAN 222 . 223.
299
HETZEL. W . H . 42. 61. 65. 67. 68. 78.
80. 389. 402. 414.418.419. 420. 421.
422,423,424.437, 647. 65 1.654. 655
HEURN . F . C . VAN . . . . 13 . 702
Hexupsc~ph~~s g ~ ~ ~ i ~ t l l c r i SM .
WOODW . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Hiholirrs .si~l?firsiforrn is RASP . . . 71
Hili Ma n~i district (Port Tinlor) 522-
523
Himalayan Mountain Systems . 726
I-lirnalaynn Range . . . . . . . 727
HI NDL. G . J . . . . 303.414. 510. 530
Hirrd.~icr r: u! i ~~oc~l ut ~~~r~. ri c. . . . . 105
Hippo~porarri~rs . . . . . . . . 94
Hippopoturrrus anric11111s . . . . 92
Hippopo/arrlr~s koc~nigswaldi . 92. 94
Hippopo/nrrrl~s simplex v . K . . 92. 94
Hippoporumrr.~ sivajar.anicrr.s (Du-
BOIS) . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
I HI RSCHI . H . . 75. 112. 113 . 521. 530
Hitu (Ambon) . . . . . . . . 458
H ~ B B S . W . H . . . . . . . . . 290
HOBDAY . 1 . R . & M~ LLET . F . R . 707.
709
Hoch Barisan of Tobler (Su-
matra) . . . . . . . . . . . 668
HOCHSTETTER. F . VC)N . . . 707. 709
HOEN. '.r C . W . A . P . 122. 155. 321.
586 . 701. 702
HOEN. 'T & VAN ES . . . . 510. 513
HOEN. 'T & ZI EGLFR 66. 147. 426. 432.
433. 435
Hoertrr. sin . . . . . . . . 65. 407
. . . . . . . . . . . HOFKER 137
HOJNES . . . . . . . . . . . 389
HOLLAND . . . . . . . . . . 133
HOLMES. A . . . . . . 232 . 235. 482
~ HOL ME S & HARWOOD . 235. 250. 252
Homogenization of mineral as-
. . . . . . . . . soci;tions 313
Hor w niodjokr?tc;~si.~ v . KOEN . 08.
99. 107. 58 1
Homo neandertlraler~.sis . solornsis
OPP . . . . . . . . . 98. 566. 576
Homo sapic~ns . . . . . . 1 10. 111
Horrlo so1oen.r;~ OPPENOORTH . 92.
99. 111
. . . . . . Horr~o wadjakor.si.c. 99
Hondje hills (West Java) . . . 633
Hoofd fossiel horizont (see Chief
fossil Horizon) .
HOOIJER. D . A . 4 . 91. 92. 94. 110 . 11 l .
301. 435. 650. 702
Hoozk . . . . . . . . . 101. 344
fiop1itc.s . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Hup1itc.s i ll;c~oco~nites) neoro-
177ic.trsis D' ORD . . . . . . . . 64
H( I ; J / ~ ~ L ~ s wul l i c~~i . . . . . . . 382
HOPPER. R . H . 66. 78. 148. 149. 150.
151. 152. 159. 160. 161. 162. 163.
165. 168. 169. 170. 172. 173. 176.
177. 389. 394. 395. 398. 399. 300.
51 I . 705
HORSTINK. J . TH . . . . . . . . 503
HOTTINGER . . . . . . . . . . 183
HOTZ. W . . . . . . . 67. 154. 394
HOVIG. P . . . . . . . . . 426. 717
HOVI G & RUTTEN . . . . . . . 406
HOWEL WILLIAMS 197. 211 (notz I )
HUBER & BURRI . . . . 707. 708. 709
HUHNERWADEL. M . E . 501. 507. 510
. . . . . . . . . HUMMEL K 443. 451
HUTTON . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Hyaetzn . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Hydronzedrr.rue . . . . . . . 446
Hydrothermal solutions . . 217. 218
Hj. clrozocr . . . . . . . . . . 446
Hypo-differentiation . 241. 281 a.f.
H~..stri.v . . . . . . . . . . . 93
ICKE. H . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
IDDINGS. J . P . . . . . . . 370. 435
IDDINGS & MORLEY . . . . . . 426
Idio-geosynclines . . . . . 79. 350
. . . ldjen complex (East Java) 537
ldjen Volcano (East Java) . . . 216
Idjo Volcano . . . . . . . . . 596
Igninlbrites . . . . . . . . 194. 202
I.jang complex (East Java) . . 549
. . . . Ijolites (in Cernm) 145. 447
( I l i ) Bolcng Volcano (Adonara.
Lesser Sunda Isl.) . . . 493. 494
Islands West of Sumatra 162 (strat.),
230 (ign . rocks)
. . . Indian Archipelago (name) 1
Indo-australian Archipelago
(name) . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Indonesia (name) . . . . . . . I
Indosinidzs (FROMAGLT) 362 (note 2).
725
Ind(e)ragiri and Pelalaaan (Su-
matra) . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Inner ; ~r c Banda System (see
Ambon Undation) .
Inner arc Borneo System . 359. 360
Inner arc Java-Sarnatra section 53
Inner arc Lesser Sunda Islands 52.
485 a.f. (geol.)
Inner arc Malaya Orogene . . . 363
Inner arc Nicobars & Andanlans
section . . . . . . . . . . . 54
tnner arc Banda System 463. 464.469.
470. 47 1.478. 484
Itlaccratrrus 71. 76. 77. 382. 453 . 473.
508 (note 1). 509 (tab . 109) . 517
It roc~~ram~r. ~ galoi BOEHM . . . 71
Insulinde (name) . . . . . . 2
Interchanging geanticlines . 478. 479
Interdeep Banda arcs 463. 465. 469.
472.478. 484
Interdeep of the Java-Sumatra
section . . . . . . . . . 53. 634
Interdeep Lesser Sunda Islands 52 .
506 2.f.
Inte:.deep in the Kicobars &
Andumans section . . . . . 54
Interdeep of Timor Orogene . . 542
"Intermediary Neogene" (South
Sxmatra) . . . . 116 . 121. 175. 176
Intervening sandstone Horizon
(North Sumatra) . . 122. fig . 35
Intra-miocene igneous activity 119.
124
IONGH. A . C . DE 14 . 103; 108. 215.
606
. . . . . . . . . . Isolepidina 85
Isolrpidina boetonetzsis v . D .
VLERK . . . . . . . . . . . 420
I s o / ~ / J ; ~ ~ ~ L I iso1epidinoicle.s . . . . 1 70
Isostatic gravity anomalies 3. 269 a.f.,
385. 465 ("short-circuit Ceram-
Moluccan Sea). 365-466 and 483
("short-circuit" eastern Banda arcs).
484 (profile Banda arcs) . 577 (l i en-
deng!. 588-589 (Rembang). 636
( St r a~t Sunda)
Isthmus of Malaya . . . . . . 364
ITERSON. F . K . TH . VAN 287 (note I )
JAGGAR . T . A . . . 199. 21 1 (note 2)
JAKENSCFI . . . . . . . . . . 91
. . . . . . . . . . . JANSEN. P J 171
Java (evolution in relation to
Sunda Mountain System) . . 658
Java and Madura 25 a.f. (phys.), 103
a.f. (Tertiary). 230 (ign . rockz). 545
2.f. (regional geology)
J a w section (of Sunda Mountain
System) . . . . . . . . . 728
wJ .I\ . . . i c;i ant" . fMeguntltroprist . 109
Java Scx . . . . . . . . . . . 300
J.\N.ORSKI. E . . . . 69. 455 . 456 . 460
JEFFIEYS . . . . . . . . . . . 284
JENNI NGS. A . V . . . . . . . . I33
. . . Jonnt7i.tsi~lla i Dipladontcrl 81
JONES . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Joric;. W . J . . . . . 184. 715
JON(;. .J . D . DE 163. 239, 240, 444,
445,458,485. 486, 494
. . . . . . JOKGMANS. W J 4, 62. 721
JONGMANS & GOTHAN . . 5. 660. 664
JONKER, H . J . W . . . . . 510. 511
. . . . J u ~o v r c s . L 389, 393 (note I )
J ULI US . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
J LJ NC~HUHN. F . 91, 196, 201. 503 . 545
Jurassic 64 (Borneo), 66 (Celebes),
60 (Misoiil). 70 (Ceram)
J ~~( 7v i t e s c~ruttlrnsi. ~ WANNER . 4 19
Kaal Formation (Philippines) . 133.
146. 372
Kabaena (Buton Arch.) . . . . 419
Kabuh Beds (Java) 93. 96. 566. 575.
576. 577. 578. 58 1
Kai or Kei Islands (Banda arcs) 50.
154 . 466
. . . . . Kaimeer (Banda arcs) 465
Kajan ( NE Borneo) . . . . . . 132
. . . . Kaju Adi (Flores Sea) 437
. . . . . . . . Kaksa (tin-ore) 12
. . . . . . Kalao (Flores Sea) 437
Kalatoa (Flores Sea) . . . . . 438
Kalea Beds (West of Sun1::tr::) 163.
170. 174. 175
Kaledonic folding . . . . . . . 724
Kalibiuk Beds (Java) . 573. 606. 654
Kaliglagah fauna (West Javs) 92
Kaliglagah-Mcngger-Gintung
Series (Java) . . . . . . 606. 607
Kaliwangu Beds (West Java) 650. 65 1
I<alorun Basin (Java) . 572 (note I )
Kambaoni Series (Sumba) . . . 50s
Kambing or Atauro (Lesser
Sunda Islands) . . . . . 52. 387
Knnlpar. Siak. Rokan are;( (Su-
matra) . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Kampung Baru Beds (East Bor-
neo) . . . . 135. 138. 139. 140. 141
Kananggir Formation (Sumba) 157.
159 (note 3). tab . I06 on p . 509
Kangean . . . . . . . . . . . 108
KANNEGIETFK. J . Z . . . . 164. 168
Kant.iana Volcano (West Java) 622.
638
Kapal batavrrs M ZRT . . . . . . 102
Kapuas River . . . . . . . . 20
. . . Kapung limestone (Java) 573
Karangbolong Mts (Central
Java) . . . . . . . . . . . 504
Karangnunggal area (West Java) 28.
203 ...
Karangltobar area (Ccnlral Java) 25 1
(ign . rocks), 610
Karangnunggal region (West
Java) . . . . . . . . . 621, 625
Karbouwengat (Centr:il Sumatra) 686
Karimata Islands ( J ~v: I Sea) 17 . 319
Karimata Zone (Sunda Land) . 364
Karimon (Riouw-Lingga Arch.) 306
Karimundiawa Islands . . 17, 3 1, 321
Karimundiawa Zone (Sunda
. . . . . . . . . . . Land) 364
Ka r ~ng Beds (Djaznbi Nappe. Su-
matra) . . . . . . . . . . . 664
Karrzrizlltr . . . . . . . . . . 163
Kar t i n; ~ limestones (Buru) . . 453
Karua Massif (Celebes) . . . 430
Kasiui or Kasiwui (Banda arcs) 465
Kat ac?' cl oc(~~~eus TAN 88 . 1 18 (note 4) .
554. 648
Katmaian eruptions . . 202 . 428. 430
Kawi Volcano (.lava) . . . . . 570
Kebo Beds (Java) . . . . . . . 559
Kedungbrubus (locality) . . . . 110
Kefamenanu region (Timor) . . 73
Kekneno Series ('Timor) 73. 512. 5 14.
520. 522
Kel(l)ang (Ceram Group) . . . 444
Kelud Volcano (Java) 189. 192. 196.
206. 222 (tunnelworks). 570
Kemba. jan Mts (West Borneo) . 331
KL~\ . I ~I ERLI NG. G . L . L . 155. 159.
196. 222. 223. 265. 377. 494 . 495.
505. 506 . 507. 508
Kendari Mesozoic (SE Celebes) 417.
4 19
Kendeng Volcano (West Java) . 622
liendeng Zone (or Ridge) (Java) 29.
96. 491. 569. 570. 571. 577. 579. 582
lierek Beds (Java) . . . 572. 573. 577
Kerijan urea (West Borneo) . . 127
Keskain Beds . . . . . . . . 69
. . . . . . . . . KESSEL. VAN 471
KESSEL. P . J . B . . . 15 . 48 (note 2)
Ketapang area (West Borneo) . 334
Ketungau Basin (West Borneo) 330
~ e t u u g a u facies (Plleogenc West
Borneo) . . . . 127. fig . 37. 330
Keutupang Bcds (North ~ t ~ ma t r a ) 122
KEYZER . F . G . . . 62.321.419. 421
KI ~ NOM . . . . . . . . . . 276 277
KIESL.INCEI< . . . . . . . . . . 5 1 1
Kikim tuifs (Gumai. Sumatra) 117.
121
Kimmeric folding . . . . . . . 724
. . . . . . . . KIMPE. \N . F . M 215
Kinabalu (or Kinibalu) 18. 19. 356.
371
KI NGMA. J . TI* . . . . . . 101 . 591
KI ~ S E R. J . S . . . . . . . . . . 157
Klhssn & D~ E P E R~ NK . . 159. 507 509
Kintan~nni (Batur. Bali) . . . . 506
KISSLINC.. E . A . . 163 (note I ) . 170
Kisar (North of NE tip of Timorj 472.
485
Kisu (Lesser Sunda Isl.) . . 487. 488
Kitchcn-middens ( NE Sumatra) 702
Klappa Kampit (Billiton) 31 8. fig . 123
Klasnfet (W New Guinea) . 179. 180
Klasaman (W Nc u Ciuinea) 101. 179.
181
KLEIN. W . C . 56. 57. 689. 690. 691.
692. 693
Klias Pcninsulu (NW Borneo! . . 133
KLLINPEI.L . R . h.I . . . . . . . 90
KLINKERT . J . P . . . . . . . . 9
. . . . Klitik Limestones (Java) 573
Klondyke Series (Philippines) 145.
146
KNOPF. A. . . . . . . . . . . 256
KOBAYASHI. 7' . . . . . . . . . 294
KOBER. L . . . . . . . . . 290. 723
KOCH. R . E . . . 88. 89. 163. 170. 171
KOENIGSWALD. G . H . R . VON 4 . 65.
67. 91. 98. 106 (note I ) . 107. 108.
llO . l l l . 144(not e I) . 301. 341. 363.
557. 565. 566 . 567. 578. 581. 594.
607. 639. 640. 643. 650. 651. 652
KOHLEK. A . . . . . . . . . . 247
KOKER . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 1
Kolaka-Kendari boundary line
(SE Cclebes) . . . . 417. 418. 440
Koleberes (West Java) . . . . . 623
Kolo Kolo (East arm dclebes) fig . 164.
397 . 398
~ol one da l e Zone 43. tab . 5. 403. 406.
412
Komodo (Lesser Sunda Islands) 496.
497
KONING. L . P . Ci . . . . . . . 260
KONINC KNIJFF. J . DE . . . 78. 426
KOOLHOVEN. Mi . C . B . 60. 64. 65 . 66.
67 . 68. 104. 105. 106. 148. 149
(notes). 150. 151 . 152. I53 (note 1).
226. 340. 341-345. 347. 349. 389.
394. 398. 400. 408. 414. 415: 417.
41 9. 595 . 598. 628. 639. 645
KOOMANS. CATH . . . . 383. 457. 471
. . . . . . . . . KOOTEN. VAN 9
KOPEKBERG. M . 66. 80. 161. 220.
389-393. 398. 41 1. 51 1
KOSSMAT. F . 243. 244. 245. 254 . 290.
45 1
Kossnratica . . . . . . . . . . 3 82
KRAEFF. P . . . . . . . . . 457. 503
Krakatau Volcano 194. 200. 204. 21 1.
213
KRAUS. E . . . . . . . . . . . 723
. . . . . . . . . . KRAUSL. P G 126
KRXUSEL. R . . . . . . . . 102. 1 13
. . . . . KR~KELER. F 62. 126. 303
. . . . . . . . . KRIJNEK. W F 83
KROL . G . L . 63. 129. 184 . 326. 340.
344. 415
Kroniong Complex (West Java) 651
Kru'i area (South Sumatra) 115. 116
. . . . . . . . . KRIJILINC;.\. P 102
KRLIMDECK. L . 69 . 72 . 445 . 446. 451.
453.460. 51 l . 530 . 532
KRCAIMEL. K . . . . . . . . . 16
Kruyt Mts (Central Celcbes) 41 1 . 440
Kuching Zone (Zone B. West
. . . . . . . . . . Borneo) 329
KIJINEN. PI^. H . 15. 39 (note I ) . 42.
51 (nots 1 ) . 96. 219. 221. 269. 272.
278. 279. 281 . 354. 355. 377. 37s.
380. 383. 384. 385. 386. 424 . 437 .
438. 441. 445 . 456. 457. 458. 470.
471. 472. 474. 478 . 479. 387. 495.
504. 721. 723
. . . . KUI-IN & RITTMAKN 262. 278
. . . . . . . . . . . KUI PFR 593
Kunibang breccia (Central Java) 606.
654
. . . . . . . . KUKDI G. E 389. 405
Kundur (Riouw-Lingga Arch.) . 305
Kriphri.~ (Tc.r.edo) pol i ~t ha/ ( ~t t ~i r~
(LIN. ) . . . . . . . . . . . 81
. . . . . . . . KUPPER. H 120. 639
. . . . . . . Kur (Banda arcs) 465
Kuri tuffs (South arm Celebes) . 436
. . . . . . . . . . . . KIJRZ 709
Kutai area (East Borneo) 130. 13 1 .
133. 134. 139. 140
KIJTASSY. A . VON 61. 67 (note 1). 389.
52 1
KUYPER . . . . . . . . . . . 251
LAAN. VAN DER . . . . . . . . 321
Laars Banks (Strait of Makassar) 436
. . . . . . . LABASSE 287. (note I )
. . . . . . . Labuan coal 101. 142
. . . Labuan (NW Borneo) 133. 142
. . . . Lacazir~u 78 153. 177. 467. 473
Lacrc:irla wichmaririi SCHLUMBFH-
CER . 153. 154. 177. 178. 179. 714
. . . . . . L.accolithic injection 210
LACROIX. A . 192. 193. 214. 233. 253.
31 1
. . . . . . . . . . Ladus 191. 215
LAGOKIO . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Lahars . . . . . . . . . . 19 I . 223
. . . . . . Lakor (Bnnda arcs) 476
. . . . . . . . . . . . LAM. H J 4
LAMBERT . . . . . . . . . . . 510
LAMBRECHT. K . . . . . . . . . 1 13
. . . . . . . . . . Larnnidai. 74
. . . . Lnmpegan (West Java) 622
Lampong Districts (South Su-
matra) . . . . . . . . . . . 678
Lampong frlult (South Sumatra) 683
Lampong tuffs (South Sumatra) 202
Land bridges (plio-pleistocene) 301 .
302
LAP . P . 0 . . . . . . . . . 160. 511
LAPPARENT. J . DE . . . . . . . 234
Laramic orogenesis . . . . . . 724
LASLIT . A . F . 21 6 (note 2). 217 (note I)
Late Intrusive Andesites (Philip-
pines) . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Latimodjong hlts (Celebes) 426. 427.
430. 431. 440
. . . . . . . . . Lava domes 197
Lava flows . . . . . . . . . . 196
Lav:~ shields . . . . . . . . . 208
Lawuk Beds (Centruul Java) . . 605
Lawele Graben (Buton) . . . . 422
Lawu Complex (Java) 565. 567. 568.
577
LEAHY. M . . . . . . . . . . . 717
LECRIE . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Ledok stage (Renibnng. East
. . . . . . . . . . . Java) 586
LEHMANN . H . 25 . 30. 96. 97. 98. 245.
555 . 557 . 558 . 576 . 577 . 579 . 585 .
. . . .
587: 588; 702'
LEITCI. A . 144. 145, 147. 217. 218.
368 . 373
. . . . . . Leitimor (Ambon) 456
LEJAY. R . 1'. . . . . . . . . 270
. . . . . . . . . . . Z.rruent 233
Lengkong Beds (West Java) . . 620
L(~trticrl1iricr ~'c'luscornsis . . 78, 449
Lepitloc~~~clinn 81. 83. 84. 85. 86. 87.
90. 97. 104. 112 . 116. 118. 122. 123.
129. 131. 133. 134. 136. 137. tab . 41.
140. 141. 142. 143. 148. 149. 151.
154. 155 . 163. 164. 166. 170. 173.
174. 175. 176. 177 . 179. 180. 184.
185 . 186. 321. 327. 330 . 356. 379.
380. 384 (tab . 88). 393. 415. 419.
420. 429. 432. 433. 437. 446. 449.
453. 460. 461. 466 . 467. 468. 474.
475. 489. 490. 497. 498. 501. 504.
509 (tab . 106). 532. 5 34. 535 (tab .
107) . 539. 547. 554. 567. 572. 573 .
577 (note l ) . 586 . 593 . 603 . 604 . 606 .
L~~piclocyclina ucuta RLITTEN 85. 14 1
Lepicloc~~clinn ( Nephrolcpidina)
at?. qrilosa PROVALE 120. 141. 39 1 .
494 . 598. 639. 649
Lepidocyclirlcr (L(~pit10cj~clinuj
boc~tor1ensi.r VAN DER VLIRK 131. 148.
420
Lc~pitlocyclit7a ? cf . bonarelli VAN
DER VLERK non PROV . . . . 143
Lepidocyclina ( Nephr-olc~pidina)
hornri'ri.r.is PROVALE . . . 320. I43
Lepidocj~clina cani~llei LEM . &
Douv . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Lcpi~loc?.cliria crocifeva MOHLEK 141
Lc2pidocyclinci cf . dilutata MICH . 112
Lepidoc?.clina (Erilepirlitiu) dila-
tatn MICHELLOTTI . . . . . . I36
L~~pidocj~clirza ! Nrphr.) ferrrroi
PROVALE 81. 391 . 556. 557. 598.
603. 649
Lepidocyclina . flexuos(1 RUTTEN 85.
141. 494. 557. 598
Lepidocyclina cf . . formosa
SCHLUMB . . . . . . . . . . 112
Lepidocv clina (E~rl~. pidina) .for-
triosu SCHLUMBERGER . . . . 136
Lepidocyclinu . pigantea . . . 621 . 623
Lepidocyclinn g1ahr.a. . . . . . 649
Lepi doc~. clitra ( Ncphrolepidina)
inflata PROVALE 141. 494. 557. 598.
60 3
L~,piduc.vclina insular nat al i ~ J. &
C. CHAPM. . . . . . . . 13 1, 391
Lrpi rl ocycl i na cf. i.solt,pidinoides
v. D. VLEKK . . . . . . . . 104
Lepidocj.clinn japonica . . . . . 649
Lepi dor,~~cl i r~cr ir7ar.ginata MICH. . 598
L~~pi t l ocycl r r ~n (Tryhl i ol epi di na)
rnarrini SCHLUMB. . . . . 141, 649
Lepi doc~cl i rl n cf. rnunieri LEM. &
Douv. . . . . . . . . . . . 13 1
Lepidocyclina papirnensis CHAP-
MAN. . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Lepi doycl i na rarliatn . . . . . 623
Lppidocyclina (Nrphrol epi di na)
rurreni v. D. VLERK . . 557, 649
Lepiciocj~clina slibr.ntliara ( Dou-
VI LLE) . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Lepi doc)~cl i na (Nephrol <~pi di na)
sunlairensis BRADY 120. 39 1 . 494.
556
Lepidocyclina ( Nephrolcpidinai
.surnarrcnsis BRADY var. i norr~aro
RUTTEN . . . . . . . . . . I20
Lepidocyclina ( Nrphrol epi di na)
.surnarren.si.s BRADY var. minor
RUTTEN . . . . . . . . . . 120
Lepi docycl i ~l n ( Nrphrol epi di naj
rc,rbreki NEWT. & HALL . . 556
. . . . . Leprak Layers (Java) 552
Leptohos . . . . . . . . . . 92, 93
LER~CHE . . . . . . . . . . . 102
LEROUX . . . . . . . . . . . 178
LE ROY (see Roy, Le).
Lesser Sunda Islands 51 (phys.), 72
a.f. (Mesoz. Tirnor), 229 (ign. rocks),
239 (tert. batholiths), 441 (struct.
syst.), 485 a.f. (geol.), 728 (Section
of Sunda Mount ai n System)
Leti (Banda arcs) . . . . . . . 475
Letter-classification . . . . 83. 135
LEUPOLD, W. . . . . . . . 83, I14
. . . . . . LEUPOLD & MAYNE 72
LEUPOLD & VAN DER VLERK 84, 85,
86, 118, 129, 132, 134, 138, 140
. . . . . . . . . . . . LEWIS 93
Lewotolo Volcano (Lomblen.
. . . . Lesser Sunda Island) 492
Lidak Horizon (Timor Permian) 74
LIUNAC-GRUTTEKINK . . . . . 101
Lignite Zone ( Nor t h Sumat ra) . 122,
fig. 35
Ligung Series . . . . . . 606, 607
Lilinta Beds . . . . . . . . . 69
Limau Mt s (Central Sumat ra) . 113
Limboto Zone ( Nor t h Celebes) 41
Lingayen-Dingalan line or flexure
(Luzon) . . . . . . . . 34, 374
. . . . . . Lingga Archipelago 17
Lingga (Riouw-Lingga Arch.) . 314
Linggopodo Beds (Cent ml Java) 610
Li ori a . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Lirang (Lesscr Sunda Islands) . 240,
486, 489
Lithothanrr~irrrn . . 136, 397, 466, 467
Lixiviation (soil) . . . . . . . 9
Lockhurti u . . . . . . . . . . 356
LOCZY, L. VON 61, 65, 66, 67, 148,
151 (not e I ) . 389. 394. 399. 408.
I NDEX
Lomblen (Lesser Sunda Island) 52,
49 1, 492
Lombok (Lesser Sunda Isl.) 52, 504
Lompobutang(SoutharmCelebes) 436
Longitudinal median depression
(of Banda out er arc) 50, 444 (Cc-
ram), 465 ( NE Section), 467 ( Kai ) ,
473 Sr. 474 (Tani mbar), 482
Longitudinal median depression
. . . . . . . (New Gui nea) 57
. . . . . LONSDALE, KATHLEEN 234
. . . . . . Lonsdal ri a j f i egt l i 62
. . . . . . . LOTH, J. E. 308, 326
~ov&ni por. a 443, 446. 453, 455. 456.
465. 661
~ o v ~ c ~ i z i ~ o r a vinassai GIATTINI . 72,
443, 446, 449, 451, 537, 667
Lower Bentang Beds (West J ~i va ) 621
Lower Di a m~ a n g Series (West
. . -
Java) . . . . . . . . . . . 619
Lower Kalibeng Beds (East Java) 573,
577, 579
Lower Palembang Beds (Sout h
. . . . . . . Sumat ra) 1 1 8 a.f.
Lower Tertiary 103 (Java and Madu-
ra), 11 I (Sumatra), 126 (Borneo),
I42 (Philippines), 146 (Celebes), 153
(Moluccas), 155 (Lesser Sunda Isl.).
174 175 (Islands West of Sumatra),
177 (And. & Nic. ), 177 (West New
Guinea), 185 (East New Guinea).
187 (Christmas Isl.)
Lower Tjidjengkol Beds (West
Java) . . . . . . . . . . . 628
Loxosrotna linlhatunl (BRADY) . 167
Lubnng Islands (Philippines) . . 371
Lrrcina . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
. . . . . . . . . LUDWIG, 0 . 251
. . . . . . . LUGEON, M. 287. 669
Lukulo ( Loh Ul o) arcs . . . . 603
. . . . . Lurus complex (Java) 552
. . . . . . . . . . . . Ll rrra 92
. . . . . . . . . Lutut Beds. 604
LuwuL cmbayment (East Celebes) 149
Luzon (Philippines) 34 (phys.). 370
(geol.)
L~, r i t r cdwardsi (D' ARCHIAC) . . 606
L.vrirr jugos~r SOW. ( r dwur hi
MART. ) . . . . . . . . . . 8 1
. . . . . . . . . . L.vtoceras 475
Maar (volcanic). . . . . . . . 210
. . . MAAREL, F. H. VAN DER 9 I
Mc CASKEY . . . . . . . . . 371
Maccluer Gul f . . . . . 56 (phys. )
. . . . . . . MAC GI LLAVRY. 294
MAC GREGOR & WILSON . . . 248
MACKE, CH. A. F. . . 339, 340, 345
MACRLOT . . . . . . . . . . 510
MACLAINE PONT, A. . . . . . 582
? Macroct~phal i tes . . . 76, 379. 382
MADDOX . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Madi Upland (Cent ral Borneo) 331
Madorang (Banda arcs) . . . . 465
. . . . . . . Madura 3 1. 108, 554
Magma and migma . . . 233 a.f.
Magmatic activity i n orogenic belts
242 a.f., 254 (rules of evolution)
Magmatists-Transformists contro-
. . . . . . . . . versy 233 a.f.
. . . . Magnetic anomalies 296, 297
Magnet i sm. . . . . . . . . . 296
MahaLum (Borneo) 20 (phys.), 128
and fig. 38 (Paleogene)
Maju and Tifore (Moluccan Sea) 45,
153, 379
~Maju Ridge (Mol uccan Sea) 384, 385,
386, 387
Makassar Systcm (Sout h Celebes)
fig. 179. 435, 436. 441
Makassar Tr ough. . . . . 436, 440
Malay Peninsula . . . . . 360 a . t
Malayan Archipelagc ( name) . . 2
Mulayci Orogene . . . . . . . 668
Mul ~~ni ba ng Format i on (Philip-
pines) . . . . . . . . . 145, 146
Ma~nberamo-Bewani Depression
( New Gui nea) . . . . . 57, 714
Mamudj u Embayment (West
Central Celebes) . . 149, 406, 409
Manufai diabase (Port-Timor) . 522
Manat ut o arc:! or fault (Port-
Ti nl or). . . . . . . 527, fig. 240
Manat ut o urea (Lesser Sunda
Islands) . . . . . . . . . . 530
Manawoko (Banda arcs). . . . 465
Mandai Subzonc (West Borneo) 329
Mangani area . . . . 120, 124, 675
Mangkalihat Peninsula (East Bor-
neo) 19, 20, 129, 131, 132, 133, 138,
140, 141, 353, 413
Manila Zone (Philippines) 35, 36, 374
Manindjau, Lake (Central Su-
ma t r a ) . . . . . . . . . . . 685
Manipa (Ceram Gr oup) . . . . 444
Al a ~ l i ~ , ptrlaco jar.nrrica Du n o ~ s 92, 94
. . . . . . . . . Manokwari . 77
Manufai diabasc (Port-Timor) . 76
Manunggul For n~at i on mera rat us
Range) . . . . . . . . 65, 344
M, at ., atua. Kakaban, Muaras (NE-
Borneo) . . . . . . . . . . 354
MAREL, H. W. VAN DER 660, 689, 690,
691, 692, 693, 694
Marepan Beds (West of Sumat ra) 164,
170, 174, 175
MARLZ OYENS, F. A. H. W. UE 73.
161, 474, 475, 511
Mapas (see Bukit Mapas).
Murgi nrl l l r ~~crr~,qgrrlmet~.si.s MART. 8 1
Marginoportr . . . . . . . 178, 186
Margi nopora vcrtehralis (BLAIN-
VILLE) . . . tab. 41, 141, 179, 180
Maria Reigersberg (Atoll) Reef
(Flores Sea) . . . . . . 436, 729
M, .LI : lne facies (Paleogene West
Borneo) . . . . . . 126, fig. 37
Marinc Fossil horizon ( Nor t h
coast West New Gui nea). . . 178
Marl-limestone Series (Nias) 169 176
Marl-tuff horizons (Lukulo, Cen-
tral Java) . . . . . . . 603, 604
Mar or o Formation (Celebes) 66, 78,
148, 426. 427
Maros. province of Mediterranean
volcanics. . . . 219, 430, 433, 435
MARSHALL, P. . . . . . . . . 202
Mart apura area (SE-Rornco) . . 345
MARTIN, K. 4, 60. 65, 79 a.f., 80, 81,
83, 89, 91, 102, 103, 126, 142, 144,
161, 164, 178. 298, 304, 319, 321,
344. 420, 421, 443, 444, 445, 451,
453, 456, 581, 586 (not c 2), 595,
598, 620, 623, 651
I NDE X
.- ~
MARTIN'S tertiary molluscan
faunae . . . . . . . . 80 a.f.
Martinia sp . . . . . . . . . . 62
~Vlartinia nucula . . . . . . . . 475
Masigit. Gunung (West Java) . 639
hlastodon . . . . . . . . . . 91
hfastodon bumiajuensis (V . D . M.) 92
. . . . . . . . . . MATTHEW 93
Matano Beds (Celebes) . . 68. 414
Matano Lake (Celebes) . . . . 415
MATTHYSEN . . . . . . . . . 674
Maumere (see Flores) .
. MAYR . E . . . . . . . . . 5. fig 5
Meaty Miarang (Banda arcs) . . 476
Medang (near Sumbawa) . . . 501
Median depression (New Guinea) 71 4
Median line (Central Celebes) . 404
Mediterranean igneous suites (see
Origin of . . . . . ).
Mediterranean volcanics (distri-
bution) . . . . . . . . . . 219
Mefa Beds (Buru) . . . . . . 453
~Wegacj ~on . . . . . . . . . . 92
Meganthroprrs . . . 92. 107. 1 10. 1 1 1
Meganthr.oprrs palaeujavat~icus v .
K . . . . . . . . . . . 107. 1 1 1
MEINESZ (see VENING MEINESZ) .
Mekongga Mts (SE arm Celebes) 403.
416 . 440
~e l a ne s i a n borderland . 713. 714. 716
Melanesian Mountain System . . 16 .
fig . l l on pl . 2. fig . 21-on pl . I . 231.
388. 712. 716. tab . 124on p . 719. 731
Mclania . . . . . 114. 126. 575. 578
? Melanoides . . . . . . . . . 113
. . . . . . Melawi facies 126. fig 37
Melawi Subzone (West Borneo) 332
Mengkrawit Beds (East Borneo) 138.
141
Menoreh Mts . . . . . . . . 105
Menoreh Volcano . . . . . . . 596
Mental spine (Spincr n7entalis of
Early Man) . . . . . . . . 109
MENTEN. J . H . . . . . . . . . 314
Merapi-Telemojo volcanoes (Cen-
tral Java) . . . . . . . . . 559
Merapi Volcano (Central Java) 189.
192. 193. 197. 199. 200. 206. 207.
208 . 209 . 215 . 223 . 251 (foreign
. .
incl.). 560
Meratus Range (SE Borneo) . . 18 .
20. 64. 65.-129. 130. 226. 340-350.
499 (scheme)
Merauke Zone (or ridge) (New
Guinea) . . . . . . 58.715. 721
Merawan batholith (East Java) 238.
239
Merawu Beds . . . . . . . . 604
Merbabu Volcano (Java) . . 21 1. 562
Mergui centre of diastrophism 672.
707
Mesozoic (strat.) . . . . . 62 a.f.
Metamorphic facies (Crystalline
schists Celebes) . . . . . 405. 406
Metulu . . . . . . . . . . . 8 1
Menlaboh embayment (North Su-
matra) . . . . . . . . . . . 115
MEYER. H . . . . . . . . . 163. 661
Miangas Island (Northern Mo-
luccas) . . . . . . . . . . . 385
Micaceous sandstone (North Su-
matra) . . . . 112 (tab . 28. 29)
Middle Palembang Beds 97. 1 18 a.f.
Migma . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Migmatite zone (front) 242 a.f., 278.
334
Miogjpsino 380. 384 (tab . 88). 433.
447. 449. 461
. . . . . . . MILAAN. P W VAN 593
Miliolidae . . I 14. 149. 179. 370. 473
Miliolina sp . . . . . . . . . . 427
. . . . . . . . . . . MILLER 110
Mimika area (W New Guinea) . 77
Minahasa . . . . . . . . . . 40
Minahasa section (North arm Ce-
lebes) . . . . . . . . . . . 389
. . . . . Mindoro (Philippines) 371
Minor undations (tumors) . 295. 336
Miogypsina 81 . 83. 84. 85. 86. 87. 88.
90. 97. 114. 118. 129. 133. 137. tab .
41.143. 148.149.151~.164. 166. 174.
176. 177. 180. 181. 184. 415. 432.
474.490.494. 501. 509. 577 (note 1).
598.603.604. 619. 620. 629. 639. 649
Miogypsina banramensis TAN . . 629
. . . . . . . Miogjpsinu bijida 620
Miogypsina (Miogypsina) hor-
. . . . . . . . nc2nsis TAN 141
Miogypsir~a (Conot77iog~psinoides) 14 1
Miogypsina (Miogypsinoides) de
huarti v . D . VLERK 85. 118. 122.
141. 159. 509 (tab . 106). 629
Miogypsina indonesiensis . . . . 620
hliogypsina kotoi KOTOI & HAN-
ZAWA . . . . . . . . . 598. 620
Mio~ypsirrcr polymorpha RUTTEN 85.
556. 557. 620. 629
Miogypsina thecideaeformis
RUTT . 85. 120. 154. 460. 556. 557.
598. 603. 605. 620. 629. 639
Miog~psinoides 86. 87. 88. 104. 136.
137. 180. 420. 598
. . . Miomaffo region (Tirnor) 73
Mirador limestones (Philippines) 145.
146
Miri (Sarawak) . . . . . . . . 358
Misolia 66. 67 . 69. 70. 71. 397. 453
~ i s o ~ l ( ~ o i u c c a s ) 69(strat . Mesozoic).
153-154 (Tertiary). 458-461 (geol.)
. . . . . . . . "Missing link" 109
. . . Miting limestones (Buru) 453
. . . . . Mitro sedanensis MART 81
. . . . . . . . . hlixosauridac 5 1 1
. . . . . . Moa (Banda arcs) 475
. . . . . Modjokerto (locality) 109
. . . . . . . . . . MOERMAN C 701
14i . 153. 154. 179. 180. 183. 353
MOHNIKE . . . . . . . . . . 299
~ohor ovi r i c discontinuity . . . 284
MOHR. E . C . J . 10. 11. 13. 224. 300.
3 1 1. 646. 702
Mojo (near Sumbawa) . . . . 501
MOLENCRAAFF . G . A . F . 17.42.61-64,
~ o l e n ~ r a a f f caldera (Batur. Bali) 505.
506
Molengraaff Range . . . 43. tab . 5
MOLENGRAAFF & WEBER . . 17. 300
Molengraaffia regularis VI N . 443. 446.
449
Mollo region (Timor) 72. 73. fig . 223
on pl . 27 (map). fig . 224-225 and
fig . 226 on pl . 27 (sections)
Molluscan stratigraphy. Tertiary 79 u.f.
Molluscs of Sampolakosa Beds
(Buton) . . . . . . . . 420. 421
Moluccas 44 (phys.), 152 (tertiary
strat.)
Moluccan Sea . . . . . . . . 384
Monotis salinaria BR . . 72. 41 9. 660
Monotis sp . . . . . . 63. 327. 530
MONTGOMERY . 60. 185.216. 710. 717
Mont l i ~al t i u . . . . . . . 446. 661
Montliraltia mulrrkka~za WANNER 443
MOORE . . . . . . . . . . . 90
. . . . . . . . . . . Morotai 47
MORRISON. H . C . . . . . . . . 75
Movrus. H . L . 93. 96. 97. 98. 99. 651
Mrisi (Java) . . . . . . . . . 572
Muaraenim Anticlinorium (South
. . . . . . . . . . Sumatra) 696
Mud flows (see Lahars) .
Mud volcanoes of Kni Group
(Banda arcs) . . . . . . . . 466
Mud volcanoes of Sangiran dome
(Java) . . . . . . . . . . . 567
MUHLHOFER. F . . . . . . . . 702
MULLER. J . . . . . . . . 268. 686
Muller Mts (Central Borneo) fig . 12.
18. 19. 20. 127 . 331
Mul/ilcpidirra . . . . . . . . 87. 88
Mundu stage (Rembang. East
Java) . . . . . . . . . . . 586
Munggur anticline (Java) . . . 568
M~f i t i acus . . . . . . . . . . 92
. . . . . . . Muriah complex 593
Muriah Volcano (NE Java) 29. 251
(petrology)
Murjo (see Muriah) .
MUSPER. K . A . F . R . 5. 38. 39. 61. 72.
79. 97. 102. 113. 114. 120. 124. 144
(note 2). 188. 340. 344. 465. 494.
645. 648. 659. 660. 661. 665. 672.
673. 686. 696. 697. 698. 699. 700.
702
. . . . Musperia radiata ( HEER) 113
Mutis ]region (Timor) 73. fig . 22 1 on
p . 514. fig . 222 on p . 515
Muturi area (W New Guinea) . 77
. . . . . . MYERS. EARL H 14. 300
Afyophoria sp . . 417 (tab . 97). 419
. . . . . . . . . . h.f.vriopora 661
Nanggulan Eocene . . 105. 596. 602
Nanggulan moll . fauna . . . . 80
A'assa . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
. . . . . . . Natica tris~rlcarn 105
NATLAND. M . L . . . . . . . . 90
Natuna Islands . . . . 17. 225. 303
Natuna Zone (Sunda Land) . . 364
NAUMANN . . . . . . 144 (note I )
. . . . . Nautilus javanus MART 102
Neck of North arm (Celebes) 40 389.
391. 392
Neck of Vogelkop (New Guinea) 56
NEEB. G . A . 14. fig . 10. 102 . 194.
201. 441. 470. 503. 504
N~oolveolii~a . . . . . . . . . 1 37
Nr~oal~c~olina ~rrelo (FICHTEL &
MOLL) . . . . . . 137 . fig . 41a
Neonl~~c~olina pj;7rrroea (HANZAWA)
136. 137. fig . 41a. t ab . 41 . 153. 180
Neoalveolitiella . . . . . . . . 84
N~~oalreolinclla pygrtraeo H.zN-
ZAWA . . . . . . . . 86. 87. 179
Neqfeli. ~ nehu/o.eu . . . . . . . 93
Neogene (see Upper Tertiary) .
Neo.rchwagerina . . . . . . . . 665
. . . . . . . . . Neotibetites 453
Nephrolepidina 85. 86. 87. 88. 143.
164. 180. 181. 619. 629 . 639
. Veplrrolepidinn an.^ lrlosri 85. 605. 629
Nephrolepidina bornehisis . . . 85
Nephrolepidinu Drouweri RUTTEN 433
Nephrolepidino ferreroi PROV . 85. 605.
629
Nephrolepidina j7ex~rosa . . . . 629
Nephrolepidina inj7ata . . . 85 . 629
Nephrolepidinn isolepiclinoides v .
D . VLERK . . . . . . . 85. 628
Nephrolepidina srimnti~en.sis . . . 85
Nephrolepidina cf . . slirrratrrnsis
var . r~rinor RUTTEN . . . . . 628
Nephrolepidina slimatrer~, cis var .
rk~~ir.illei . . . . . . . . . . 85
Ncpirrolepidina verheeki . . . . 85
Nerinm (? s.s.) sp . cf . ctalloni
PICT . & CAMP . . . . . . . . 667
Nrrinea (s.s.) polomhangsi.~ Mus-
PER . . . . . . . . . . . . 667
Nerinea f Pt ~~gmut i s ) cf . requieni
D' ORR . . . . . . . . . . 65. 344
hrestoritheriun7 . . . . . . . 92. 93
NEUMANN VAN PADANG. M . 38. 39.
188. 193. 194. 201. 204. 210. 211.
214. 216. 494. 495. 550. 612. 613.
623. 643. 654. 726
NEUMAYR. M . . . . . . . . . 530
NEVE. G . A . DE . . . . . 267. 3 16
New Britain (Bismarck Arch.) . 716
New Guinea 55 (phys.), 177 (strat .
Tert.), 23 1 (ign . rocks). 7lO(reg . gcol.)
NEWTON. R . B . . . . . . . 133. 185
New volcanoes . . . . . . . . 204
Ngandong (Java) . . . . . . . 576
Njandung fauna . . . . . 92 . 11 1
Ngawi Subzone (Java) 30.96.565. 567
Nglanggran Beds (Java) . . . . 556
Ngronan Horizon . . . . . . . 578
Nias . . . . . . 164 (strat.). 175
Nicobars & Andamans (see Anda-
mans & Nicobars) .
Nief area (see East Ceram) .
NIERMEYER. PROF . . . . . . . . 592
NIEUWENKAMP . W . . . . . 232. 233
NIGGLI. E . . . . . . . . . . . 245.
NIGGLI . P . 212 (note 2) . 213 . 232 . 234 .
.. 2 . .
281. 457
Niki Niki - Baun Zone (Timor) 74
Nila (Banda arcs) . . . . . . . 47 1
NILLSON. E . . . . . . . . . . 96
N.ialindung Beds . . . . . . . 620
Njalindung moll . fauna . . . . 81
Nodosario 157. 163. 164. 166. 168. 169
Nodocaria radicula (LINNB) . . 89
Non-volcanic outcr arcs . . . . 219
Non-volcanic outer arc of Timor
orogene . . . . . . . . . . 542
Noil Toko Trough (Timor'j 519. fig .
228 on pl . 29
Noordwachter Ridge (Java Sea) 323
North arm of Celebes 40. 149. 389 a.f.
. . . . North Borneo (British) 356
North Bungku and Bongka area
. . . (East arm Celebes) 397. 398
North coast Schists (Port . Timor) 75
Northeast Borneo 132. 141> 353 a.f.
Northern Banda Basin 455 (geotect .
position)
Northern Divide Range -(New
. . . . . . . . Guinea) 57. 714
Northern Moluccas 44 (phys.),
fig . 19. 227. 377 a.f. (geol.)
Nort h Seraju Range (Central
. . . . . Java) 29. 104.604. 61 3
North Sumatra 23 (note 1 ) . 112. 122 .
126. 660. 6'12 674 676 701
Northwest Borneo (Sarawak and
Brunei) . . . . . . . . . . 357
NORTON R . D . . . . . . . . . 90
NORZI . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Notopuro Beds (Java) 93. 566 . 576.
610
Nricula mar k . . . . 69. 70. 71. 460
Nukes ardentes . . . . . . 192. 193
Nuhurowa or Kai-minor Group
. . . . . . . . (Ban.da arcs) 466
Nuhutjut or Kai-major (Banda
. . . . . . . . . . arcs) 466. 467
Nunrr?rrilina . . . . . . . . 446. 466
Numnzulinidac. . . . . . . . . 50 1
Nr/mr~rulites (= Camerina) 83. 84. 85.
86. 87. 88. 142 356
Nummu1ite.r hagelensis . . . . . 85
. . . . . Nr~mmri1ite.r bornen.ri.r 84
Nummrilitrs ~ok~(i o1cart ae . . 85. 87
N1tmmrilite.r fichteli-internre& 85. 86 .
8 7
Nlitnnn~lites javatia VERBEEK = N .
perfirata MONTFORT . 85. 86. 47
. . . . . Nrin7rnulites nuttalli 84. 85
Nlrmrnlilites pmgaronm.ri.r (=
. . . . . . . . nat1.q gorlani) 85
Nummulites suhniosi DOUVILL~ . 142
Nummri1i1e.c 1ahal1arrnsi.c . . . 84
Nrin?muliles thalica . . . . . . 84
Nummrrlitcs vredenburgi . . . . 87
Nun Pene (Timor) fig . 229-230 resp .
om p . 518-519
Nusa Endk (near Flores) . . . 496
Nusa Gelinta (near Flores) . . 496
. . . . . . Nusa Penida (Bali) 505
. . . . . . . . . NUTTAL W L F 187
Obapi Conglomerate (North arm
Celebes) . . . . . . . . . . 391
OBDEYN V . . . . . . . . 298 299
Obi Group 45 fig . 19 153. 379. 380
Oceanic basins 3-4 fig . 11 on pl . 2
fig . 78 on pl . 8 fig . 378 on pl . 41
Octopoda . . . . . . . . . . . 102
. . . . Ofu Series (Timor) 74, 520
Ogena Beds (Lower Jurassic.
Buton) . . . . . . . . . . . 419
Oil basin stratigraphy 107 (East Java).
116 (SE Sumatra). I20 (Central
Sumatra). 122 (North Sumatra).
133 a.f. (Borneo). 696 (East Sumatra)
. . . . . . . Ojo Beds (Java) 557
"Old-andesite" Formcition 117 . 119.
124. 184 . 596. 71 5
OLDHASI . R . D . . . . 707.708 . 709
Ombai (see Alor) .
Onto dome (Java) . . . . . 565. 575
Oosthoek (scc Eastern spur of
Java) .
OOSTINGH. C . H . 4. 65. 79. 82. 93.
108. 113. 115. 141. 142. 143. 162.
420. 573. 586 (note 2). 606. 620. 621.
630. 639. 650. 651. 654. 702
Opercrilitru 131. 136. 149. 163. 168.
371 . 391. 466. 473
Operclilinu an~monoides (GRONO-
vrous) . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Operculinn crimingii (CARPENTER) 14 I
Operculina Zone (North Suma-
. . . . . . . . . tra) 122. fig 35
Operculinello venosa (FICHTEL &
. . . . . . . . . . . MOLL) 142
Operculinidar . . . . . . . tab . 41
. . . . . . . . Operculinoicies 184
. . . . . . . . Ophiolites 244 a.f.
Ophiolite-spilite complex (Timor) 5 12.
5 15. 520. 522
OPPENHEII\I . . . . . . . . . . 105
OPPENOORTH . W . F . F . 14. 96. 105.
123. 629. 694
. . . . OPPENOORTH & GERTH 595
Orang lJtan (Pongo) . . . 94 . 110
Orhitoides . . . . . . . . 37 1 . 474
. . . . . Orbitoidiciae 84. tab 41. 164
Orbitolina 66. 78. 128. 340. 344. 349.
427. 603. 661. 667. 668
. . . . . . . Orhitolininae 64. 148
. . . . . . . . . . Orhiroli~cs 132
. . . Orbilolites complar~ata LMK 156
(tab . 48)
. . . OrD~lina 164. 167. 168. 169. 491
. . . . . . . . . . OrDulinariu 532
Orhulina-surface . . . . . . . 90
Orbulina riniversn D'ORBIGNY 89. 15 1.
161. 163. 166. 167. 168. 169
Origin of Atlantic (sodic) igneous
. . . . . . . . . rocks 243 a.f.
Origin of hydrothermal ore de-
. . . . . . . . . . . posits 218
Origin of igneous rocks 232 a.f., 242
a.f., tab . 73 on p . 255
Origin of Mediterranian (potassic)
igneous rocks 214. 220. 250 a.f.
Origin of nappes and geanticlines
(in the Banda arcs) . . . . . 479
Origin of ophiolites . . . 244 a.f.
Origin of Pacific (calcalkaline)
igneous rocks . . 218. 246 a.f.
. . . . . . . . Orogenic belts 15
Orogenic cycles (duration. in
. . . . . Banda System) 482. 483
Orogenic rules in the Indian
Archipelago . . 227-229.231, 232
Orogenic volcanism . . . . . . 199
Ortlrocyclina . . . . . . . 154. 420
0rthoc.vclirra molrtccana HENR . 156
(tab . 48)
0rthoc.vclinu . rrirrraiietzsis v . D .
VLERK . . . . . . 156 (tab . 48)
Orthophragmina (Di.~cocvclina) . 84
OSBORN . . . . . . 60. 9 1. 92. 7 10
Ossjpitic tendency of the Indo-
nesian calcalkaline igneous
province . . . . . . . . . . 213
Ostcoglossidar . . . . . . . . 113
0. rtracoda . . . . . . . . 101 . 164
Ostr-en sp . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Ostreo cf . rzicaisci C ~ Q . . . . . 494
Otakwa area ( W New Guinea) . 77
OTLEY BEYER. H . . . . . . . . 567
OUDRAAT. J . C . . . . . . . . 466
Outer arc Banda System 455 (position
of Buru), 463.465.469.472.478. 482
Outer arc Borneo System . . . . 360
Outer arc Buton System 441 (VId on
fig . 182)
Outer arc Celebes Orogene 440 (Id.
Ilf. 1ITd . IVg on fig . 182)
Outcr arc Java-Sumatra section 54. 634
Outer arc Lesser Sunda Islands 53 .
510 a.f.
Outer arc Malava Orogene . . . 363
Outer arc ~ i c o b a r s &~ n d a ma n s
section . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Oval ~~eol i na . . . . . . . . . . 137
Overdeepened parts in the Sunda
Shelf . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Oxynoticerrrs . . . . . . . . . 450
. . . . . . . . . . . Oxytoriia 397
PAAP . . . . . . . . . . . . 700
Pachyporrr ( ~ o v k n i ~ o r n ) . . . . 72
Pochvpora intah:ilrrtn fl.ov;erzi-
porn vinaissei) . . . . . . . 72
Pochiporidae . . . . . . . . . 446
Pacific (cnlcalkaline) products of
eruption . . . . . . . . . . 213
Pacific Mountain svstem (Vr4r. o~) 362
~ +
note 2. 725
Pacific suite (see Origin of Pacific
.
igneous rocks) .
Padang Highlands . . . . 113. 202
Padar (Lesser Sunda Islands) 496. 497
PAKUCKAS . . . . . . . . . . 51 1
Palawan Island (Philippines) . . 371
Palembang Basin (South Suma-
tra) . . . . . . . . . . 1 19. 696
Palelo Series (Timor) 73. 75. 515. 520
Palembang ( S o ~ ~ t h ~ u ma t m) . . 685
Paleogene (see Lower Tertiary) .
Paleogeography of Borneo (Tert .
and Quat.) . . . . 358 (fig . 148)
Paleontology . . . . . . . . . 4
Palingenesis . . . . . . . 233a.f.
Palmula rvticrtlata ( R~u s s ) . . . 449
Palurlornur . . . . . . . . . . 126
Palu Range (gcanticline) 43 . tab . 5,
403, 407, 411. 412. 413. 430. 431.
440
Paluweh (near Flores) . . . . . 495
Pamalar limestone (Sumha) 159. fig .
45. tab . 106 on p . 509
Pamali Breccias (SE-Borneo) fig . 141 .
142 . 343. 344
Pcimaluan coal (Borneo) . . . . 101
Paman or Pamirna (near Flores) 495.
496
Pandnn Volcano (Java) . . 570. 579
Paniungan Beds (Meratus range) 64.
341
PANNEKOEK. A . J . 1 l . 15 . 28. 48 (note
2). 102. 299. 471 . 595 . h01> 602. 616.
617. 618. 619. 621 . 622. 623. 638
PANNEKOEK (Miss) 80. 8 I . 586 (note 2)
PANNEKOEK VAN RHEDEN. .I. 5. 494,
501. 503
Pantar (Lesser Sunda Tsl.) . 52. 491
. . . . . . Panillera tigris (L. ) 94
Papandajan Volcano (West Java) 21 5
Paphia (Tapes) . . . . . . . . 8 1
Paphia neglecta (MARTIN) . . . 646
Paracale-Mambulao gold field
. . . . . . . . (Philippines) 372
Par-nfrondicularia japonica AS AVO 89
. . . . . . . . . Paralerroceras 475
. . . . . . . . . . PARFFT. H B 75
. . . . Pasir (SE Borneo) 130. 139
. . . Pasumah (South Sumatra) 202
Paternoster Reefs (Flores Sea) 436.
729
. . . . . . . Pat i haj an~ dome 594
Patjalan limestone horizon (.lava) 552
. . . . . . . . Patjitan (Java) 556
Peak of Bonthain (see Lompo-
batang)
Pecopteris(ex gr . arborescens) 62 . 327
Pectrn cf . cowperi WARING var .
vrrbarensis YABE & NAGAO . 64
. . . . . . . . . . . PELAEZ 147
. . . Pelaihari area (SE Borneo) 139
. . . . Pelang Beds (Java) 572. 577
Peleng (Tsland see Banggai) .
Peleru Subzone or mixed belt
(Central Celebes) 43 . tab . 5. 406.
41 1. 412. 440
Pelicjpoda . . . . . . . . . . 72 1
Pellati.~pira 83. 84. 85. 86. 87. 103.
104. 105 . 106. 128. 131. 136. 148 .
149. 154. 155. 177. 179. 185 . 433.
446. 509. 567. 603. 604. 618
Pellatispira crossicol~~mnalo
. . . . . . . UMBG 156 (tab 48)
. . . . Pe//atispira ~ l a h r a UMBGR I36
Pellatispira inflfrta UMBGR . 136. 156
(tab . 48)
Pellotirpiro rnadaraszi HANTKEN
var . provnlei YABE 136. 156 (tab . 48).
308
Pellatispira orbitoidea (PROVALE) 136.
156 (tab . 48)
Pemali Beds . . . . . . . . . 604
Pematang Semut (South Sumatra) 681
Penanggungan Volcano (Java) . 571
PENCK. A . . . . . . . . 1 1 . 96. 336
PENECKE . . . . . . . . . 45 1. 510
Peneplanation (in the tropics) . I I
Pengalengan section (Southern
Mts of West Java) . 28. 622. 623
Pengampon facies (East Java) . 579
Penjatan Series (Central Java) . 605
. . . . . . . . Pentacrinr~s 77. 530
Percentage Method 80 (molluscs). 95
(corals). 101 (diatoms)
Periodicity of orogenesis . . 294. 295
Periodicity volcanic activity . . . 204
. . . . . . . . . Perisphinctes 70
. . . . . . Perisplrit~rtes WAAG 64
Permian 61. 73 (Neth . Timor). 76
(Port-Timor)
Permo-Carboniferous (strat.) . 61
Perno . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
PERRET. F . A . . . . . . . . . 200
. . . . . . . . . . . . PFRRIN R 233
. . . . . . . . PERRIN SMITI-I 5 1 1
. . . . . . . . . . Persulcates 7 1
PETROESCHEVSKY. W . A . 188. 194. 20 1 .
224. 493. 503
PETTERSON. H . (deepsea exp.) . 14
. . . . . . . . . . Phacoides 81
Phanetrones . . . . . . . . . 446
Philippine Basin . . . . . . . 388
Philippine Deep . . . . . 377. 386
Philippines (Philippine Islands)
1. 2. 32 (phys . structure). 60 . 142
(stratigraphy). 226 (ign . rocks).
368 a.f. (geol.)
PHILLIPS. D . W . . . . 287 (note 1)
Plros. . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Phreatic explosions . . . . . . 198
Phyllitic facies (Paleogene Bor-
neo) 127. 128. 143 (Philippines)
Phyllocrras . . . . 76. 379. 419. 450
Physiographic divisions 15 a.f., fig .
11 on pl . 2
PILGRIM . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Pilomasin Conca (South Sumatra) 681
Pini . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
PINKLEY . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 1
. . . . . . . . Pisang Tslands 153
Pithecanthropus 82. 91. 92. 98. 102.
107. 110. 11 1. 557. 566. 581. 591
Pithecanthropr~s duhilrs v . K . 110 . l l l
Pithecanthropu.r erectus Du ~ o r s 82.
92. 94. 98. 99. 106. 110. 1 1 I . 576
Pithecanthropr~.c irzodjokertensi.r v .
K . . . . . . . . . . . 107 . 1 1 1
Pitheranthropl~s rohri.rtrt.r WEIDEN-
REICH . . . . . . . . . 107. 111
Planoglohulina . . . . . . . . 77
Planorbulinvlla larvata (PARKER
. . . . . . . . . and JONES) 89
Plant remains and pollen . . . 102
Planrtlina . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Planulina wueller.storfi (SCHWA-
GER) . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Plateau-sandstone facies or Form-
ation (Borneo) . . . 127. fig . 37
. . . . . . . . Pleurostor~ielln 90
Pleuro.rtnr~~ello alternans SCHWA-
GER . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
P/eurotoma gendingonen.ris MMRT . 586
(note 1)
. . . . . . . . . . Pliolepidina 85
Plinian eruptions . . . . . . . 200
Plio-pleistocene igneous activity 119
Poenites . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Polvlepidino TAN . . . . 86. 87. 356
. . . Poljlepidino zej~lman.ri 128. 131
. . . . . . . . . . Po!vtrema 391
Pompangeo Formation 407. 410. 41 5.
433
Pompangeo Range (Central Ce-
lebes) 43. tab . 5. 407. 41 1 . 412 . 413.
440
Pongo (see Orang Utan) .
Pongo . . . . . . . . . 92.94. 1 10
. . . . . . . PONTOPPIDAN 163. 265
. . . . . . . Popoh Bay (Java) 558
POPOV. V . J . . . . . . 294 (note 2)
Porides . . . . . . . . . . . 593
PORLEZZA . . . . . . . . . . 216
PORTMAN . . . . . . . 707. 708. 709
Port Moresby area (East New
Guinea) . . . . . 77. 185(strat.)
Portuguese Timor 75 (Pretert.), 162
(Tert.), 521 a.f. (geol.)
Poso Depression (Central Cele-
. . . . . bes) 43. tab 5. 403. 41 1
Poso Lake (Central Celebes) . . 41 1
Poso Zone (Central Celebes) . 43.
tab . 5. 403. 407
POSTHUMUS. 0 . . . . . . . . . 5
Postiljon Recfs (Flores Sen) 436. 729
POTONIL. H . . . . . . . . 1 13. 663
POTT. G . . . . . . . . . . . . I30
Praeoh' eol i na . . . . . . . . . 137
Prafi Series . . . . . . . . . . 77
PRATT . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
PRATT & HAYFORD . . . . . . 272
PRATT & SMITH . . . . . 144. 370
PR.ATTJE . . . . . . . 48 (note 2)
. . . . . . . . Prrang@ri c~ MART 81
Preang(u)erian . . . . . . . . 82
Primary tectogenesis (termin-
ology) . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Probi hos cijulangen.si\ . . . . . 92
Probolingo (Java) . . . . . . . 553
. . . . . . . . . Prodicoe1ire.s 7 1
Pr odur t u. ~ . . . . . . . 62, 76 . 397
Pr oet u. ~ . . . . . . . . . . . 62
. . . . . . . . Propinacoco.as 475
Prot i de . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 3
Proto Australian (Early Man) . 1 1 1
Prot ocardi a . . . . . . . . . . 64
Protopl otus heau/ i )rt i LAMBR . . . 1 13
P. ~eudoc. ~cl a1~1117i nn. . . . . . . 72
Pserrdoglantirllin(1 . . . . . . . 90
P.seudo~glnnr/~rlina acut a LEROY . 89
Pseudoti i ono/i s . . . . . . . . 456
Pse1rdorno17otis cf . ochoti cn . 63. 327
P.cc~i r/ot~otl osari n tli.rcl.ela ( R~ u s s ) 89
Pse~i t i ol ext ri l ari a . . . . . . 7 1 . 77
Pseut i ot ext l i l n~~i a ,h.listicosa ( EG-
GER) . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Pseuti otextl rl ari a c f . :~l ohl rl osa
EHRENBERG 378. 382. 384 (t ab . 88) .
45 3
Psi l ocrras . . . . . . . . . . 4 1 9
. . . . Pualaca region (Timor) 73
Puerto Galera ( Mindoro. Phi-
lippines) . . . . . . . . . . 371
Pl i l l eni a . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Pul l eni a brrl1oicie.c ( D' ORBI GNY) . 89
Pl i l l eni al i na . . . . . . . . . . 164
Pul l eni at i na ohl i yr ~i l oc. ~~l ot n (PAR-
KER and JONES) . 89. 151. 161, 163
Pulu Babi (Lesser Sunda Islands)
486, 487, 495
Pulubalang Beds (SE Borneo) . 134.
138, 139
Pulu Besar (near Flol-es) . . . . 495
Pulu Komba (Flores Sea) . 492, 493
Pulu L.aut ([sland) . . . . 130, 339
Pulu Laut centre of diastrophism
348 (Pre-Tertiary). 351 (Tertiary),
410 (Strait of Makassar Zone) . 429.
430, 440. 587, 730
Pl l l ~~i nr l l i nt r . . . . . . . . . . 39 1
Purr1 Besar (Lesser Sunda Is!.) 487. 488
Pura Ketjil or Tcrnkite (Lesser
Sunda Isl.) . . . . . . . 487, 488
P~i r pl l r i dae . . . . . . . . . . 8 1
Purwakarta area (West Java) . . 251
(ign . rocks)
Putjanglrn Beds 93 . 96, 98 . 570, 574.
579 . .
Pyreneic orogencsis . . . . . . 724
Quarles Mts (Celcbcs) 426. 428. 420 .
430. 43 1 . 440
Quartz-sandstone Formation 1 13.
120 . 122. 124. 143
Qunrtcrnary . . . . . . . . . 79
I N D E X
. . . . . - - .
. . . . . . . ? Qr i enst ~dt i cer a. ~ 76
Quinqrrelocrilirra . . 163. 443. 603. 604
Quinyrrelocrilino ret i cul at a D' OR-
BI GNY var . el ongata LE ROY 168
RAADSHOVEN. B . VAN & SWART. J .
304. 306. 310
RAALTEN. C . H . VAN . . 1 15. 659. 684
. . . . . . . . . . . RACK. G 501
Rndi oc. vcl oc~pc~i s TAN . . ; 88. 605
Radi ol nri a(e) 64. 102. 159. 166. 174.
175 . 185. 384 (t ab . 88) . 458 . 475 .
485. 532. 603
. . . Radiolarite Zone (Borneo) 64
Radja Ampat Gr oup . . . . . 47
Raidjua (Rendjuwa) (Lesser Sun-
. . . . . . . . . da Islands) 533
. . . . . . . . . Raidjuwa 53 155
. . . . . . . Ragay Zone 35. 37 374
. . . . . . . . . RAGUIN. E 232 233
. . . . . . . . . . Rainfall 7. fig 7
Rnmbatan Beds (Central Java) . 605
RAMBERG. H . . . . . . . . 233. 234
Ramu-Markham Depression
. . . . (Eastern New Guinea) 716
Ranau. Lakc (South Sumatra) 202.
679
Randublatung Zone . . 29. 96. 584
. . . Ranel l a pornotonensi .~ MART 8 1
Ranel l a sribgranosa BECK 160. 161. I62
. . . . . . . . . RANKAMA. K 234
Ratai Bay (South Sumatra) . . 668
Raung Volcano 194 . fig . 56 (major
mountain slide)
. . . . . . . . RAVEN. TH 12. 301
. . . . . . . Rawlinson Range 716
. . . . . . . . . . . . READ H H 232
Rect ohol i ~. i na hifrons (BRADY) I5 I . 163
Reeflimestones of Tjimandiri Beds
(West Java) . . . . . . . . 620
REERI NK. J . . . . . . 654 (note I )
REGTEREN ALTENA. VAN & BEETS 623
. . . . . . . . RETCHEL. M 137. 180
REINHARD. M . 132. 141. 232. 233. 356
. . . . RETNHARDT & WFNK 356 371
REINHOLD. TH . 98. 101. 159. 421 .
490 . 566 . 574. 575. 579
REINWARDT. C . G . C . 190 (notc I ) .
472. 5 1 1
. . . . . . REITSEMA. TJ L 14. 105 595
. . . . . . Rejuvenation (soil) 10
Rembang Beds (East Java) . . 586
Rembang (hilly district of) . 20. 585
. . . . . . Rembangian 81. 82. 586
. . . . . . . . . . RENSCH. B 4
. . . . . . . . . RENZ. 0 72. 120
. . . . . . . Renz & Kupper 83
. . . . . . . . . . . RETGERS J W 435
. .
246
REYZER. J . 65. 66. 78. 148. 404 . 406.
408. 409. 426. 427
Rhael i na . . . . . . . . . . . 456
Rhi nocero. ~ 92. 94. 301. 557. 607 . 650
Rhi nocrros kentiengirlis Drreors 92. 94
Rhinoceros sondniclrs DESMAREST 92.
94. 650
Rhopalohelus exiles . . . . . . 382
Rl ~ynchonel l a . . . . . . . . . 76
Rl r! ~t ~chonel l a arpadi co . . . . . 66
Rhynclronella ( Aust r i el l al . . . 456
Rh.vnchonc~llidae D' ORB . . . . . 455
Richardson. J . A . 18 1.244.360.362. 363
Rindjani Volcano (Lombok) . . 504
Ringgit-Beser group (Java) 552. fig .
263 on PI . 32
Ringgit ~ e i i e s (Java) . . . . . 552
RI NK . H . . . . . . . . . 707. 709
Rintja (Lesser Sunda Islrrnds) 496. 497
Riouw(-Lingga) Archipelngo 17. 225.
304
Ritter Volcano (1888) . . . . . 201
RITTMAN. A . 191. 194. 220. 251. 423.
444. 415
Robulina Zone (Nort h Sumatra) 122 .
fig . 35
Rohrilus . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Rohl i l ~l s java1711.s (KOCH) var . ~ i n r -
pl ex ( K o c ~ i . . . . . . . . 80
. . . . Rockefeller Foundation 109
. . . . . . . . . . . ROESLAN 222
. . . . . . . . . . ROESSEL. B 9
ROEVEK. W . P . DE 61. 62. 73. 74. 215.
229 . 243. 254. 316. 389. 405. 407.
511. 512. 514. 515. 517 . 537
ROGGEVEEN. P . M . 71. 153 . I54 . 304.
305.306.307. 308. 3 18,460.507, 508
RokatindaVolcano(see Paluweh) .
Romang (errstern end inner arc
Lesser Sunda Isl. ). . 52. 471. 485
Rongga plateau . . . . . . . . 638
Rook arc of SIEBERG . . . 58. 716
. . . . . . . . . . . . Roos 14
Root of mountain ranges (sialic)
272 a.f.
ROOTHAAN. H . PH . 68 . 153 . 377. 378
R o s ~ x s u s c ~ . H . . . . . . . . 233
Rot al i o 91. t ab . 41. 179. 181. 182. 183.
456. 474
Rot nl i a cnt cl l j f i ~r ~ni s . . . . . . 181
Rot nl i a conoirie.r (D' ORB. ) . 162 . 18 1
Rot nl i a eponi dc. ~ . . . . . . . 182
Rotalirr i t ~r l i cn LEROY . . . . . 89
Rot al i a rnarginospinoscl L-E ROY . I67
. . . Rot ol i a schroeterinna 181. IS2
. . . . . . Rotal i o 5 var spinoscr 181
Rot al i a tri.cpinota TH. \ L\ I . var . . 162
Rotalia Zone (Nort h S ~ ~ ma t r a ) I27 .
fig . 35
Rotal i dae . . . . . . . 114 . 118. 383
. . . . . . . ROTHPLETZ A 105 530. 643
. . . . . . . Roti (Rotti) 53 155 530
. . . . . . . . . . ROUBALILT 233
ROUFFAER. G . P . . . . . . . . 644
ROWLEY . R . D . . . . . . . . 371
ROY. LE 4. 89. 90. 101. 160. 161. 162.
163. 164. 167. 650
Ruk Arc (see Rook Arc) .
Rumbcrpon (Geelvink Bay) 56. 77
. . . . . . . "Rumpfebene" 11. 19
Rumu Beds (Upper Jurassic. BLI-
ton) . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
RUTTEN. L . M . R . 4. 8. I 0 (fig . 9). 42.
60 . 65 . 67 . 68 . 78 . 83 . 101 . 126. 127 .
RUTTEN. MARTIN G . 61. 63 (note 1).
83. 88. 128. 137 (note 2). 181
(note 1). 335. 356. 361
RUTTEN & HUTZ . . . 442. 444. 445
RUTTNER. F . . . . 689. 692. 693. 694
Ri ehaki na . . . . . . . . . . 77
Sadang Valley (SW Central Ce-
lebes) . . . . . . . 428.430. 431
Sagaranten (West Java) . . 621 . 622
.
Sahul arca . . . . . . . . . . 721
Sahul Shelf 3. 4. 15 . fig . 20 . 59 . 721
Saibi Beds ( west o f ~ i mn t r a ) ' 164.
170. 174. 175
Salajar or Saleyer (Flores Sc3) . 437
Salajar System . . . . . . . . 438
Salamuku Beds (Djambi Nappe.
Sumatra) . . . . . . . . . . 664
Salo Talimbangan granite (Cen-
tral Celebes) . . . . . . . . 406
Salsima layer in tectonosphere 281.
284. 285. 286. 288. 293 ("buffer
action")
Salul Beds (Simalur) . . . 172. 175
Samar arc 37. 38 (note 1) . 368 a.f.,
379. 386 a.f., 388. 401. 402. 431
Samar - Di ~~at a Zone . 35. 38. 45. 388
Samarinda anticlinorium (East
Borneo) . . . . . . . . 20. 352
Sambipitu Bcds (Java) . . . . . 556
Sa~nosi r Block (Toba. North Su-
matra) . . . . . . . . . . . 692
Sampolnkosa Beds (Mio-Pliocene .
Buton) . . . . . . . . . . . 420
. . . . . . Sampung fauna 93. 1 1 1
SANDERS. M . . . . . . 102. I 13. 1 14
Sandstone Zonc (North coast
. . . . . West New Guinea) 178
Sangcnng (near Sumbawa) . . . 501
Sanggar Peninsula of Sumbawa 501-
503
Sangihe Ridgc . . . . . . 45. 378
Saneihe-Minahasa Svstcm 47 . 384 .
. .
3g5. 441
Sanrriran (domc) (Java) 108. 109 . 110 .
111. 565. 567. 575. 576
Sangkulirang area (East Borneo) 133 .
158. 140 .
Santa Cruz Formation (Philip-
pines) . . . . . . . . . 145. 156
SAPPER. K . . . . . . 8. 188. 202. 717
Snracenaria iralica DEFRANCE . . 89
Sarangan (Java) . . . . . 568. 569
Sarangbaung (Banjak Isl.) . . . 171
SARASIN. P . & P . 1. 150. 151. 220. 435
Sarawak (NW Borneo) . 133. 142. 358
Sarawak System (NW Borneo) 730
Sareweh Beds . . . . . . . . 629
Sau River (Wetar) . . . . . . 489
Savic orogenesis . . . . . . . 724
Snwal Volcano (West Java) . . 217
(ore deposits by exhalations)
Sawu Basin . . . . . . . 506. 507
Sawu Island (Savu) (Lesscr S ~ ~ n d a
Islands) . . . . . . . . 53. 532
Scaphorrdrirlrrc . . . . . . . . 8 1
SCHAAD . . . . . . 67 . 68. 244. 389
SCHATSKY. N . S . . . . 294 (note 2)
SCHEERER . . . . . . . . . . 233
SCHEEFEN. W . . . . . . . . . 83
SCHEIBENER. E . . . . . . . 14. 646
. . . . . . . . SCHELECHOFF. B 75
SCHELLE. VAN . . . . . . . . 494
SCHEPERS. H . G . . . . . . . . 1
Schiefer Barisan of TOBLER . . 667
. . . . . . . SCHILDER. F A 80. 574
Schildpad Islands 41 (Togian Islands).
48
Schist-Palelo Complex (Timor) 5 15
Schiz aster progocnsis GERTH . . 142
SCHMIDT. C . . . . . . . . 133 . 435
SCHMIDT. K . G . . . . . . . . 191
SCHMIDT. W . . . . . ; . . . . 287
SCHMUTZER . . . . . . . . . . 32 1
SCHNEIDER . . . . . . . . . . 5 1 1
. . . . . . . . . SCHOLLER. H 247
. . . . . . . . . SCHOTT. G 2. 504
SCHOUTEN. C . . . . . . . 184. 674
. . . . . Schouten Islands 178. 180
SCHRODER. E . E . W . G . 164. 165. 168
SCHROEDER VAN DER KOLK. J . L . C .
444. 455. 457
SCHUBERT. R . J . . 66. 390.475. 51 1
. . . . . . . . . . SCHUCHERT 79
SCHUPPLI. H . M . 79. 133 (note 1). 142.
351 . 357 . 586 . 587 . 591 . 676
66 1. 676. 702
Schwaner Range or Mts (Borneo) 18 .
60.225. 226. 333. 334
. . . . . . . . . . SCHWINNFR 707
. . . . . . . . Scl eropa~us sp 1 13
. . . . . . . . . . . Scorrsia 81
SCRIVENOR . J . B . 4 . 31 1 . 360 . 363 . 364 .
. . . . .
511. 709
Sea sediments . . 13 . fig . 10 . 504
Sea straits Lesser Sunda '1sLnds'
(see Fracture pattern) .
Seberuwang (Cretaceous. West
. . . . . . . . . . Borneo) 331
Sebolon ketjil (near Flores) . . 496
. . . . . . . . Sebuku (Island) 130
Secondary tectogenesis (termin-
ologic) . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Sector-graben (see volcano-tect-
onic rift-structures) .
. . . . . . . . . . SEDERHOLM 234
. . . . . Sediment-petrography 102
. . . . . . SEIDLITZ, W VON 69. 460
. . . . . . . Seismicity 3. 257 a.f.
Sekam~ong Block (South Sums-
. .
tra) . . . . . . . . . . . . 683
Selenka Expedition . . 91. 107 . 109
Sele-Womba(W New Guinca) 179. 18 1
Semangko Graben (South Su-
. . . . . . . . . . . matra) 678
Semangko Zone (rift) (Sumatra) 24.
672. 677. 685. 689. 694
Sernarang-Rembang depression . 592
. . . . . . Semarang-Ungaran 108
Semeru complex . . . . . . . 551
. . . . . . . Semeru lava 1941 196
Semeru Volcano 205 (Periodicity.
activity)
Semilir Beds (Java) . . . . . . 556
. . . . . . . . . Semongkrong 553
Semitau Subzone (zone B 2 in
West Borneo) . . . . . . . 331
Sentolo Beds . . . . . . . . . 81
Seraju depression . . . . . . . 6 10
Seraju Range (Central Java) see
South-Seraju Range and North-
Seraju Range .
Seraju River . . . . . . 9(note I )
Seran (Serang sce Ceram) .
Seria (Sarawak) . . . . . . . . 358
Sermat;~ (Banda arcs) . . . . . 476
Serun (Banda arcs) . . . . . . 471
Seurula Beds (North Sumatra) . 122
SHAND . . . . . . . . . . 214. 251
Shark (teeth) . . . . . . . . . 102
SHEPHERD . . . . . . . . . . 215
"Short-circuits" in mountain
. . . . . roots 464. 465.466. 483
Siberut . . . . . . . 163 (strat.)
Sibigo limestone (Sirnalur) . 172. 175
SIEBERG. A . . . . . . . . 58. 212
. . . . . . . . . . SIEVERTS. H 445
Sigmoilirra . . . . . . . . . . 90
Signroilinn pcrsoncita MOHLEK . 90
(note 1)
Sigugur Beds . . . . . . . . . 604
Silat facies (Paleogcne West Bor-
. . . . . . . . neo) 127. fig 37
Silurian . . . . . . . . . . . 61
SILVESTRI . . . . . . . . . . . I37
Sima . . . . 263. 281. 283-285. 293
Simalur (Simeulue) . . 171 (strat.)
Simangaris synclinc (Norht Bor-
nco) . . . . . . . . . . 355. 356
Simian gap (Early Man) . . . . 110
SIMON. A . . . . . . . . . . . 504
SIMONEN . A . . . . . . . . . . 243
SIMONS. E . L . 72. 73. 74. 159. 160.
485. 490. 511. 512. 514. 515. 523
Sinanthropus . . . . . . . 110. 111
. . . . . . . . Sin Cowe reefs 31
. . . . . . Singapore granites 237
Singkarak . Lake (Central Suma-
tra) . . . . . . . . . . . . 665
Singkel embayment (North Su-
matra) . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Singkep (Tin island) . . . . . 314
Sino-Malayan fauna . . . . . . 92
Siphocypraea caput-viperacz (MAR-
TIN) . . . . . . . . . . 82. 646
Siphogenerinn stri ata (SCHWXGER) 167
Siphonalicr iclcei MART . . . . . 105
Siphonina reticrrlcrtcr (CZJZEK) . . 89
Sipura . . . . . . . 163 (strat.)
SITTER. L . U . DE 90. 119. 135. 260.
261. 352. 660. 676
Siwalik foothills . . . . . . . 727
"Skull bowls" (ancient head-
hunters) . . . . . . . . . . 111
Slamet Volcano (old) . . . . . 612
SLUIS. J . P . VAN DER 72. 78. 80. 154.
442. 443. 446. 449. 450. 451. 453.
456. 465. 537. 661
SMITH. W . D . 8. 60. 142. 143. 144.
ShflT SIBINGA. G . L . 17. 60. 96. 97.
98. 100. 298. 300. 301. 441. 579.
582. 585. 636 . 721. 723. 731
Snellius Exped~tion . . . 14. 15. 89
Sncllius Ridge . . . . . . . . 45
Snow Mountain Range (New
. . . . . . . . Guinea) 57. 714
SOERGEL. W . . . . . . . . 91. 460
Soil lixiviation . . . . . . . 9. 224
Soil rejuvenation . . . . . 10. 224
Soil sciencc (agrogeology) . 13. 224
Solariella ambl ~' goni oto Coss-
MANN . . . . . . . . . . . 630
Solarirrm microdiscrts MART . . . 105
I N D E X
- .
~ol f a t a r a & fumarola 188. 198. 207 .
208 . 215
~ o l o i o n Islands . . . . . . . 73 1
Solo river terrace . . . . . . . I I I
Solor (Lesser Sunda Islands) 52 . 494
Solo Zone (Java) 30. 52. 547. 559.
568. 577
Somohole Beds (Lowcr Permian
of Timor) . . . . . . . . . 5 12
Sonde . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
. . . . . . . . . Sonde mnrls 573
Sonde mollusccin fhunac . . . . 82
Sondian . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Sonnebait Series (Timor) 73. 74 . 5 12.
514. 515. 520. 522
Sorct effect . . . . . . . . . . 28 1
. . . Sorit Beds (Simalur) 172. 175
Sorites . . . . . . . 156 ( t ab . 48)
so rite.^ n~art i ni . . . . 179. 180. 433
Soropati-Tclcmojo volcanic com-
plex (Java) . . . . . . . . . 562
. . . . . . . . . . . SOSMAN R B 245
South arm of Celebes 42. 147. 148.
426 a.f. (gcol:)
South coast pl un (Central Java) . 594
Southeast arm of Celebes 41. 148 .
389. 414 a.f. (geol.)
. . . . . . . Southeast Borneo 339
Southern Moluccas (see Randa
arcs) .
Southern Mtr ( of Java) 28. 30. 31.
546 . 554; (of West Java) 616. 622.
624 . 627
South Seraju Range (Central
Java) . . . . . 29. 104. 594. 602
South Sumatra 23 (note I). 114. 116.
124. 659. 672. 674
Southwest Bantam . . . . . . 633
SPARKS . . . . . . . . . . . 142
STERLING. J . . . . 58. 71 5. 721. 722
Spermonde Arch . (Reefs uff Ma-
kassar) . . . . . . . . . . . 436
Splracroidina brrlloides (U' ORBIG-
NY) . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Spi~aeroidinellrr dehisret~s ( PARKER
and JONES) . . . . . 89. 162. 163
SPI KFR . E . TH . N . . . . 586 (note 2)
Spina nrcntcrlis (of Early Man) . 109
SPINKS. K . L . . . . . . . 58. 717
Spirif;.~. ( Adova) . . . . . . . 62
Spirifrritra D' ORB . . . . . . 450. 453
Spiriferinu c'assiarin . . . . . . 66
Spirigrra . . . . . . . . . . . 456
Spi roc~~pcrts 83. 84 . 85. 86. 87. 88. 90.
112. 118. 120. 122. 131. 133. 134.
136. 137. tab . 41 . 143. 148. 149.
150. 154. 159. 166. 168. 169. 170.
174. 175. 176. 178. 179. 180. 184.
185. 356. 399. 420. 432. 433. 449.
460. 461. 462. 466. 474. 475. 477.
482. 494. 509. 534. 535 ( t ab . 107)
539. 604. 619. 629. 649. 653. 654
Spirorlypeus lelipoldi v . D . VLFR K 85 .
628. 629. 639
Spiroclj~prprrr.~ leipoldi-01. hi toi hus
163. 415
Spiroclype~rs nlnr,y aritatiis . 85. 475
Spiroc1,vpru.s n~argaritatris
SCHLUMR . vi ~r . umhonnta Y . &
H . . . . . . . . . . . . . 628
Spirorlypeus orbitoicleus . . . . 391
Spirurlypeus pleurocentrolis . . . 85
Spirorljpeus tidoenganensis v . D .
VLERK . . . . . . . 85. 628. 629
. Spiroclypeus vermicularis TAN 87. 13 1.
150 (note I). I85
Spiroplectamnrina . . . . . . . 163
. . . . . . . . . . SPRINGER. F 530
STANLEY. E . R . . 76. 77. 185. 214. 710
STAUE. R . . . . . . . . . . . 441
STAUBER. H . . . . . . . . 12. 287
STAUFFER. H . . . . . . . . . . 60
STEENIS. C . G . G . J . VAN 5. 126. 696
Stegodon . . . . 9 1. 92. 107. 144. 301
Stegodon mindanense . 144 (note I )
Stegodon prarcursor . . . . . . 575
Strgodon trigonoccphalus . . . . 566
Strgodon trigonocephalus prai.rfr r.
sor v . KOEN . . . . . . . 96. 575
STEHN. CH . E . 196 . I98 . I99.200.201.
. . . STEHN & ~ M B < ~ K O V E 92. 640
STEIGER. H . G . VON 25. 1 13. 122. 124.
426. 435. 662. 663. 674. 676. 686.
699. 701
. . . . STEIN CALLENFELS. VON 93
STEINMANN. G . . . 242. 244. 245. 254
Steinnianniu . . . . . . . 446. 449
Steinmannites sp . . . . . . 63. 327
Stephanoccras . . . . . . . . . 475
. . . . . Stcpl7anorc~ros hlagdeni 76
Stcplianocerns lrumphriesi . . 379. 382
. . . Stephunocera.r larr~ellosum 76
Stervend land (dying land) . . . 9
Stik-vallei (suffocating valley) . 222
STILLE. H . 264 . 294 . 295 . 370. 378.
441. 463. 469. 483 (note 2) . 584.
723. 724
. . . . STILLE'S orogenic phases 584
. . . . . . . . . . . . STINY. J 287
STOLL~Y. E . 67 (note 1 ). 69. 72. 389.
406. 416. 466
Storniosphaera . . 67. 443 . 446. 532
Stomiosplinero moluccana WAN-
~ E R . . . . . 65. 69. 419.446. 450
STRAETER . . . . 402.407.411. 418
Strait of Madura (Java) . . . . 553
Strait Sape (Lesser Sunda Islands) 497
. . . . . . Strait Sunda dome 633
Strait Sunda (origin of ) . . 633 . 636
Strand dams or shore bars ( NE
. . . . . . . . . . Sumatra) 702
Stratigraphy 4. 60 n.f. (Chapter [I).
table 26 (Java)
. . . . . . . Strato-volcanoes 208
. . . . . . . . . . STHEMME. H 91
Strength (of crustal layers or
rocks) 260. 261. 276-278. 280. 283.
787 ...
Streptorhynchus . . . . . . . . 397
Strcpsic1ir1.a songoensis . . . . . 105
Strombus . . . . . . . . . . . 575
Stron~bri .~ isohclla LAMK . var .
. . . . . . thcrsites 586(note I )
Stror?ihu.s madirirrrnsis MART . . 586
(note 1)
STR~ MER VON REICHENBACH, E . . 126
. . . . . . . . Sturin rr~or~golira 537
. . . . . . . STUTTERHEIM, W F 52
. . . . . . . . . Suholveolina 137
Sub-Barisan Depression of TOE-
. . . . LER (Central Sumatra) 699
Submarine volcanoes . 204, tab . 61
Slrbulites sp . . . . . . . . . . 62
SUCHTELEN. VAN . . . . . . . 494
Su ~s s . E . . . . . . . . . . . 441
Suete district (Port . Timor) . . 73 .
526. 527
Sugi (Riouw-Lingga Arch.) . . 304
Sukabumi (West Java) . . . . 622
Sukadana . basalt shield of (South
Sumatra) . . . . . . . . . . 684
Sukur or Sukun (near Flores) 495. 496
Sula Islands . . . 45. 153. 380-382
Sula Spur (STILLE) . . . . . . 378
Sulawesi (see Celebes) .
Sumatra 21 (physiography). fig . 13 on
pl . 3. I I l a.f. (Tertidry). 659 a.f.
(regional geol.)
Sumatra Orogene . . . . . . . 668
Sumatra section (of Sunda Moun-
tain System) . . . . . . . . 728
Suniba (Lesser Sunda Isl.) 53. 155
(Tertiary) . 507-510 (geol.). 542
~u mb a wa - ( ~e s s e r ~ u n c t ~ i Islands) 52.
501 -504
Sundo (name) . . . . . . . 644
Sundii Archipelago (name) . . 2
Sunda area 14. 15. 17 (physiography).
298 a.f. (yeol.), 324 (struct . belts).
3 64
Sunda complcx (West Java) 641. 643
Sunda hlountiiin System 3. 16. 48
(note 1 ) . 53. fig . 91 and p . 274 (re-
lation to isost . unom.), 388 (relation
Melanesian System); 464. 465. 467.
468. 469 (relation Central Mountain
Range New Guinea). 658 . 727
(synthesis)
sunha Orogene (acc . to this book)
668. 703
Sunda Or o ~e n e of WESTERVELD
668. 703 .
Sunda shelf 3 . 4 . 15 . fie . 11 on VI . 2 .
. .
fig . 108. 225. 298 n.f.-, 323
Sungis (Aru Islands) . . . 59. 722
Suoh Basin (South Sumatra) . . 679
Suoh explosion 1933 198. 199. figs .
59 + 60. 679
Supiori . . . . . . . . . 77. 178
Surakarta (Java) . . . . . 554. 567
Surakarta area 557 . fig . 286 . pl . 34
Survaki or Pulu Pandjang (Banda
arcs) . . . . . . . . . . . . 465
Su.r strrmrrii . . . . . . . . . 92
Sus ferhcrari . . . . . . . . . 97
Swedish deepsea Expedition 194X I 1
. . . . . . . . . . . SWEMLE I - I
Sycones . . . . . . . . . . . 116
. . . . . . . . . . SZEMIAN. J 11
Taal Volcano . . . . . . . . . I99
Tabalar (East Borneo) 132. 138. 139.
141
Tacniopteris . . . . . . . . . 62
"Tafelhoek" (Bali) . . . . . . 505
Tajandu Islands (Bandn arcs) . 466
Tail of New Guinea . . . . . 58
Taka Garlarang (Gulf of Bone) 437 .
fig . 181
Takolekadju Mts (Ccntral Ce-
lebes) . . . . . . . . . . . 411
Talahabia MART . . . . . . . . 81
Talangakar-Pendopo Anticlino-
rium (South Sumatra) . . . . 696
I N D E X
.
Talang Akar Beds (Central Su-
matra) . . . . . . . . . . . 673
Talaud and Nanusa Islands 45. 68.
153 . 378
~ a l a u d - ~ a j u belt . . . . . 45. 378
Tambora province of Mediterran-
ean volc . rocks . . . . . . . 219
Tambora Volcano (Sumbawa) 194.
201. 502. 503. 504
Tambolungang (Flores Sea) . . 437
TAMS. E . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Tana Djampea (Flores Sea) . . 437
Tanahbumbu area (SE-Borneo) 139
TANAKADATE. H . . . . . . . . 210
Tana h Roong Series (Sumba) . 507.
508
Tandjong lllipoi (Wetar) . . 488. 489
Tanggamus Volcano (South Su-
matra) . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Tangkuban Prahu . . . . . . . 644
Tanimbar Group (Banda arcs) 472 a.f.
Tanimbar Islands . . . . . 50. 153
TAN' S cycloclypeus-stratigraphy . 88
TAN SIN HOK 4. 62. 65. 83. 84. 86.
102. 104. 131. 134. 136. 137. 148.
150 (note 1). 160. 177. 420. 532.
544. 595. 598. 654
Tapak Beds (Reef-limestones on
. . . . . . . . . top of t he ) 606
Tapak Series (Central Java) . 606. 654
Tapir . . . . . . . . . . 94. I 1 1
Tapirus . . . . . . 92. 557 (note 3)
Tapirus indicus DESMAREST . . 94
TAPPENBECK. D . 72. 73. 74. 75. 88.
155. 156. 159. 162. 511 . 513-517
Tarakan (Island) . . . . . . . 141
Tatrot fauna . . . . . . . . . 93
TAVERNE. N . J . M . 126. 198.208.220.
222. 223. 268. 660. 662. 694
Tawaelia Depression (Central Ce-
lebes) . . . 43. tab . 5. 404
Tawar. Lake (Atjeh. North Su-
matra) . . . . . . . . . . . 677
TAYLOR . . . . . . . . . 287. 723
TEAL . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Tea Wei Beds (Timor Permian) 74
Tectogenesis (principles of ) 287
(mono- or bicausal). 336 (termin-
ology). 542 (Timor Nappes). 582
(Kendeng . Java). 587 (Rembang.
Java). 609 a.f. (Central Java). 630-
633 (Bajah. Bantam). 633-637
(Strait Sunda). 641-644 (Sunda
Conlplex). 669-670 (Djambi Nappe)
686 (Central Sumatra). 698-699
(Gumai. Sumatra). 707 (Anambas
System). 723 a.f. (synthesis)
Tectonic earthquakes . . . 257 a.f.
. . . . Tectonosphere 281. 283-285
TEICHERT. C . . . 61. 62.264. 534. 721
TEICHERT & FAIRBRIDGE . . 499. 541
TEILHAKD DF CHAKDIN. P . . . . 726
Tektites . . . . . . . . . . . 567
Telaga Tihu (Wetar) . . . . . 486
Telen area (Borneo) . . 61 . 128. 131
Telesrooirrl~r . . . . . . . . . 8 1
Telisa Beds (Sumatra) 116. I 1 8 . 121.
122 . 171 . 175
~ e m ~ k Lake (Depression South
arm Celebes) . . . 426 . 432. 440
Tendjolaut granodiorite (S of
Tasikmalaja. Java) . . . . . 238
Tengger Volcano (Eastern Java) 214
Tengger-Semeru complex (East
Java) . . . . 550. fig . 262 p1 . 32
Tenthousand Hills (Galunggung.
. . . . . . . . Tasikmalaya) 194
Terebra insrrlinidae P . J . F r s c ~ 72. 646
Terrbra verbrrki OOSTINGH . 82. 646
Trrebratula . . . . . . . . 450. 456
. . . . . . Terebratulidae KING 455
Trrrbratulidue KING ex gr . Die-
Irsrtra . . . . . . . . . . . 455
Tercbratulina rxarata (MARTIN) 606
. . . . . . . . . . . . TERMIER 233
Terminology on tectogenesis . . 336
Ternate System . . . . . . 48. 388
. . . . . . . . . Ternate Zone 47
TERPSTRA. H . 61. 163. 176. 178. 714.
715
576. ' 65 1
Terraces (of Solo River . Java) 576. 585
Terraces bf the sumatran coast '701.
702
Tertiary 79 a.f., 103 (Java). 11 1 (Su-
matra). 126 (Borneo). 142 (Philip-
pines). 146 (Celebes). 152 (Moluc-
cas). 155 (Lesser Sunda Islands).
162 (Islands West of Sumatra). 177
(And . & Nicobars). 177 (New
Guinea). 187 (Christmas Isl.)
. . . . . . . TESCH. P 80. 161. 511
Teun or Tijaw (Banda arcs) . . 471
TEVES. J . S . 142. 143 . 144. I45 (note 1 ) .
371
. . . . Textufaria 90. 163. 416. 474
Testularia purrrcta (BRADY) . . 162
Trxt ~rl ari n vrrtebralis CUSHMAN 89
. . . . . . . . . Textularidar 379
. . . . . . . . . . . . Thais 81
. . . . Thais martini OOSTINGH 646
. . . . . . . . THALMANN. H E 83
. . . . . . . . . Thanrnastraea 494
Thrcosmilia . . . . . . . . . . 446
Therurus sumarrae LYON . . . . 94
. . . . . . . Thermal springs 216
Thickness of the Tertiary 79. 114.
122. 126-160
THIEL. P . VAN . . 77 . 179 . 183. 71 1
THIELE & BEURLEN . . . . . . 281
THOENES. D . . . . . . . . . . 421
Thurmannia (Kilianella) rorrbasr-
dana D' ORB . . . . . . . . . 64
Tibia (Rostrllaria) verbrrki MART . 8 1
Tides and earthquakes . . 259. 265
Tidore (Halmaheira Group) . . 383
Tidung Lands ( NE Borneo) 132. 133
Tifore (see Maju & Tifore) .
Tiga (Gunung) South Sumatra . 684
Tigapuluh Mts (Central Sumatra) 700
Tikarberak Volcano (Semangko
Zone. South Sumatra) . . . . 679
. . . . . . . . . . Tiltmeters 208
Tigres . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Tijger Atoll (Gulf of Bone) 437: fig .
181
Timor 53. 72 a.f. (Mesozoic). 155
(Paleogene). 159 (Neogene). 229
(ign . rocks). 243 (Atlantic ign .
rocks and ophiolites). 510 a.f. (geol.)
Timor orogene . . . . . . 534 a.f.
Tin Belt (Sunda Land) . . . . 364
Tinombo Fornlation (Celebes) 65 . 66.
149. 390
. . . . . . . . . . Tinoporus 163
Tin ores (alluvial) . . . . . . . 318
Tioor or Teor (Banda arcs) . . 465
TIPPER. G . H . . . . . 707. 708. 709
Trssor VAN PATOT. J . W . . 570. 721
Tjareme (Tjiremai - Tjerimai)
complex (West Java) . . . . 652
Tjemorosewu rift (Java) . . . . 568
Tjiater (West .lava) 216 (jarosite).
21 7 (mineral waters)
Tjibuni (West Java) . . . . . . 622
Tjidjengkol Layers (West Java) 104.
628
~j i dj ul ang Beds (West Java) . . 654
Tjidjulang fauna (West Java) . 651
Tjidjurej Beds (West Java) tab . I I6
on p . 649
Tji Gugur fauna (West Java) . . 623
Tjiherang Beds (West Java) . . 651
Tjikaso (West Java) . . . . . . 622
Tjikosan area (West Java) . . . 104
Tjilaju quartz-diorite (South of
Bandung) . . . . . . . 238. 624
Tjilanang molluscan fauna (West
Java) . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Tjiletu Bay (West Java) . . . . I04
Tjiletuh Beds (West Java) . . . 618
Tjilutung drainage basin (erosion
. . . . . . . . . . of Java) 9
Tjimandiri Complex (West Java) 81.
620
~ j k a n d i r i Valley (West Java) 104.
616. 622. 637
Tjimantjeuri Beds (Wesc Java) 630 .
633
Tjimapag Beds (West Java) . . 629
Tjiodeng Beds (West Java) . . 620
Tjipanas (Hot springs of) (West
Java) . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Tjipluk Beds (Java) . . . . 573. 606
Tjisande limestone (West Java) . 650
Tjitanduj Valley (West Java) . . 645
Tjitarate Beds (West Java) . . . 628
Tjitarutjup Layers (West Java) 104.
628
Tjitlim (Riouw-Lingga Arch.) . 304
Tjombol (Riouw-Lingga Arch.) 304
Toba area (North Sumatra) 125. 126.
212. 214. 687 . 690. 693. 694
Toba cauldron (North Sumatra) 688.
691. 695
Toba. Lake (North Sumatra) . . 692
Toba tuffs 176 (note 1). 202. 212. 21 4
Tobelo Beds (Cretaceous. Buton) 41 9
TOBLEK. A . 24. 83. 1 1 1. 112. 1 13. 123.
494. 501. 661. 664. 665. 668. 670.
673. 685. 686. 696. 699. 702
TODD. J . U . . . . . . 101. 163. 164
Togian Islands (Celebes) 41. 389. 394
igeol.)
Tondo Beds (T.f.. Buton) . . . 420
TONGEREN. W . VAN 215. 216. 237.
314. 316
Tonna . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Towuti Lake (Celebes) . . . . 415
Transformist school . . . . . . 233
Transverse fault Ungaran-Merapi
(Java) . . . . . . . . . 559. 560
TREADAWAY. R . G . . . . . . . 75
TREUB. M . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Treweg or Tewering(Lesser Sunda
Island) . . . . . . . . . 487.488
Triassic 63 (Borneo). 65 (Celebes)? 69
(Misool. 70 (Ceram)
Triduora . . . 81, tab. 41, 141, 161
Trif(rrinu brtrrlvi CUSHMAN . . . 89
Trigonosto17ra hantonu~rr,nse
OOSTINGH . . . . . . . . . 646
Tnu.illinu howchit1i SCI ~LUMBERGER
(Anurstnu.orr.illina) 83. 84, 85. 87, 89,
118, 137 tab. 41, 141, 154, 159, 170,
180, 181, 321,460, 509, 577 (note I),
598, 619, 620, 624, 629, 639
Tnu~ilohitcs. . . . . . . . . . . 725
Trilvrulinu~u . . . . . . . . . . 443
Trinil fauna . . . . . 92: 110, 111
. . . . Trinil (locality) i08, 109. 110
Tritonulia banuitanrensis (MARTIN) 646
Tnu.ochanu?7111inuro . . . . . . . . . 90
. . . . . Trocholinu PAALZOW 65
Tr~~hliolepiriinu~rr 85, 86, 87, 88, 606. 621
Tr,~.hliolc~pidina rutteni v. D. VLERK 85,
180 594, 603, 605
TrS.hliolepidina r r ~t i r ~i i f. st el l ~rt r
SCHEFFEN . . . . . . . . . 606
. . . . . Tuangku (Banjak Isl.) 171
Tuff conglomerate Zone (Nort h
. . . . Sumatra) 122, fig. 123
Tuff flows . . . . . . . . . . 194
TufTsandstonc zone (North Su-
matra) 122, fig. 35 on p. 123
Tukang Besi Islands 42.423 a.f. (gcol.)
Turi stage (Rcmbang. East Jnva) 586
TURNER . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Tunu.ritclla arnugnuikuta acuticorinatrr 82,
646
Trrrrirclltr anguluta angul~ttr . . 82
Tnunurr.it~Ila angutatu l)rrnu~:ar~~cnu~.sis 82,
616
T~r r i t el l a nng~nuln/u eranu~~nren.~is . 82,
620, 621
Tnun.ritella anurglrluta-tjicrnu~~~pei~~~zsis 82
Turircllu buntanu~rensis MARTIN 565, 630
Trnurrircllu cmnmrct~sis MARTIN 62 1, 657
Tnununu~ritrlla suhnurlarri MART. 82, 83. 646
Trirritelltr tiir~it~rpnicnsis MARTIN 630
Tuscchen~andstcen (see Interven-
ing Sandstone).
TUYN, J. VAN 208, 298, 299, 323, 363,
659
Tws s . . . . . . . . 122, 123, 701
UBAGETS,J. G. H. 126, 128, 129, 130,
131, 132, 134, 135, 139, 140, 351
Udjungbatu (Banjak Isl.) . . . 171
. . . . Udjungkulon peninsula 633
. . . . . Ukenao (Banda arcs) 476
Uluan block (Toba, North Su-
mat r a) . . . . . . . . . . . 692
Uliassers (see Amboina Group).
Ultra-basic and basic rocks (ophi-
olites) 62 (Dnnau form.), 65 (Me-
mtus range), 67-68 (Cclebes). 72
(Ceram), 74-76 (Timot.), 150 (Ce-
lebes)
Ulu-Aer fault (DURHAM' S) . 24, 685
UF~~BCROVE, J. H. F. 4, 41, 54, 60,
83, 88, 89, 95, 96, 78, 79, 80, 103,
108, 112, 129, 130, 135, 138, 140,
147, 149, 154, 155, 161, 162, 212,
244, 260, 269, 274, 275, 278, 280,
287, 300, 318, 323, 378, 389. 393,
394, 402, 409, 419, 420, 421, 426,
436, 438, 441, 447, 449, 453, 460,
165, 467, 472, 482, 494, 507, 574,
606, 613, 636, 640, 650, 651, 656,
661, 666, 701, 721. 723
Umbilin urea (Central Sumatra) 120,
665
Umbilin Nappc (Central Sumatra) 667
Umbili river section . 1 I3 (fig. 30)
Una Unn Volcclno . . 41, 389, 393
Undation theory . . . . 281 a.f.
Ungarnn area (Central Java) . . 251
( i gneo~~s rocks)
Ungaran Volcano (Ce!~fral Java) 212,
214. 611
Unio . . . . . . . . . . 575. 578
Up!,er Bcnt~mg Hcds (Wcst Java) 621
. . . . . . . ~ E p c r ~ j n mb j : 664
Upper. Djampang Series (Wcst
Java) . . . . . . . . . 61 0. 620
Upper Kulibeng Beds (Enst Javn) 573,
577. 579
Upper Palembang Beds (South
. . . . Su~nal r a) 97. 118 a.f.
Uppcr Tertiary : I I I ~ Quaternary 108
(Java and Mrdura), 114 (Sumatra),
133 (Borneo), 143 (Philippines), 149
(Celebes), 154 (Miscol), 157 (Lesser
Sunda Islands), 162 (Islands West
of Sumatra), 177 (And. Pr Nic.),
178 (New Guinea), 186 (East New
Guinea)
Upper Tjidjengkol Hctls (West
Java) . . . . . . . . . . . 628
Ur.~nurs . . . . . . . . . . . 92
. . . . . . . . . . Uvigrrinu 163
Uvi,~erinn e~.ci.ssicostam S r t i v ~ ~ -
. . . . . . . . . . . G E R . 89
U~i~:.m.inu javanu KOCH . . . . 87
V(r,eit~;rlina hrnrlyi CUSI I MAN . . 89
V,ZLK, W. 61, 89, 72, 78, 442, 444,
445, 449, 450
Variscic folding . . . . . . . . 724
. . . . . Vrisnurrl~ trr~~hinellus (L. ) 533
. . . . . . . VATTER, E. . 52, 492
VFEN, A. L. W. E. VAN DER 164, 168,
169, 504
Vegetation (and denudation) . . I I
. . . . . . . . . . . VENTMA 51 1
Vrxl uc MEINESZ. F. A. 4, 32, 221,
212. 245. 255. 260. 261. 265. 268.
444, 449, 451. 456, 457, 458, 460,
465. 466, 470, 471, 472, 474, 476,
487, 489, 491, 494, 501, 503, 507,
510. 511, 531, 533, 576, 619, 636,
637, 663, 701, 721
\ ' E R B ~ ~ K en FCI \ Y~MA 103, 104, 105,
321, 545, 546, 595
Vcl beelc Mts (per~dotite) 6S, 414, 415,
430. 43 1, 440
VERSLUYS . . . . . . . . . . 460
li~rtc~hi.rrric/ . . . . . . . . . . 62
Vertebrate strcitigraphy of the
Neogene and Quaternary . . 91
VIALOW, 0. S. . . 294, 362, 725, 727
Vicrrrvo . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Vicurj,n rollasa J E N K I ~ S 81, 134, 142,
143, 557, 658 (note I)
17carj.u vcrt~elnuilli ctrllosa (JENK.) 82,
646
Vigo Formation (Philippines) 143.
144, 146
VINASSA DE REGN~ . 73 (note I), 51 1 .
537
Viscosity (types volc. activity) . 201
Viscosity (of crutal layers or
rocks). . . 260, 261, 276-278, 283
Viscous drag (by convection
currents) . . . . . . . . 26 1, 278
Vrssc~, S. W. 5, 258, 259, 265. 2'96,
297
Viviprrrrr . . . . . . . . . . 575
VLERK, J. M. V, I N DER, 4, 80, 83. 87.
88, 103, 108, 114. 120. 131, 132.
135, 136, 137. 138, 140. 148. 113.
180, 181 (note i ) , 303, 389. -114,
419. 420, 501, 586 (note I )
VLEIIK, VAN DER & DOZY 38'9, 390,
401. 407, 408, 415, 416, 426
VLETTTR, DE . . . . . . . . . 89
VOGEL . . . . . . . . . 72 (note I)
Vogelkop Peninsula (New Guinea)
56 (phys.), 77 (Mesoz.), 712
(regional geol.)
VOGLER, 1.. . . . . . . . . . 69
Volu y~rinq~nurco.s/cnuta . . . . . . 64
Volcanic activity (shift of) (see
also former volc. act.) 490, 491
(Lesscr Sunda Islands)
Volcanic activity (former) 62-63
(pretzrtiary Borneo), 124 a.f. (Su-
matra), 127 (Tertiary Borneo). 134-
135 (idern), 144-~147 (Philippines),
147-151 (Tertiary Celebes), 160
(Timor), 170 (Nins), 173 (Simalur),
176 (Isl. MJcst of Sumatra), 184
( W New Guinea), 186 (E New
Guinea), 187 (Christnin: Island),
224 (111 R, volc;rnism and geologic-
al evolution)
Volcanic activity (types of ) . . . 198
Vclcanic breccias (lahars) . . . 191
Volcanic calamities . . . . . . 112
Volcanic collapse forms (cc~ldc-
. . . . . . . . ras) 2 10, tab. 66
Volcanic cycles (see also volcanic
activity) 124 3.f. (Sumatra). 221
(general), 497-500 (extinction inner
arc Lesscr Sunda Islands)
Volcanic dangers (diagnostic crit-
. . . . . eria of impending) 223
. . . Volcanic earthquakes 265-268
. . . . . . . Volcanic energy 224
. . . . . . . Volcanic fissures 220
Volcanic Formation (Celebes) . 66
. . . . Volcanic forms(types of) 208
. . . . . . Volcanic inner arcs 219
Volcanic inner arc Timor orogenc 541
. . . . . Volcanic magnetism. 297
. . . Volcanic mountain slides 194
Volc~inic rents (see volcano tecton-
ic rift structures).
. . Volcanic rows and groups. 219
I N D E X
Volcanic soils . . . . . . . . 224
Volcanic sound vibrations . . . 126
Volcanism (active) 3. 188 (Ch:lptcr
ILIA). 222 (social aspects). 224 (ccon-
omic importance). 224 (scientilic
research)
Volcanism and climate . . . 201
Volcanism and density of popui-
ation . . . . . . . . . . 224
Volcanism in time and space 225 . ~ . f .
Volcanoes (list of) . . . . . . 188
Volcanological observation posts 222
Volcanological Survey of the
Netherlands Indies . . . . 3. 221
Volcano profile . . . 191. fig . 52
Volcano-tectonic depressions (see
volcano-tectonic subsidence
structures) .
Volcano-tectonic hollow forms . 21 1
Volcano-tectonic protuberances 208
\'olcano-tectonic rift structures 21 1
Volc~ino-tectonic subsidence
structures 212. tab . 120 on p . 684
Vol~rtu gcndinganetui.~ MART . . 586
(note 1)
. . . . . . . Vol~~rilirhes ickei 105
VOLZ . . . . 2 1. 689. 690. 691. 692
VOORTHUYZEN. J . H . VAN 73. 156.
159. 511. 512
. . . . Vor-Barisan (Sumat1.n). 664
VORSTMAN. A . . . . . . . 102. 105
LRTUGDE. L . M . H . 270. 582. 584.
586 . 588. 589. 592
VROMAN . . . . . . . . . . . 89
VUAGVAT. M . . . . . . . . . 245
F~'lrlr~~rlii~cr cforrro~~rio BOOMG. \ ART 89
. . . . . . . . . Wadiok Man 1 1 1
WAGNER. P . A . . . 344 (note 2 - 3 )
WAHL, W . . . 233. 281. 295 (note l )
Waigeo iIsland) . . . . 47. 153. 383
Waipoga area ( W New Guinea) 77
IVuisir~fhjrincr . . . . . . . . . 102
Walanae Depression (Scuth arm
Celebes) . . . . . . . 432 a.f.
WALLACE. A . R . . . . . 4 . 352
. . . . . . . Wa1l:ice's line 4. fig 5
Wanaripalu Mts(Centra1 Celebes)
41 1. 440
WANDEL. J . . . . . 65. 66. 69. 450
Wani Beds (Palcogcne. Buton) . 420
WANNER. J . 4. 63. 65. 66. 67. 69. 72.
73. 74 . 75. 102. 133. 151. 153. 154.
355. 380 . 394. 419. 413. 444. 445.
446. (note 1) 449. 450. 451. 460.
507. 510. 511 . 512. 513 . 518. 521.
530. 532. 533. 537
W. AKYEK & H.xI-IN . . 586 (note 2)
WANSER RL JAWORSKI . . . . . 466
Warenai area . . . . . . . . . 77
WASHIKCTON H . S . . . . . 707: 709
WASTL L . . . . . . . . . . . 702
WAI.ASE . . . . . . . . . . . 645
Water content of (brown)coal . 98
WATLRSCHOOT VAN DER GRACHT,
W . VAN . . 203.404.406. 425. 427
Watu;ilnng (Java) . . . . . 567. 576
Watubela (Bands arcs) . . . 465
U7arvoni(i) (Buton Archip.). . . 419
WAYLAND VUGHAN. T . . . . 90
Webcr Deep . . . 49. 465. 484. 498
WERLR FR . 69. 70. 72. 78. 79. 102.
162. 29.8, 441. 449. 460. 465 . 467.
473 . 512. 514
. . . . . . . Wcber's line 4. fig 5
WEGTNER. A . 277. 287. 301. 441.
545. 721. 723
WEGFNER' S hypothesis of con-
tinenla1 drift . . . . . . . . 721
WEGMAYN. C . E . . . . 242.278. 282
WEIDENREICH. FR . . 107. 110. 1 1 1
WELTER . . . . . . . . . . . 511
WENK . . . . . . . . . 132. 141
WERTH~I M. G . . . . . . . . . 465
WESSEM . A . va rv. . . . . . 304. 310
WEST. F . P . VAN 73 . 75 . 159. 511.
512. 515. 517. 518. 519
West Borneo 225. 326 a.f. (geol.)
West Ceram . . . . . . 442 a.f.
West coast Pliocene. Krui (South
Sumatra) . . . . . . . . . . 116
West Cordilleras (Zone of) . . 35
Western Divide Mts (South arm
Celebes) . . . . . . . 432. 729
WESTERVELD. J . 114. 115. 116. 117.
119. 124 . 194. 202. 212. 215. 220.
237. 238. 316. 317. 318. 323. 324.
659. 660 . 668. 674. 684. 685. 689.
691. 692. 693. 695 . 696. 697. 703
West Java . . . . . . . . 616. 657
West-Progo Beds . . . . . . . 598
West-Progo molluscan fauna . . 81
West-Progo Mts (Ccntral Java) 594.
595. 59s
. . . . . Westralia geosynclinc 534
. . . . . . . Wetar Basin 506. 507
Wctar (Lesser Sunda Isl.) 52. 240.
485. 486
WHITF . J . TH . . . . . 14. 300 . 637
WICIIMANN. A . 160. 220. 257. 320.
377 . 426. 435. 437. 451 . 465. 471.
472 . 491. 493 . 494. 504 . 51 1 . 530 .
533
WIECHFRT. E . . . . . . . . . 223
. . . . . . . . WILCKENS. 0 445
Wrr.nE. E . DE . . . . . . . 318
WILHELV . . . . . . . 3 14. 3 15. 3 16
Wilis complex (Java) . . . . . 570
WILLBOURN. E . S . . . . . 360. 363
WILLEMS. H . W . V . 61. 213. 214. 344 .
389 . 405 . 407 . 423
WILLIS (BAILEY. see BAILEY WILLIS) .
IVilsorria sp . . . . . . . . . . 62
Wind ilireition . . . . . 6. fig . 6
WING EASTON. N . 64. 127. 326. 332.
689. 690: 691
Winto Beds (Triassic of Buton) 419
. WISSEMA. G G . . . . 80. 161. 177
WISSFR. E . . . . . . . 372 (note 1)
WITKAMP. H . 19. 128. 134 . 137 . 155 .
. . . .
253, 334, 335. '352. 402. 408. 409.
507. 508. 622
Wobudu Breccias (Nort h arm Ce-
lebes) . . . . . . . . . . . 391
~VOLFF. F . v . . . . . . . . 188. 457
WOLTJER . . . . . . . . . . . 215
. . . . . . . Wonogiri (J.lva) 557
Wonosari Basin (Java) . . 557. 558
. . . . . Wonosari Beds (Java) 557
Wonotjolo stage (Rembang. East
Java) . . . . . . . . . . . 586
. . . . . . . . . . WOOLLEY. J B 178
. WRIGHT. J R . . . . . . . . . 216
WURFFBAIN . . . . . . . . . . 466
WYLLIE. B . K . U . 178. 155. 710. 717
Y
YABE. H . & ASANO. K . . . 89. 645
YABE. H . & HANZAWA. S . 83. 131.
142. 143. 144. 371
"Young andesite" Formation . 715
I J ZCR~I AN. R . . . 447. 710. 71 1. 714
Znmboanga Formation (Philip-
pincs) . . . . . . . 144. 146. 227
Za n d b ~~i s Atoll . . . . . . . . 436
Zaphrcntis . . . . . . . . . . 76
Zaphr.entis herrictri . . . . . . 533
ZFUNFR. F . E . . . . . . . . . I
ZEYLMXNS VAN EMXIICIIO\ ~EN. C .
P. A. 60-65.126.127.128.129.130~
131. 132. 133. 134. 215. 225. 236.
303. 304. 318. 324. 326. 327. 329.
330. 331. 332. 333. 334. 341. 372
(note 2)
ZEYLSIANS VAK FMMICHOVEN &
TER BRI!G(;EN 326. 327 (note 1).
329. 330 (note I)
Z E YL ~ ~ ANS VAN EM~I I CHOVEN &
LJ ~AGHS . . . . . . . . 326. 421
ZIEGLER. K . . . . . . . . . 106
Zigzag Series (Philippines) . 145. 146
Zoilcl caput vi ci pera~n~~ri si n~i l i r
MART . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
. . . . . . ZOLLINGEK H 194. 201. 503
. . . . . . . . . ZONNE\JELD. J 1 S 300
. . . . . . . . . . Zugnlaj~erin 456
Zwarte Klei (see Black Clay) .
ZWIERZYCKI. J . 58 . 62. 76. 77. 91.
101. 112. 122. 123. 154. 171. 177.
178. 183. 210. 298. 304. 316. 318.
639. 659. 660. 661. 664. 665. 665.
669. 670. 684. 694. 701. 710. 711.
713: 714